2k15camaro Owners Manual

2k15_chev_camaro_23121192B.
ai
(Modern Bridge - Level 2 / #23321109)
Spine = Printer Adjust
Color = Black
Date = 09/03/14
Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2015 Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Performance and Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Keys, Doors, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-18
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-28
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-43 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-48 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-38
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-48
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-61
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2015 Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual M
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-97 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
OnStar Additional
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that Propriétaires Canadiens
was not purchased on the vehicle, A French language manual can be
model variants, country obtained from your dealer, at
specifications, features/applications www.helminc.com, or from:
that may not be available in your
The names, logos, emblems, region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited Refer to the purchase savant:
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, documentation relating to your
the CHEVROLET Emblem, specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated
CAMARO, Z/28, 1LE and ZL1, and features. Attention: Customer Service
the CAMARO Emblem are 47911 Halyard Drive
Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170
trademarks and/or service marks of quick reference.
General Motors LLC, its
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Using this Manual
For vehicles first sold in Canada, To quickly locate information about
substitute the name “General the vehicle, use the Index in the
Motors of Canada Limited” for back of the manual. It is an
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it alphabetical list of what is in the
appears in this manual. manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23121192 B Second Printing 2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
iv Introduction
Danger, Warnings, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Cautions Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
{ Danger Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols % : Audio® Steering Wheel Controls
in serious injury or death. or OnStar (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
{ Warning the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
information relating to a specific
Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, B : Engine Coolant Temperature
could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator. O : Exterior Lamps
M : This symbol is shown when # : Fog Lamps
you need to see your owner manual
. : Fuel Gauge
{ Caution for additional instructions or
information. + : Fuses
Caution indicates a hazard that * : This symbol is shown when
could result in property or vehicle
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
you need to see a service manual Changer
damage. for additional instructions or
information.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Introduction v
j : LATCH System Child

Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Instrument Panel Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-14
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-14
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Driver Information
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Rear Vision
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Universal Remote System . . . 1-16
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-7 Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-8
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 1-9
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-18
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-18
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . 1-19
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-10
Driving for Better Fuel
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-3. 10. Exterior Lamp Controls on 17. Transmission Temperature
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and page 6-1. Gauge (Except ZL1) on
Lane-Change Signals on Front Fog Lamps on page 6-5 page 5-13 (If Equipped).
page 6-4. (If Equipped). Voltmeter Gauge on page 5-13
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Instrument Panel Illumination (If Equipped).
Changer on page 6-2. Control on page 6-5. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge
Flash-to-Pass on page 6-2. 11. Cruise Control on page 9-45. on page 5-11 (If Equipped).
Driver Information Center (DIC) 12. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Engine Oil Pressure Gauge on
Buttons. See Driver Information page 5-2. page 5-10 (If Equipped).
Center (DIC) on page 5-24. 13. Horn on page 5-3. 18. Traction Control/Electronic
3. Tap Shift (If Equipped). See Stability Control on page 9-38.
14. Steering Wheel Controls on
Manual Mode on page 9-31. page 5-2. Performance Traction
4. Instrument Cluster on page 5-7. Management (PTM). See
15. Head-Up Display (HUD) on Competitive Driving Mode on
5. Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5-28 (If Equipped). page 9-40 (ZL1 or Z/28
page 5-3. 16. Climate Control Systems on Models Only).
6. Light Sensor. See Automatic page 8-1. 19. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Headlamp System on page 6-3. Transmission on page 9-28 or
7. Infotainment on page 7-1. Manual Transmission on
page 9-34.
8. Hood Release (Out of View).
See Hood on page 10-5. 20. Power Outlets on page 5-5.
9. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out 21. Hazard Warning Flashers on
of View). See Malfunction page 6-4.
Indicator Lamp on page 5-16.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive Press and release 7 to initiate

vehicle locator.
Information
Press and hold 7 for at least
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the three seconds to sound the panic
important features that may or may alarm.
not be on your specific vehicle. Press 7 again to cancel the panic
For more detailed information, refer alarm.
to each of the features which can be See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote
found later in this owner manual. Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start Shown
(RKE) System The key can be used for the ignition
Remote Vehicle Start
The RKE transmitter may work up to and all locks. If equipped, this feature allows the
20 m (65 ft) away from the vehicle. engine to be started from outside
If equipped with remote start, the Press K to unlock the driver door or the vehicle.
engine may be started from up to all doors.
60 m (197 ft) away outside the Starting the Vehicle
Press Q to lock all doors.
vehicle. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
Lock and unlock feedback can be vehicle.
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-43. 2. Press and release Q.
Press and hold Y to open the 3. Immediately after completing
trunk. Step 2, press and hold / for at
least four seconds or until the
turn signal lamps flash.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-5
When the engine starts, the parking Door Locks Trunk Release
lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The To lock or unlock a door: To open the trunk, press the trunk
doors will be locked and the climate . To lock the door from the inside, release button on the lower portion
control system may come on. use the door lock knob on the of the driver door, or press and
top of the door. hold Y on the Remote Keyless
The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. After 30 seconds, Entry (RKE) transmitter. See Trunk
. To unlock the door from inside, on page 2-10.
repeat the steps if a 10-minute time pull the handle once. Pulling the
extension is desired. Remote start handle again unlatches the door.
can be extended only once. Windows
. From the outside turn the key
Canceling a Remote Start clockwise or counterclockwise,
To cancel a remote start, do one of or press Q or K on the Remote
the following: Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
See Door Locks on page 2-7 or
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
vehicle and press and hold / System Operation on page 2-3.
until the parking lamps turn off.
.
Power Door Locks
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers. If equipped, there is a power door
lock switch on the instrument panel
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. and on the front door panels.
See Remote Vehicle Start on Q: Press to lock the doors. Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar
page 2-5.
K: Press to unlock the doors. The power window switches on the
See Power Door Locks on page 2-8. driver door control all windows. The
window switch on the passenger
door is only for that window. Press
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-6 In Brief
the front of the switch down to open Seat Adjustment See Seat Adjustment on page 3-3.
the window. Pull the switch up to
close it. See Windows on Manual Seats Power Seats
page 2-16.
The switches work when the ignition
is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9-23.
High Performance Seat Shown, High Performance Seat Shown,

Other Manual Seats Similar Other Power Seats Similar
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
To adjust the seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
1. Lift the handle under the seat to rearward by sliding the
unlock it. horizontal control forward or
2. Slide the seat and release the rearward.
handle. . Raise or lower the front part of
3. Try to move the seat back and the seat cushion by moving the
forth to be sure it is locked in front of the horizontal control up
place. or down.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-7
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the entire horizontal
Press the button once for the Safety Belts
highest setting. With each press of
control up or down. the button, the heated seat will
See Power Seat Adjustment on change to the next lower setting,
page 3-4. and then the off setting. Two lights
indicate the highest setting, and one
To raise or recline the seatback, tilt light indicates the lowest.
the vertical control forward or
rearward. See Reclining Seatbacks See Heated Front Seats on
on page 3-4. page 3-6.
Heated Seats Head Restraint

Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
Refer to the following sections for
adjusted properly.
important information on how to use
To achieve a comfortable seating safety belts properly:
position, change the seatback . Safety Belts on page 3-8.
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head . How to Wear Safety Belts
restraint height in the proper Properly on page 3-9.
position.
If available, press L or M to turn on . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-10.
the heated seat. A light indicates If equipped with high performance . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
this feature is on. seats, the front seat head restraints Children (LATCH System) on
cannot be adjusted. page 3-36.
To operate, the engine must be
running. See Head Restraints on page 3-2
and Seat Adjustment on page 3-3.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-8 In Brief
Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status 2. Press one of the four sides on
indicator lights are visible on the the h (control pad) to adjust the
System overhead console when the vehicle mirror.
is started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 5-15. 3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and the
Mirror Adjustment area behind it can be seen.
See Power Mirrors on page 2-14.
Exterior
Interior
United States
Adjust the inside rearview mirror for
a clear view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
Canada and Mexico headlamps from behind.
If equipped, automatic dimming
The passenger sensing system will
reduces the glare of the headlamps
turn off the front outboard
from behind. The dimming feature
passenger frontal airbag under
comes on when the vehicle is
certain conditions. No other airbag Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar
started.
is affected by the passenger
Outside power mirrors have controls
sensing system. See Passenger Cleaning the Mirror
on the driver door armrest.
Sensing System on page 3-22.
To adjust each mirror: Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
1. Press the switch to select the dampened with water.
driver or passenger side mirror.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-9
Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting

Adjustment Dome Lamps
The exterior lamp control is on the

instrument panel, on the outboard
To change the settings, press the side of the steering wheel.
following:
There are four positions:
(: Turns the lamp off, even when
To adjust the steering wheel: a door is open. P : Briefly turn to this position to
1. Pull the lever down. turn the automatic light control off or
H : Turns the lamp on on again. When released, the
2. Move the steering wheel up automatically when a door is control returns to the AUTO
or down. opened. position.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel ': Turns the lamp on. AUTO: Automatically turns the
closer or away from you. For more information on interior exterior lamps on and off,
4. Pull the lever up to lock the lighting, see Instrument Panel depending on outside lighting.
steering wheel in place. Illumination Control on page 6-5. ; : Turns on the parking lamps
Do not adjust the steering wheel including all lamps, except the
while driving. headlamps.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-10 In Brief
5 : Turns on the headlamps Windshield Wiper/Washer INT: Move the lever up to INT for
together with the parking lamps and intermittent wipes, then turn the x
instrument panel lights. INT band up for more frequent
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on wipes or down for less frequent
or off. The fog lamps come on wipes.
together with the parking lamps, OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
taillamps, sidemarker lamps, license
plate lamps, and instrument panel
8 : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
lights. The windshield wiper/washer lever wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
See: is on the right side of the steering
column. With the ignition in ACC/ nL: Pull the windshield wiper
. Exterior Lamp Controls on ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move lever toward you to spray windshield
page 6-1. the windshield wiper lever to select washer fluid and activate the wipers.
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) the wiper speed. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
on page 6-2. HI: Use for fast wipes. page 5-3.
. Front Fog Lamps on page 6-5. LO: Use for slow wipes.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-11
Climate Controls Transmission

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be Automatic Transmission
controlled with this system.
Tap Shift
Tap Shift allows the driver to
manually control the automatic
transmission. To use Tap Shift, the
shift lever must be in M (Manual
Mode) or D (Drive). Vehicles with
this feature have indicators on the
steering wheel. The controls are on
the back of the steering wheel. Tap
the left control to downshift, and the
right control to upshift. A Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
indicates the gear the vehicle is in.
1. Fan Control 6. Defrost Electronic Range Select

(ERS) Mode
2. Heated Seats (If Equipped) 7. Rear Window Defogger
Vehicles with axle code GW8 have
3. Temperature Control 8. Recirculation an ERS mode. ERS mode allows
4. Air Delivery Mode Controls See Climate Control Systems on you to choose the top-gear limit of
page 8-1. the transmission with fully automatic
5. Air Conditioning (If Equipped) gear selection. This can help control
the vehicle's speed while driving
downhill or towing a trailer. The
vehicle has an electronic shift
position indicator within the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-12 In Brief
instrument cluster. When using the Manual Transmission Vehicle Features

ERS mode a number will display
next to the M, indicating the current One to Four Shift Message
maximum gear allowed. (V8 Only) Infotainment System
To use this feature: The base radio is included in this
manual. See Infotainment on
1. Move the shift lever to page 7-1. See the infotainment
M (Manual Mode). manual for information on the
2. Press the plus/minus buttons on uplevel radio, audio players, phone,
the back of the steering wheel, navigation system, and voice or
to increase or decrease the gear speech recognition. There is also
range available. information on settings and
downloadable applications (if
See Manual Mode on page 9-31. equipped).
Radio(s)
When this message comes on, you VOL/ O : Press to turn the system
can only shift from 1 (First) to on and off. Turn to increase or
4 (Fourth) instead of 1 (First) to decrease the volume.
2 (Second). The message will be RADIO/BAND: Press to choose
displayed in the Driver Information between FM, AM, or SiriusXM®,
Center. See Manual Transmission if equipped.
on page 9-34.
MENU/SELECT: Turn to select
radio stations.
SEEK 7 : Press to seek the
previous radio station or track.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-13
SEEK 6 : Press to seek the next Setting the Clock 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
radio station or track. to select the 12 hour or 24 hour
Adjusting the Time and Date display format.
Buttons 1−6: Press to save and The clock menu can only be used
select favorite stations. For detailed instructions on setting
with the radio on while in ON/RUN the clock, see Clock on page 5-4.
INFO: Press to show available or ACC/ACCESSORY.
information about the current station 1. Press the CONFIG button. Satellite Radio
or track.
2. Select Time and Date. If equipped, vehicles with a
For more information about these
3. Select Set Time or Set Date. SiriusXM® satellite radio tuner and a
and other radio features, see
valid SiriusXM satellite radio
Overview on page 7-2. 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to subscription can receive SiriusXM
Storing a Favorite Station adjust the highlighted value. programming.
5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
Stations from all bands can be SiriusXM Satellite Radio
to select the next value.
stored in the favorite lists in any Service
order. Up to six stations can be 6. To save the time or date and
stored in each favorite page and the return to the Time and Date SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
number of available favorite pages menu, press the / BACK button States and 10 Canadian provinces.
can be set. at any time or press the MENU/ SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
To store the station to a position in SELECT knob after adjusting the variety of programming and
the list, press the corresponding minutes or year. commercial-free music, coast to
numeric button 1−6 until the station Setting the 12/24 Hour Format coast, and in digital-quality sound.
can be heard again. A fee is required to receive the
1. Press the CONFIG button. SiriusXM service.
For more information, see “Storing
and Retrieving Favorites” in AM-FM 2. Select Time and Date.
Radio on page 7-7. 3. Highlight 12 hr / 24 hr Format.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-14 In Brief
Refer to: The Bluetooth-enabled mobile Some audio steering wheel controls
. www.siriusxm.com or call phone must be paired with the can be adjusted at the steering
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.). in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it wheel.
can be used in the vehicle. Not all b / g : Press to interact with the
. www.xmradio.ca or call phones will support all functions.
1-877-209-0079 (Canada). available Bluetooth or OnStar
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) systems.
See Satellite Radio on page 7-9. on page 7-25 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) on
$ / i : Press to silence the
vehicle speakers only. Press again
Portable Audio Devices page 7-21 or Bluetooth (Overview) to turn the sound on. If equipped
on page 7-20. with Bluetooth or OnStar, press to
This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm
(1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB reject an incoming call, or end a
port in the center console bin. Steering Wheel Controls current call.
External devices such as iPods®, _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio
laptop computers, MP3 players, and source.
USB drives may be connected,
depending on the audio system. Turn up or down to select the next
or previous favorite radio station,
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7-14. CD, or MP3 track.
Bluetooth® + x −: Press + to increase the
® volume; press − to decrease the
The Bluetooth system allows users volume.
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone to make and receive See Steering Wheel Controls on
hands-free calls using the vehicle page 5-2.
audio system and controls.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-15
Cruise Control hold upward to accelerate. If cruise 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press
control is already active, use to and hold to clear, the menu item
increase vehicle speed. displayed.
SET/−: Press the thumbwheel 2. w / x : Use the band to scroll
down briefly to set the speed and through the items in each menu.
activate cruise control. If cruise
control is already active, use to 3. MENU: Press to display the DIC
decrease speed. menus. This button is also used
to return to or exit the last
See Cruise Control on page 9-45. screen displayed on the DIC.
Driver Information See Driver Information Center (DIC)

on page 5-24.
Center (DIC)
The DIC display is in the center of Rear Vision
the instrument cluster. It shows the Camera (RVC)
1 : Press to turn the system on status of many vehicle systems. The
and off. A white indicator appears in controls for the DIC are on the turn If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the instrument cluster when cruise signal lever. the area behind the vehicle, on the
is turned on. infotainment system display, when
the vehicle is shifted into
*: Press to disengage cruise
R (Reverse).
control without erasing the set
speed from memory. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on
page 9-49.
RES/+: If there is a set speed in
memory, press the thumbwheel up
briefly to resume to that speed or
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-16 In Brief
Parking Assist The accessory power outlets do not available to assist you with
work when the key is removed from programming the Universal Remote
If equipped, this system uses the ignition and the driver door is system.
sensors on the rear bumper to opened. This helps to preserve the
assist with parking and avoiding See Universal Remote System on
battery life of the vehicle. page 5-48.
objects while in R (Reverse).
It operates at speeds less than See Power Outlets on page 5-5.
8 km/h (5 mph). Rear Parking Assist Sunroof
(RPA) uses audible beeps to Universal Remote System The ignition must be in ON/RUN,
provide distance and system ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
information. Accessory Power (RAP) to operate
Keep the sensors on the vehicle's the sunroof. See Retained
rear bumper clean to ensure proper Accessory Power (RAP) on
operation. page 9-23.
See Parking Assist on page 9-48. On vehicles with a sunroof, the
switch is on the overhead console.
Power Outlets If equipped, this system provides a
way to replace up to three remote
The vehicle has two accessory control transmitters used to activate
power outlets; one is below the devices such as garage door
climate control system and the other openers, security systems, and
is inside the center console storage. home automation devices.
They can be used to plug in
Read the instructions completely
electrical equipment, such as a cell
before attempting to program the
phone or an MP3 player.
Universal Remote system. Because
of the steps involved, it may be
helpful to have another person
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-17
Convertible Performance and

If equipped, the convertible top can Maintenance
be lowered and stowed under the
tonneau cover behind the rear seat.
For step-by-step instructions, see
Traction Control/
Convertible Top on page 2-19. Electronic Stability
Control
The Traction Control System (TCS)
limits wheel spin. The system turns
on automatically every time the
vehicle is started.
StabiliTrak assists with directional
Open/Close: Press and hold the
control of the vehicle in difficult
rear or front of the switch to open or driving conditions. The system turns
close the sunroof.
on automatically every time the
Express-open: Press and release vehicle is started.
the rear of the switch two times to . To turn off traction control, press
express-open the sunroof.
and release the TCS/StabiliTrak
Vent: Press and release the rear of button g on the console in front
the switch to vent the sunroof.
of the shift lever. i illuminates.
See Sunroof on page 2-18. . Press the TCS/StabiliTrak button
again to turn traction control
back on.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-18 In Brief
. To turn off both traction control the tires to the recommended The oil life system should be reset
and electronic stability control, pressure shown on the Tire and to 100% only following an oil
press and hold the TCS/ Loading Information label. See change.
StabiliTrak button g on the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-14.
The warning light will remain on until Resetting the Oil Life System
console in front of the shift
lever. i and g illuminate. the tire pressure is corrected. 1. Display the REMAINING OIL
The low tire pressure warning light LIFE on the DIC. See Driver
. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak button Information Center (DIC) on
again to turn on both systems. may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then page 5-24.
See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This 2. Press and hold the SET/CLR
Stability Control on page 9-38. may be an early indicator that the button on the DIC while the Oil
tire pressures are getting low and Life display is active. The oil life
Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the will change to 100%.
This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure. The oil life system can also be reset
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal as follows:
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the correct tire pressures. the engine off.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System 2. Fully press and release the
on page 10-66. accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
Engine Oil Life System
See Engine Oil Life System on
The low tire pressure warning light The engine oil life system calculates page 10-19.
alerts to a significant loss in engine oil life based on vehicle use
pressure of one of the vehicle's and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
tires. If the warning light comes on, OIL SOON message when it is time
stop as soon as possible and inflate to change the engine oil and filter.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Brief 1-19
. Avoid idling the engine for long
Car Wash Guidelines periods of time.
Roadside Assistance
Program
{ Caution . When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
Some automatic car washes can cruise control. TTY Users (U.S. Only):
cause damage to the vehicle, . Always follow posted speed 1-888-889-2438
wheels, or convertible top, limits or drive more slowly when Canada: 1-800-268-6800
if equipped. Automatic car conditions require.
washes are not recommended, New Chevrolet owners are
. Keep vehicle tires properly automatically enrolled in the
due to lack of clearance for the inflated.
undercarriage and/or wide rear Roadside Assistance Program.
tires and wheels. See "Washing
. Combine several trips into a See Roadside Assistance Program
the Vehicle" under Exterior Care single trip. on page 13-5.
on page 10-98 . Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number OnStar®
molded into the tire's sidewall
Driving for Better Fuel near the size.
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
Economy . Follow recommended scheduled that can connect to a live OnStar
Driving habits can affect fuel maintenance. Advisor for Emergency, Security,
mileage. Here are some driving tips Navigation, Connection, and
to get the best fuel economy Diagnostic Services. OnStar
possible. services may require a paid
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate subscription. See OnStar Overview
smoothly. on page 14-1.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1-20 In Brief
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-14
2-15 Keys
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-15
Keys and Locks Interior Mirrors
{ Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-15
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-15 the ignition key is dangerous for
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) many reasons. Children or others
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 could be badly injured or even
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Windows killed. They could operate the
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 power windows or other controls
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 or even make the vehicle move.
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 The windows will function with the
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 2-9 keys in the ignition and children
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Roof could be seriously injured or killed
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 if caught in the path of a closing
Doors Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 window. Do not leave the keys in
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
a vehicle with children.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-12
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-13
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The combination and size of the

Warning (Continued) rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
the engine will shut off, braking vehicle. The rings are connected to
and steering power assist may be the key like two links of a chain to
impacted, and airbags may not reduce the risk of unintentionally
deploy. To reduce the risk of moving the key out of the RUN
unintentional rotation of the position. Do not add any additional
ignition key, do not change the items to the ring attached to the
way the ignition key and Remote ignition key. Attach additional items
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, only to the second ring, and limit
if equipped, are connected to the added items to a few essential keys
provided key rings. or small, light items no larger than
{ Warning an RKE transmitter.
If the key is unintentionally The ignition key and key rings, and
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
rotated while the vehicle is
designed to work together as a
running, the ignition could be
system to reduce the risk of
moved out of the RUN unintentionally moving the key out
position. This could be caused by of the RUN position. The ignition
heavy items hanging from the key key has a small hole to allow
ring, or by large or long items attachment of the provided key ring.
attached to the key ring that could It is important that any replacement
be contacted by the driver or ignition keys have a small hole. See
steering wheel. If the ignition your dealer if a replacement key is
moves out of the RUN position, required.
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The key can be used for the ignition

. Check the location. Other
and all locks. vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
. Check the transmitter's battery.
Periodically clean with a brush See “Battery Replacement” later
or pick. in this section.
See your dealer if a new key is
. If the transmitter is still not
needed. working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
If locked out of the vehicle, see for service.
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
Remote Keyless Entry
With an active OnStar subscription, With Remote Start Shown
(RKE) System Operation
an OnStar Advisor may remotely Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar The RKE transmitter may work up to
20 m (65 ft) away from the vehicle. The turn signal indicators may flash
Overview on page 14-1.
If equipped with remote start, the and/or the horn may sound to
engine may be started from up to indicate locking. See Vehicle
Remote Keyless Entry Personalization on page 5-43.
60 m (197 ft) away outside the
(RKE) System vehicle. If the passenger door is open when
See Radio Frequency Statement on Other conditions can affect the Q is pressed, all doors lock.
page 13-12. performance of the transmitter. See If the driver door is open when Q is
If there is a decrease in the RKE Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) pressed, all doors lock except the
operating range: System on page 2-3. driver door, if enabled through
. Check the distance. The vehicle personalization.
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm turn signals flash until 7 is pressed transmitters will no longer work
system. See Vehicle Alarm System again or the key is placed in the once the new transmitter is
on page 2-12. ignition and turned to ON/RUN. programmed.
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the / (Remote Vehicle Start): Programming with a Recognized
driver door or all doors. See Vehicle If equipped, press and release Q Transmitter
Personalization on page 5-43. and then immediately press and To program a new key:
The turn signal indicators may flash hold / for at least four seconds to 1. Insert the original, already
and/or the horn may sound to start the engine from outside the programmed key in the ignition
indicate unlocking. See Vehicle vehicle using the RKE transmitter. and turn to the key to the ON/
Personalization on page 5-43. See Remote Vehicle Start on RUN position.
page 2-5.
Pressing K will disarm the alarm 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and
system. See Vehicle Alarm System The RKE transmitter buttons will not remove the key.
on page 2-12. operate when the key is in the
3. Insert the new key to be
ignition.
Y (Remote Trunk Release): programmed and turn it to the
Press and hold to open the trunk. Programming Transmitters to ON/RUN position within
the Vehicle five seconds.
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm): Press and release to Only RKE transmitters programmed The security light will turn off
initiate vehicle locator. The exterior to this vehicle will work. If a once the key has been
lamps flash and the horn chirps transmitter is lost or stolen, a programmed.
three times. replacement can be purchased and 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional
Press and hold 7 for at least programmed through your dealer. keys are to be programmed.
When the replacement transmitter is
three seconds to sound the panic If a key is lost or damaged, see your
programmed to this vehicle, all
alarm. The horn sounds and the dealer to have a new key made.
remaining transmitters must also be
reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Programming without a 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more 2. Remove the used battery by
Recognized Transmitter times. After the third time, turn to pushing on the battery and
Program a new key to the vehicle ON/RUN; the key is learned and sliding it toward the key blade.
when a recognized key is not all previously known keys will no 3. Insert the new battery, positive
available. Canadian regulations longer work with the vehicle. side facing up. Push the battery
require that owners see their dealer. Remaining keys can be learned by down until it is held in place.
If there are no currently recognized following the procedure in Replace with a CR2032 or
keys available, follow this procedure “Programming with a Recognized equivalent battery.
to program the first key. Transmitter.” 4. Snap the battery cover back on
This procedure will take Battery Replacement to the transmitter.
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The { Caution Remote Vehicle Start
vehicle must be off and all of the If equipped, this feature allows the
keys you wish to program must be When replacing the battery, do engine to be started from outside
with you. not touch any of the circuitry on the vehicle.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the / (Remote Vehicle Start): This
the ignition. button will be on the RKE
transmitter.
2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security transmitter if equipped with remote
light will come on. start.
The battery is not rechargeable. To
3. Wait 10 minutes until the The climate control system will use
replace the battery:
security light turns off. the previous settings during a
1. Open the battery cover on the remote start. The rear defog and
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. back of the transmitter by prying heated seats, if equipped, may also
it with a finger. come on. See “Remote Start Auto
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Heated Seats” under Heated Front 3. Immediately after completing Extending Engine Run Time
Seats on page 3-6 and Vehicle Step 2, press and hold / for at The engine run time can also be
Personalization on page 5-43. least four seconds or until the extended by another 10 minutes,
Laws in some local communities turn signal lamps flash. The turn if during the first 10 minutes
may restrict the use of remote signal lamps flashing confirms Steps 1–3 are repeated while the
starters. For example, some laws the request to remote start the engine is still running. An extension
may require a person using remote vehicle has been received. can be requested, 30 seconds after
start to have the vehicle in view. When the engine starts, the starting. This provides a total of
Check local regulations for any parking lamps will turn on and 20 minutes.
requirements. remain on as long as the engine The remote start can only be
Other conditions can affect the is running. The vehicle's doors extended once.
performance of the transmitter. See will be locked and the climate
When the remote start is extended,
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) control system may come on.
the second 10-minute period is
System on page 2-3. The engine will continue to run added on to the first 10 minutes for
Starting the Engine Using Remote for 10 minutes. After a total of 20 minutes.
Start 30 seconds, repeat the steps for
A maximum of two remote starts,
a 10-minute time extension.
To start the engine using the remote or a remote start with an extension,
Remote start can be extended
start feature: only once. are allowed between ignition cycles.
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the The vehicle's ignition must be
Insert the key and turn it to ON/RUN
vehicle. changed to ON/RUN/START and
before driving.
then back to OFF before the remote
2. Press and release Q. If the vehicle is low on fuel, do not start procedure can be used again.
use the remote start feature. The
vehicle may run out of fuel.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Canceling a Remote Start

. Two remote vehicle starts, or a
single remote start with an Warning (Continued)
To cancel a remote start, do one of extension, have already
the following: been used. . Young children who get into
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the unlocked vehicles may be
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). unable to get out. A child can
vehicle and press and hold /
be overcome by extreme heat
until the parking lamps turn off. Door Locks and can suffer permanent
. Turn on the hazard warning injuries or even death from
flashers. { Warning heat stroke. Always lock the
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. vehicle whenever leaving it.
Unlocked doors can be . Outsiders can easily enter
Conditions in Which Remote Start dangerous. through an unlocked door
Will Not Work . Passengers, especially when slowing or stopping the
The remote start will not operate if: children, can easily open the vehicle. Lock the doors to
. The key is in the ignition. doors and fall out of a moving help prevent this from
vehicle. The chance of being happening.
. The hood is not closed. thrown out of the vehicle in a
. The hazard warning flashers crash is increased if the
doors are not locked. So, all Manual Door Locks
are on.
passengers should wear Lock the doors from inside the
. There is an emission control safety belts properly and the vehicle by pressing down on the
system malfunction. doors should be locked door lock knob on the top of
. The engine coolant temperature whenever the vehicle is the door.
is too high. driven. The doors can also be unlocked
. The oil pressure is low. (Continued) from the inside by pulling the door
handle. Pulling the door handle
again unlatches the door.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Only the driver door has a key Power Door Locks

cylinder. Unlock the door from the
outside by turning the key If equipped, there is a power door
counterclockwise. lock switch on the instrument panel
and on the front door panels.
Lock all doors from the outside by
turning the key clockwise.
The door lock cylinder turns freely
when either the wrong key is used,
or the correct key is not fully
inserted. The free turning door lock
feature prevents the lock from being
forced open.
Front Door Panels
To reset the lock, turn it to the
vertical position with the correct key
Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.
fully inserted. Remove the key and K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
insert it again. doors.
If this does not reset the lock, turn Instrument Panel To program the power door locks,
the key halfway around in the see Vehicle Personalization on
cylinder and repeat the reset page 5-43.
procedure.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks Lockout Protection

This feature delays the locking of When the doors are closed, the When locking is requested with the
the doors until five seconds after all ignition is on, and the shift lever is driver door open and the key in the
doors are closed. moved out of P (Park) for automatic ignition, all the doors will lock and
transmissions, or the vehicle speed then the driver door will unlock. This
When Q is pressed on the power is above 13 km/h (8 mph) for can be manually overridden by
door lock switch while the door is manual transmissions, the doors pressing and holding Q on the
open, a chime will sound three will lock.
times indicating delayed locking is power door lock switch.
active. To unlock the doors: If Open or Unlocked Door
The doors will lock automatically . Press K on a power door lock Anti-Lockout is turned on, the
five seconds after all doors are switch. vehicle is off with the driver door
closed. If a door is reopened before open, and door locking is requested,
. If equipped with an automatic all the doors will lock and only the
that time, the five-second timer will transmission, shift the
reset when all doors are closed driver door will unlock. The Open or
transmission into P (Park). Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature
again.
. If equipped with a manual can be turned on or off using the
Press Q on the door lock switch transmission, remove the key vehicle personalization menus. See
again or press Q on the RKE from the ignition when parked. Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-43.
transmitter to lock doors Automatic door unlocking can be
immediately. programmed through the Driver
This feature can also be Information Center (DIC). See
programmed. See Vehicle Vehicle Personalization on
Personalization on page 5-43. page 5-43.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Doors Warning (Continued)

For automatic transmissions, the
vehicle must be in P (Park). For
manual transmissions, the vehicle
Trunk . Adjust the climate control must be off, or stationary with the
system to a setting that parking brake set.
{ Warning brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate
vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with Index.
any objects that pass through the . If the vehicle has a power
seal between the body and the liftgate, disable the power
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine liftgate function.
exhaust contains carbon For more information about
monoxide (CO) which cannot be carbon monoxide, see Engine
seen or smelled. It can cause Exhaust on page 9-27.
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with Trunk Release
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: From inside the vehicle, press V
To open the trunk from outside of on the lower portion of the
. Close all of the windows.
the vehicle, press and hold Y on driver door.
. Fully open the air outlets on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
or under the instrument transmitter.
panel.
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Emergency Trunk Release 4. Remove the key. There is an emergency trunk

Lock (Convertible Only) release handle inside the trunk on
Emergency Trunk Release the liner, near the trunk latch. On
Handle some vehicles, the release handle
can be accessed by folding the rear
{ Caution seatback down. See Rear Seats on
page 3-7.
Do not use the emergency trunk
Pull the release handle to open the
release handle as a tie-down or
trunk from the inside.
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage Return the release handle to its
the handle. original position for proper
operation.
If the trunk lid cannot be opened

using the RKE transmitter or the
trunk release button:
1. Locate the manual release
beside the rear seatback
cushion on the driver side.
2. Pull the cushion to the side, then
fully insert the key into the lock
cylinder.
3. Firmly turn the key clockwise to
unlatch the trunk lid.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Security On Solid: Vehicle is secured

during the delay to arm the system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
This vehicle has theft-deterrent the key.
Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured.
features; however, they do not make
A door, the hood, or the trunk If the driver door is opened without
the vehicle impossible to steal.
is open. first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash: Alarm system is
the lights will flash to indicate a
armed.
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
system. Arming the Alarm System started, or the door is not unlocked
1. Turn off the vehicle. by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
2. Lock the vehicle with one of the pre-alarm, the alarm will be
following: activated.
. Use the RKE transmitter. The alarm will also be activated if
. With a door open, press the the passenger door, the trunk, or the
inside Q. hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
3. After 30 seconds the alarm alarm is activated, the turn signals
system will arm, and the flash and the horn sounds for about
indicator light will begin to slowly 30 seconds. The alarm system will
flash indicating the alarm system then re-arm to monitor for the next
is operating. Pressing Q on the unauthorized event.
The security light, on the instrument RKE transmitter a second time
panel near the windshield, indicates will bypass the 30-second delay
the status of the system: and immediately arm the alarm
Off: Alarm system is disarmed. system.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Disarming the System How to Detect a Tamper The system is automatically

Condition disarmed when the vehicle is
To disarm the system or turn off the
started with the correct key. The key
alarm if it has been activated, do If K is pressed on the RKE uses a transponder that matches an
one of the following: transmitter and the horn chirps and immobilizer control unit in the
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. the lights flash three times, a vehicle and automatically disarms
previous alarm occurred while the the system. Only the correct key
. Start the vehicle. system was armed. starts the vehicle. The vehicle may
To avoid setting off the alarm by If the alarm has been activated, a not start if the key is damaged.
accident: message will appear on the DIC.
. Lock the vehicle with the RKE See Security Messages on
transmitter after all occupants page 5-40 for more information.
have left the vehicle and all
doors are closed. Immobilizer
. Always unlock the vehicle with See Radio Frequency Statement on
the RKE transmitter. Unlocking page 13-12. The immobilizer light in the
the driver door with the key will instrument cluster comes on if there
not disarm the alarm. Immobilizer Operation is a problem with arming or
Unlocking the driver door with This vehicle has a passive disarming the theft-deterrent
the key will not disarm the theft-deterrent system. system. See Immobilizer Light on
system or turn off the alarm. page 5-22.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed. When trying to start the vehicle, the
immobilizer light comes on briefly
The vehicle is automatically when the ignition is turned on.
immobilized when the key is
removed from the ignition.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If the engine does not start and the Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors
immobilizer light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again. Convex Mirrors
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged { Warning
or the light continues to stay on, try A convex mirror can make things,
another ignition key. like other vehicles, look farther
If the engine still does not start with away than they really are. If you
the other key, the vehicle needs cut too sharply into the right lane,
service. If the vehicle does start, the you could hit a vehicle on the
first key may be damaged. See your right. Check the inside mirror or
dealer who can service the glance over your shoulder before
theft-deterrent system and have a changing lanes. Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar
new key made.
The power mirror controls are on the
Do not leave the key or device that The passenger side mirror is convex driver door armrest.
disarms or deactivates the shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. To adjust each mirror:
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat. 1. Press the switch to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.
2. Press one of the four sides on
the h (control pad) to adjust the
mirror.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and the
area behind it can be seen.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Turn Signal Indicator Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming

If equipped, an arrow on the mirror Rearview Mirror
flashes in the direction of the turn or Interior Rearview Mirrors If equipped, automatic dimming
lane change.
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear reduces the glare of headlamps
view of the area behind your from behind. The dimming feature
Heated Mirrors vehicle. comes on when the vehicle is
For vehicles with heated mirrors: started.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
1 (Rear Window Defogger): may have three control buttons at
Press to heat the mirrors. the bottom of the mirror. See your
See “Rear Window Defogger” under dealer for more information about
Climate Control Systems on OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
page 8-1. See OnStar Overview on page 14-1.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
Automatic Dimming on the mirror. Use a soft towel
Mirror dampened with water.
If the vehicle is equipped with an Manual Rearview Mirror

automatic dimming outside mirror on
the driver side, the mirror will adjust If equipped with a manual rearview
for the glare of headlamps mirror, push the tab forward for
behind you. daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Windows Power Windows the front of the switch down to open

the window. Pull the switch up to
close it.
{ Warning { Warning The switches work when the ignition
Never leave a child, a helpless Children could be seriously is in ON/RUN or ACC/
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, injured or killed if caught in the ACCESSORY, or in Retained
especially with the windows path of a closing window. Never Accessory Power (RAP). See
closed in warm or hot weather. leave keys in a vehicle with Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
They can be overcome by the children. See Keys on page 2-1. on page 9-23.
extreme heat and suffer Window Indexing
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. This automatically lowers the
window a small amount when the
door is opened. When the door is
closed, the window will raise fully.
If the vehicle loses power, you may
need to reprogram the windows.
Follow the procedure under
"Programming the Power Windows"
later in this section. If a message
about the windows appears in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), see
Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar Window Messages on page 5-42.
If the window freezes to the door,
The power window switches on the
this feature may not work. To close
driver door control all windows. The
a door with a frozen window, push
window switch on the passenger
door is only for that window. Press
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
the top of the window inward while Express Window Anti-Pinch

closing the door so the top of the Feature Warning (Continued)
window goes under the roof seal.
When express-up is active, the express override, make sure that
Express Window Operation window will auto-reverse if there is all people and obstructions are
an obstruction or severe icing. The clear of the window path.
Coupe and Convertible Top window returns to normal operation
The window switches have an after the obstruction or condition is
removed. In an emergency, the anti-pinch
express-up and down feature that
feature can be overridden in a
raises or lowers the window without If conditions prevent a window from supervised mode. Hold the window
holding the switch. Pull the switch closing and it continues to switch all the way up to the second
up or press it down all the way and auto-reverse, the window can be position. The window will rise for as
release it. Stop the window by closed by having the ignition in ON/ long as the switch is held. Once the
operating the switch in the same RUN and holding the window switch switch is released, the express
direction. up until the window is closed. mode is re-activated.
Convertible Top Only
Express Window Anti-Pinch In this mode, the window can still
To express-up a front window, the Override close on an object in its path. Use
same side rear window must be care when using the override mode.
closed.
{ Warning Programming the Power
To close all the windows, pull all Windows
window switches up fully and If express override is activated,
release within four seconds. This the window will not reverse If the battery on the vehicle has
will result in the windows closing automatically. You or others could been recharged or disconnected,
automatically. be injured and the window could or is not working, you may need to
be damaged. Before you use reprogram the windows for the
express-up feature to work. Before
(Continued) reprogramming, replace or recharge
the vehicle's battery.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
To program each front window: Roof Vent: Press and release the rear of
1. With the ignition in ON/RUN, the switch to vent the sunroof.
close all doors. Sunroof The sunroof only operates when the
2. With the window partially open, ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
If equipped, the sunroof switch is on ACCESSORY, or if Retained
pull the power window switch up the overhead console.
until the window is fully closed. Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
3. Repeat Step 2 on the other (RAP) on page 9-23.
window.
Express Sunroof Operation
The windows are now
reprogrammed. The sunroof can be opened without
holding the switch down. Push the
Sun Visors switch in the open direction until the
second pause. The sunroof will
Pull the sun visor down to block fully open.
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot it to the side, To stop the sunroof from moving,
if available. press either the open or close
sunroof switch.
Press and release the back of the
Open/Close: Press and hold the switch to open the sunroof to the
rear or front of the switch to open or vent position. Press it again to
close the sunroof. express-open the sunroof. To stop
the sunroof from opening, press the
Express-open: Press and release
switch again.
the rear of the switch two times to
express-open the sunroof. A deflector automatically raises
when the sunroof is opened and
retracts while the sunroof closes.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If the sunshade is closed, it opens Convertible Top

automatically when the sunroof
opens past the vented position. Power Operation
{ Caution
Forcing the sunshade forward of
the sliding glass panel may cause
damage and the sunroof may not
operate properly. Always close Dirt and debris may collect on the
the glass panel before closing the sunroof seal or in the track. This
sunshade. could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
To close the sunroof, press the front Periodically open the sunroof and
of the switch and hold it until the remove any obstacles or loose
sunroof is closed. The sunroof will debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and 1. Convertible Top
stop if the switch is released. Close roof sealing area using a clean
the sunshade by hand. cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not 2. Tonneau Cover (In the Trunk)
The sunroof glass panel cannot be remove grease from the sunroof.
opened or closed if the vehicle has If water is seen dripping into the
an electrical failure. water drainage system, this is
normal.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
To operate the convertible top use 4. Remove all objects on or above

the following steps. { Caution the rear trunk partition.
If you raise or lower the 5. Close the trunk.
{ Caution convertible top while the vehicle 6. Start the engine.
Do not open the convertible top if: is in motion, you could damage
the top or the top mechanism.
. Objects are in the storage The repairs would not be covered
area that could damage it or by the warranty. Always put an
break the glass rear window. automatic transmission in P (Park)
. The top is wet or dirty. This or a manual transmission in
can cause stains, mildew or Neutral before raising or lowering
damage the inside of the the convertible top.
vehicle. Dry the convertible
top before lowering.
Lowering the Convertible Top
Always close the convertible top if
1. Park on a level surface. Place
leaving the vehicle outdoors.
the vehicle in P (Park) with an
Leaving the convertible top open automatic transmission and
and exposing the interior of the 7. Release the convertible top front
Neutral with a manual
vehicle to outdoor conditions may latch above the inside rearview
transmission. Set the parking
cause damage. mirror, by pulling down and
brake.
turning it clockwise.
Do not operate the convertible top 2. Remove the tonneau cover from
while driving in windy conditions. 8. Return the convertible top front
the trunk.
latch to the closed position.
Do not leave the convertible top 3. The rear trunk partition must be
in a non-secure position. Keep in the fastened position. See
completely closed or open. Rear Storage on page 4-1.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Center (DIC) may display a 3. Move any objects that have

message regarding the convertible fallen against the convertible top
top. See Convertible Top Messages inside the trunk.
on page 5-33. 4. Close the trunk.
{ Caution 5. Start the engine.
Raising the top without removing

the tonneau cover may damage
the top components and the
tonneau cover. Remove the
tonneau cover before operating
9. Press and hold the rear of the the convertible top.
convertible top button. The
windows will automatically lower Raising the Convertible Top
and the convertible top will lower
into the rear of the vehicle. 1. Park on a level surface. Place
A chime will sound when the the vehicle in P (Park) with an
convertible top has lowered automatic transmission and
Neutral with a manual
completely.
transmission. Set the parking { Warning
10. Install the tonneau cover. See brake.
Tonneau Cover on page 4-3. Placing hands on the top of the
2. Remove the tonneau cover if windshield frame when closing
If the convertible top is operated installed. See Tonneau Cover on the convertible soft top could
multiple times, the engine should be page 4-3.
running to prevent drain on the cause fingers to be pinched and
vehicle's battery. Under certain (Continued)
conditions, the Driver Information
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
8. Release the convertible top front Never attempt to open or close the
Warning (Continued) latch from the lock position by convertible top manually without first
pulling down and turning it releasing pressure.
may cause injury. Keep hands clockwise.
below the windshield frame when Raising the Convertible Top
closing the convertible top. 9. Lock the convertible top front Manually
latch by pulling down and turning
1. Park on a level surface. Place
it counterclockwise, then push
6. Press and hold the front of the the vehicle in P (Park) with an
it up.
convertible top button. The top automatic transmission and
will raise and the windows will If the convertible top has been Neutral with a manual
lower. opened repeatedly within a short transmission. Set the parking
time and is not working, wait brake.
7. After the convertible top is five minutes before pressing the
completely raised, release the 2. Remove the tonneau cover if
convertible top button again.
convertible top button. installed. See Tonneau Cover on
Operation of the convertible top page 4-3.
cannot be attempted for five minutes
3. Move any objects that have
after the last time the convertible top
fallen against the convertible top
switch was pressed if the
inside the trunk.
convertible top was opened
repeatedly within a short time and
the top has stopped functioning.
If the vehicle has lost power, the
convertible top can still be raised by
releasing pressure on the
hydraulic pump.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
6. Using the provided wrench, turn 10. Lock the convertible top front
the pressure release bolt latch by pulling down and
counterclockwise no more than turning it counterclockwise,
one turn. then push it up.
7. Reinstall the trim cover. When power is restored to the
8. Pull the front of the convertible vehicle, the pressure release bolt
top up and forward. must be tightened using the
provided wrench by turning it
clockwise. The convertible top
button can then be used to lower or
raise the convertible top.
If the convertible top is operated
4. Remove the trim cover to access multiple times, the engine should be
the hydraulic pressure running to prevent drain on the
release bolt. vehicle's battery. Under certain
conditions, the Driver Information
Center (DIC) may display a
message regarding the convertible
top. See Convertible Top Messages
on page 5-33.
9. After the convertible top is If the battery has been
completely raised, release the disconnected, the power windows
convertible top front latch from must be programmed for the
the lock position by pulling down convertible top to operate. See
and turning it clockwise. Power Windows on page 2-16.
5. Locate the pressure release bolt
on the top of the hydraulic pump.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Cleaning the Convertible Top To protect the convertible top:

The convertible top should be . After washing, the top must be
cleaned often. High pressure car completely dry before lowering.
washes may cause water to enter . Do not get any cleaner on the
the vehicle. painted finish; it could leave
Hand wash the convertible top in streaks.
the shade. Use a mild soap, . Before going through an
lukewarm water, and a soft sponge. automatic car wash, find out if
A chamois or cloth may leave lint on the equipment could damage the
the top, and a brush can chafe the convertible top.
threads in the top fabric. Do not use
detergents, harsh cleaners,
solvents, or bleaching agents.
Wet the entire vehicle and wash the
top evenly to avoid spots or rings.
Let the soap remain on the fabric for
a few minutes. When the top is very
dirty, use a mild foam-type cleaner.
Thoroughly rinse, then let the top
dry in direct sunlight.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety Belt Use During Adding Equipment to the

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-27
Restraints Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-28
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-14 Replacing Airbag System
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Head Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Front Seats Airbag System Infants and Young
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-17 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-33
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 When Should an Airbag Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-35
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 What Makes an Airbag for Children (LATCH
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Rear Seats
How Does an Airbag Replacing LATCH System
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Safety Belts What Will You See after an Securing Child Restraints
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
How to Wear Safety Belts Passenger Sensing Securing Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-44
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
If equipped with base seats, the
vehicle’s front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard
seating positions.
If equipped with high performance
seats, the vehicle’s front seats have
head restraints in the outboard
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted.
{ Warning If equipped with base seats, adjust The height of the head restraint can
the head restraint so that the top of be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
With head restraints that are not the restraint is at the same height as up to raise it. Try to move the head
installed and adjusted properly, the top of the occupant's head. This restraint to make sure that it is
there is a greater chance that position reduces the chance of a locked in place.
occupants will suffer a neck/ neck injury in a crash. To lower the head restraint, press
spinal injury in a crash. Do not the button located on the top of the
drive until the head restraints for seatback and push the restraint
all occupants are installed and down. Try to move the head
adjusted properly. restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Front Seats Seat Position Height Adjustment
Seat Adjustment
{ Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
High Performance Seat Shown, Base Manual Seat Shown, High

Other Manual Seats Similar Performance Seat Similar
To adjust a manual seat, If equipped, move the lever up or
if equipped: down repeatedly to manually raise
1. Lift the handle under the seat to or lower the seat.
unlock it.
2. Slide the seat and release the
handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Raise or lower the entire seat by
Power Seat Adjustment moving the entire horizontal { Warning
control up or down.
Sitting in a reclined position when
Reclining Seatbacks the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
High Performance Seat Shown, The lap belt could go up over
Other Power Seats Similar your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
bones. This could cause serious
. Move the seat forward or Base Power Seat Shown, High
internal injuries.
rearward by sliding the Performance Seat Similar
horizontal control forward or For proper protection when the
If equipped, to adjust the seatback:
rearward. vehicle is in motion, have the
. Tilt the top of the control seatback upright. Then sit well
. Raise or lower the front part of rearward to recline. back in the seat and wear the
the seat cushion by moving the safety belt properly.
front of the horizontal control up
. Tilt the top of the control forward
or down. to raise.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Seatback Latches Warning (Continued)

Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To return the seatback to the upright

position, lift the seatback and
manually push it rearward until it
locks in place. Push and pull on the
seatback to make sure it is locked.
Do not have a seatback reclined if The power recline control is
the vehicle is moving. deactivated when the seatback is
To access the rear seats, pull up on folded forward and will not function
the latch on the rear of the driver or until the seatback has been
front passenger seatback. Fold the manually returned to the upright,
seatback forward. locked position. This is normal. Do
not use the power recline control on
the outboard side of the seat to
{ Warning raise the seatback. See Reclining
If either seatback is not locked, it Seatbacks on page 3-4.
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Heated Front Seats Remote Start Auto Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heated
{ Warning seats can be turned on
automatically during a remote start.
If you cannot feel temperature They are canceled when the ignition
change or pain to the skin, the is turned on. Press the button to use
seat heater may cause burns. To the heated seats after the vehicle is
reduce the risk of burns, people started.
with such a condition should use The heated seat indicator lights do
care when using the seat heater, If available, press L or M to turn on not turn on during a remote start.
especially for long periods of the heated seat. A light indicates
this feature is on. The temperature performance of an
time. Do not place anything on
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
the seat that insulates against To operate, the engine must be This is normal.
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, running.
cover, or similar item. This may The heated seats will not turn on
Press the button once for the during a remote start unless they
cause the seat heater to highest setting. With each press of
overheat. An overheated seat are enabled in the vehicle
the button, the heated seat will personalization menu. See Remote
heater may cause a burn or may change to the next lower setting,
damage the seat. Vehicle Start on page 2-5 and
and then the off setting. Two lights Vehicle Personalization on
indicate the highest setting, and one page 5-43.
light indicates the lowest.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Rear Seats To fold the seatback down:

Warning (Continued)
{ Caution seriously injured. After raising the

rear seatback, always check to be
On convertible models, there is a sure that the safety belts are
speaker between the two rear properly routed and attached, and
seating positions on the seatback. are not twisted.
If someone leans on the speaker,
if cargo is loaded on it, or if liquid
Lift the seatback up to raise it, and
is spilled on it, damage could push it back to lock it into place.
occur. Do not lean against the Make sure the safety belt is not
speaker, place cargo on the twisted or caught in the seatback.
speaker, or spill liquids on the
speaker.
1. Pull on the strap on the top of
the rear seatback.
The rear seat has two designated
2. Fold the seatback down.
seating positions. If equipped, the
coupe seat can be folded for more
cargo space. Fold the seat only { Warning
when the vehicle is parked.
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Safety Belts Why Safety Belts Work

Warning (Continued)
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts are more likely to be seriously
properly. It also describes some injured or killed. Do not allow
things not to do with safety belts. passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
{ Warning with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
Do not let anyone ride where a check that all passenger(s) are
safety belt cannot be worn restrained properly too.
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much This vehicle has indicators as a
worse than if you are wearing reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on When riding in a vehicle, you travel
safety belts. You can be seriously as fast as the vehicle does. If the
page 5-14.
injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
inside the vehicle harder or by going until something stops you.
being ejected from the vehicle. In It could be the windshield, the
addition, anyone who is not instrument panel, or the safety belts!
buckled up can strike other
When you wear a safety belt, you
passengers in the vehicle.
and the vehicle slow down together.
It is extremely dangerous to ride There is more time to stop because
in a cargo area, inside or outside you stop over a longer distance and,
of a vehicle. In a collision, when worn properly, your strongest
passengers riding in these areas bones take the forces from the
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in
safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law
sense. requires wearing safety belts.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts
Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of
safety belt? adult size.
A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know
wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And
Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller
during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep
can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front
much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3-29 or Infants of you.
and Young Children on page 3-31. . Always use the correct buckle
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's
should I have to wear safety for your seating position.
protection.
belts? . Wear the lap part of the belt low
It is very important for all occupants and snug on the hips, just
A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that
systems only; so they work with touching the thighs. In a crash,
unbelted people are hurt more often this applies force to the strong
safety belts — not instead of in crashes than those who are
them. Whether or not an airbag pelvic bones and you would be
wearing safety belts. less likely to slide under the lap
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know belt. If you slid under it, the belt
most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly. would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle straight. To see how, see “Seats”
able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt. in the Index.
forces. The shoulder belt locks if The following instructions explain
there is a sudden stop or crash. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
. Never wear the shoulder belt
under both arms or behind
your back.
. Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
1. If the seat has a safety belt
armrest.
guide, and the safety belt is not
routed through the guide, snap
the guide around the belt
webbing. Be sure the belt is not
twisted.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged. 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. To make the lap part tight, pull
If this happens, let the belt go buckle until it clicks. up on the shoulder belt.
back all the way and start again. Pull up on the latch plate to It may be necessary to pull
make sure it is secure. If the belt stitching on the safety belt
is not long enough, see Safety through the latch plate to fully
Belt Extender on page 3-14. tighten the lap belt on smaller
Position the release button on occupants.
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
They can help tighten the safety Rear shoulder belt comfort guides
belts during the early stages of a may provide added safety belt
moderate to severe frontal, comfort for older children who have
near-frontal, or rear crash if the outgrown booster seats and for
threshold conditions for pretensioner some adults. When installed on a
activation are met. If the vehicle has shoulder belt, the comfort guide
side impact airbags, safety belt positions the shoulder belt away
pretensioners can help tighten the from the neck and head.
safety belts in a side crash. And, To install:
if the vehicle has roof-rail airbags
the safety belt pretensioners can
help tighten the safety belts during a
rollover crash.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should Pretensioners work only once. If the
return to its stowed position. pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
Before a door is closed, be sure the other parts of the vehicle's safety
safety belt is out of the way. If a belt system will need to be replaced.
door is slammed against a safety See Replacing Safety Belt System
belt, damage can occur to both the Parts after a Crash on page 3-15.
safety belt and the vehicle.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Safety Belt Pretensioners
Guides
This vehicle has safety belt 1. Pull the elastic cord out from
This vehicle may have rear safety between the edge of the
pretensioners for the front outboard
belt comfort guides. If not, they are seatback and the interior body to
occupants. Although the safety belt
available through your dealer. remove the guide from its
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly. storage clip.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Warning (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
2. Place the guide over the belt 3. Be sure that the belt is not
and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The
belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on the
front.
{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly 4. Buckle, position, and release the
worn may not provide the safety belt as described
protection needed in a crash. The previously in this section. Make
person wearing the belt could be sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
seriously injured. The shoulder
falling off of it. The belt should
belt should go over the shoulder
be close to, but not contacting,
(Continued) the neck.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
To remove and store the comfort Safety Belt Extender

guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
be removed from the guide. Slide around you, you should use it.
the guide onto the clip, leaving only But if a safety belt is not long
the loop of the elastic cord exposed. enough, your dealer will order you
Properly secure the guide before an extender. When you go in to
folding the seatback. order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
Safety Belt Use During long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
Pregnancy else use it, and use it only for the
Safety belts work for everyone, A pregnant woman should wear a seat it is made to fit. The extender
including pregnant women. Like all lap-shoulder belt, and the lap has been designed for adults. Never
occupants, they are more likely to portion should be worn as low as use it for securing child seats. To
be seriously injured if they do not possible, below the rounding, wear it, attach it to the regular safety
wear safety belts. throughout the pregnancy. belt. See the instruction sheet that
comes with the extender.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety Safety System Check
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a Now and then, check that the safety
crash. For pregnant women, as for belt reminder light, safety belts,
anyone, the key to making safety buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
belts effective is wearing them anchorages are all working properly.
properly. Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Replacing Safety Belt See your dealer to have the safety
safety belts may not protect you in a belt assemblies inspected or
crash. They can rip apart under
System Parts after a replaced.
impact forces. If a belt is torn or Crash New parts and repairs may be
frayed, get a new one right away. necessary even if the safety belt
Make sure the safety belt reminder { Warning system was not being used at the
light is working. See Safety Belt time of the crash.
Reminders on page 5-14. A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle. Have the safety belt pretensioners
Keep safety belts clean and dry. A damaged safety belt system checked if the vehicle has been in a
See Safety Belt Care on page 3-15. may not properly protect the crash, or if the airbag readiness light
person using it, resulting in stays on after you start the vehicle
Safety Belt Care serious injury or even death in a or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-15.
Keep belts clean and dry. crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
{ Warning properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacements made as soon as
It may severely weaken them. In possible.
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection. After a minor crash, replacement of
Clean safety belts only with mild safety belts may not be necessary.
soap and lukewarm water. But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Airbag System All vehicle airbags in your vehicle

will have the word AIRBAG in the
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
The vehicle has the following trim or on a label near the
airbags: deployment opening. { Warning
. A frontal airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear on the middle You can be severely injured or
. A frontal airbag for the front killed in a crash if you are not
outboard passenger. part of the steering wheel for the
driver and on the instrument panel wearing your safety belt, even
. A seat-mounted side impact for the front outboard passenger. with airbags. Airbags are
airbag for the driver. designed to work with safety
For seat-mounted side impact
. A seat-mounted side impact belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
airbag for the front outboard airbags are not designed to inflate
side of the seatback closest to
passenger. the door. in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
The vehicle may also have the For roof-rail airbags, the word See When Should an Airbag
following airbags: AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. Inflate? on page 3-19.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver Airbags are designed to supplement
and the passenger seated Wearing your safety belt during a
the protection provided by safety crash helps reduce the chance of
directly behind the driver. belts. Even though today's airbags
hitting things inside the vehicle or
. A roof-rail airbag for the front are also designed to help reduce
being ejected from it. Airbags are
outboard passenger and the the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate “supplemental restraints” to the
passenger seated directly safety belts. Everyone in the
behind the front outboard very quickly to do their job.
vehicle should wear a safety belt
passenger.
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Where Are the Airbags?

{ Warning { Warning
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children
airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. To read
seriously injured or killed. Do not how, see Older Children on
sit unnecessarily close to any page 3-29 or Infants and Young
airbag, as you would be if sitting Children on page 3-31.
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver The driver frontal airbag is in the
should sit as far back as possible middle of the steering wheel.
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Occupants should not lean on or There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
sleep against the door or side
shows the airbag symbol.
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags The system checks the airbag
and/or roof-rail airbags. electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-15.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The front outboard passenger Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown, Convertible Models, Driver Side
frontal airbag is in the instrument Passenger Side Similar Shown, Passenger Side Similar
panel on the passenger side. On coupe models, the seat-mounted On convertible models, the
side impact airbags for the driver seat-mounted side impact airbags
and front outboard passenger are in for the driver and front outboard
the side of the seatbacks closest to passenger are in the side of the
the door. seatbacks closest to the door.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Warning (Continued)
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
that person causing severe injury This vehicle is equipped with
or even death. The path of an airbags. See Airbag System on
inflating airbag must be kept page 3-16. Airbags are designed to
clear. Do not put anything inflate if the impact exceeds the
between an occupant and an specific airbag system’s deployment
airbag, and do not attach or put threshold. Deployment thresholds
anything on the steering wheel are used to predict how severe a
hub or on or near any other crash is likely to be in time for the
airbag covering. airbags to inflate and help restraint
Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown, Do not use seat accessories that the occupants. The vehicle has
Passenger Side Similar electronic frontal sensors that help
block the inflation path of a
the airbag system determine the
On coupe models, the roof-rail seat-mounted side impact airbag.
severity of the impact. Deployment
airbags for the driver, front outboard Never secure anything to the roof thresholds can vary with specific
passenger, and second row of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags vehicle design.
outboard passengers are in the by routing a rope or tie‐down
ceiling above the side windows. Frontal airbags are designed to
through any door or window inflate in moderate to severe frontal
opening. If you do, the path of an or near-frontal crashes to help
{ Warning inflating roof-rail airbag will be reduce the potential for severe
blocked. injuries, mainly to the driver's or
If something is between an
front outboard passenger's head
occupant and an airbag, the and chest.
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
(Continued)
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
It depends on what is hit, the Seat-mounted side impact airbags In any particular crash, no one can
direction of the impact, and how are designed to inflate in moderate say whether an airbag should have
quickly the vehicle slows down. to severe side crashes, depending inflated simply because of the
Frontal airbags may inflate at on the location of the impact. vehicle damage or repair costs.
different crash speeds depending on Seat-mounted side impact airbags
whether the vehicle hits an object are not designed to inflate in frontal What Makes an Airbag
impacts, near-frontal impacts,
straight on or at an angle, and
rollovers, or rear impacts.
Inflate?
whether the object is fixed or
A seat-mounted side impact airbag In a deployment event, the sensing
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
is designed to inflate on the side of system sends an electrical signal
or wide.
the vehicle that is struck. triggering a release of gas from the
Frontal airbags are not intended to inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in Roof-rail airbags, if equipped, are
airbag causing the bag to break out
rear impacts, or in many side designed to inflate in moderate to
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
impacts. severe side crashes, depending on
and related hardware are all part of
the location of the impact. In
In addition, the vehicle has the airbag module.
addition, these roof-rail airbags are
advanced technology frontal designed to inflate during a rollover For airbag locations, see Where Are
airbags. Advanced technology or in a severe frontal impact. the Airbags? on page 3-17.
frontal airbags adjust the restraint Roof-rail airbags are not designed
according to crash severity. to inflate in rear impacts. Both How Does an Airbag
The vehicle also has a seat position roof-rail airbags will inflate when Restrain?
sensor that enables the sensing either side of the vehicle is struck or
system to monitor the position of the if the sensing system predicts that In moderate to severe frontal or
driver seat. The seat position sensor the vehicle is about to roll over on near frontal collisions, even belted
provides information that is used to its side, or in a severe frontal occupants can contact the steering
adjust the deployment of the frontal impact. wheel or the instrument panel. In
airbags.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
moderate to severe side collisions, What Will You See after

even belted occupants can contact
an Airbag Inflates?
{ Warning
the inside of the vehicle.
After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there
Airbags supplement the protection may be dust in the air. This dust
provided by safety belts by seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems
distributing the force of the impact for people with a history of
more evenly over the quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated. asthma or other breathing trouble.
occupant's body. To avoid this, everyone in the
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as
are designed to help contain the they inflate. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have
head and chest of occupants in the the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot
outboard seating positions in the several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an
first and second rows. The rollover airbags, see Where Are the airbag inflates, then get fresh air
capable roof-rail airbags are Airbags? on page 3-17. by opening a window or a door.
designed to help reduce the risk of If you experience breathing
full or partial ejection in rollover The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm, problems following an airbag
events, although no system can deployment, you should seek
prevent all such ejections. but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming medical attention.
But airbags would not help in many from the vents in the deflated
types of collisions, primarily airbags. Airbag inflation does not
because the occupant's motion is The vehicle has a feature that may
prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn
not toward those airbags. See When the windshield or being able to steer
Should an Airbag Inflate? on on the interior lamps and hazard
the vehicle, nor does it prevent warning flashers, and shut off the
page 3-19. people from leaving the vehicle. fuel system after the airbags inflate.
Airbags should never be regarded The feature may also activate,
as anything more than a supplement without airbag inflation, after an
to safety belts. event that exceeds a predetermined
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
threshold. You can lock the doors, Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work
and turn off the interior lamps, and also occur from the front outboard properly. See your dealer for
turn off the hazard warning flashers passenger airbag. service.
by using the controls for those . Airbags are designed to inflate
features. only once. After an airbag Passenger Sensing
inflates, you will need some new System
{ Warning parts for the airbag system.
The vehicle has a passenger
If you do not get them, the
A crash severe enough to inflate sensing system for the front
airbag system will not be there
the airbags may have also outboard passenger position. The
to help protect you in another
damaged important functions in passenger airbag status indicator
crash. A new system will include
the vehicle, such as the fuel will be visible on the overhead
airbag modules and possibly
system, brake and steering console when the vehicle is started.
other parts. The service manual
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle for the vehicle covers the need
appears to be drivable after a to replace other parts.
moderate crash, there may be . The vehicle has a crash sensing
concealed damage that could and diagnostic module which
make it difficult to safely operate records information after a
the vehicle. crash. See Vehicle Data
Use caution if you should attempt Recording and Privacy on
to restart the engine after a crash page 13-14 and Event Data
has occurred. Recorders on page 13-14.
. Let only qualified technicians
In many crashes severe enough to work on the airbag systems.
inflate the airbag, windshields are Improper service can mean that
broken by vehicle deformation.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
certain conditions. No other airbag

is affected by the passenger { Warning
sensing system.
A child in a rear-facing child
The passenger sensing system restraint can be seriously injured
works with sensors that are part of or killed if the passenger frontal
the front outboard passenger seat. airbag inflates. This is because
United States The sensors are designed to detect the back of the rear-facing child
the presence of a properly seated restraint would be very close to
occupant and determine if the front
the inflating airbag. A child in a
outboard passenger frontal airbag
forward-facing child restraint can
should be allowed to inflate or not.
be seriously injured or killed if the
According to accident statistics, passenger frontal airbag inflates
children are safer when properly and the passenger seat is in a
Canada and Mexico secured in a rear seat in the correct forward position.
child restraint for their weight
The words ON and OFF, or the and size. Even if the passenger sensing
symbol for on and off, will be visible system has turned off the
during the system check. When the Whenever possible, children age passenger frontal airbag, no
system check is complete, either the 12 and under should be secured in
system is fail-safe. No one can
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for a rear seating position.
guarantee that an airbag will not
on or off, will be visible. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in inflate under some unusual
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the front. This is because the risk to circumstance, even though the
on page 5-15. the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag is off.
The passenger sensing system will airbag deploys.
(Continued)
turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. The system determines that a passenger sensing system has
Warning (Continued) small child is present in a allowed the airbag to be enabled,
booster seat. the on indicator will light and stay lit
Secure rear-facing child restraints to remind you that the airbag is
. A front outboard passenger
in a rear seat, even if the airbag active.
takes his/her weight off of the
is off. If you secure a
seat for a period of time. For some children who have
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger . The front outboard passenger outgrown child restraints and for
seat, always move the seat as far seat is occupied by a smaller very small adults, the passenger
person, such as a child who has sensing system may or may not turn
back as it will go. It is better to
outgrown child restraints. off the front outboard passenger
secure the child restraint in a
frontal airbag, depending upon the
rear seat. . There is a critical problem with person's seating posture and body
the airbag system or the build. Everyone in the vehicle who
passenger sensing system. has outgrown child restraints should
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front When the passenger sensing wear a safety belt properly —
outboard passenger frontal airbag if: system has turned off the front whether or not there is an airbag for
outboard passenger frontal airbag, that person.
. The front outboard passenger
the off indicator will light and stay lit
seat is unoccupied.
. The system determines that an
to remind you that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
{ Warning
infant is present in a rear-facing Indicator on page 5-15. If the airbag readiness light ever
infant seat. comes on and stays on, it means
The passenger sensing system is
. The system determines that a designed to turn on the front that something may be wrong
small child is present in a child outboard passenger frontal airbag with the airbag system. To help
restraint. any time the system senses that a avoid injury to yourself or others,
person of adult size is sitting have the vehicle serviced right
properly in the front outboard (Continued)
passenger seat. When the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
4. Reinstall the child restraint 6. Restart the vehicle.

Warning (Continued) following the directions provided If the on indicator is still lit,
by the child restraint secure the child in the child
away. See Airbag Readiness manufacturer and refer to
Light on page 5-15 for more restraint in a rear seat position in
Securing Child Restraints (Rear the vehicle, and check with your
information, including important Seat) on page 3-42 or Securing
safety information. dealer.
Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) on page 3-44. If the Off Indicator is Lit for an
If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child Adult-Sized Occupant
Child Restraint restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
If a child restraint has been installed
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
and the on indicator is lit:
recline the vehicle seatback and
1. Turn the vehicle off. adjust the seat cushion,
2. Remove the child restraint from if adjustable, to make sure that
the vehicle. the vehicle seatback is not
pushing the child restraint into
3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion.
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat Also make sure the child
heaters, or seat massagers. restraint is not trapped under the
vehicle head restraint. If this
happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints If a person of adult size is sitting in
on page 3-2. the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
properly in the seat. If this happens, A thick layer of additional material,

use the following steps to allow the { Warning such as a blanket or cushion,
system to detect that person and or aftermarket equipment such as
enable the front outboard passenger If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
frontal airbag: airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system
1. Turn the vehicle off. will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you
2. Remove any additional material protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other
from the seat, such as blankets, resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when
cushions, seat covers, seat serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific
heaters, or seat massagers. adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
3. Place the seatback in the fully ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
upright position. passenger seat, if the passenger page 3-27 for more information
airbag off indicator is lit. about modifications that can affect
4. Have the person sit upright in how the system operates.
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably Additional Factors Affecting
extended. System Operation { Warning
5. Restart the vehicle and have the Safety belts help keep the Stowing of articles under the
person remain in this position for passenger in position on the seat passenger seat or between the
two to three minutes after the on during vehicle maneuvers and passenger seat cushion and
indicator is lit. braking, which helps the passenger seatback may interfere with the
sensing system maintain the proper operation of the passenger
passenger airbag status. See sensing system.
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Servicing the Warning (Continued)

Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle of the airbag sensors, sensing and
Airbags affect how the vehicle proper service procedures, and diagnostic module, and airbag
should be serviced. There are parts make sure the person performing wiring.
of the airbag system in several work for you is qualified to do so.
In addition, the vehicle has a
places around the vehicle. Your passenger sensing system for the
dealer and the service manual have Adding Equipment to the front outboard passenger position,
information about servicing the which includes sensors that are part
vehicle and the airbag system. To Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
of the passenger seat. The
purchase a service manual, see Adding accessories that change the passenger sensing system may not
Service Publications Ordering vehicle's frame, bumper system, operate properly if the original seat
Information on page 13-11. height, front end, or side sheet trim is replaced with non-GM
metal, may keep the airbag system covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
{ Warning from working properly. The GM covers, upholstery, or trim
operation of the airbag system can designed for a different vehicle. Any
For up to 10 seconds after the also be affected by changing or object, such as an aftermarket seat
vehicle is turned off and the moving any parts of the front seats, heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
battery is disconnected, an airbag safety belts, the airbag sensing and or device, installed under or on top
can still inflate during improper diagnostic module, steering wheel, of the seat fabric, could also
service. You can be injured if you instrument panel, any of the airbag interfere with the operation of the
are close to an airbag when it modules, ceiling or pillar garnish passenger sensing system. This
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. trim, front sensors, side impact could either prevent proper
They are probably part of the sensors, or airbag wiring. deployment of the passenger
airbag system. Be sure to follow airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
(Continued) sensing system from properly
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
turning off the passenger airbag(s).

See Passenger Sensing System on { Caution Warning (Continued)
page 3-22.
If an airbag covering is damaged, protect you and your
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail opened, or broken, the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
airbags, see Different Size Tires may not work properly. Do not in serious injury or even death. To
and Wheels on page 10-74. open or break the airbag help make sure the airbag
If you have to modify your vehicle coverings. If there are any systems are working properly
because you have a disability and opened or broken airbag after a crash, have them
you have questions about whether coverings, have the airbag inspected and any necessary
the modifications will affect the covering and/or airbag module replacements made as soon as
vehicle's airbag system, or if you replaced. For the location of the possible.
have questions about whether the airbags, see Where Are the
airbag system will be affected if the Airbags? on page 3-17. See your
vehicle is modified for any other If an airbag inflates, you will need to
dealer for service. replace airbag system parts. See
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices your dealer for service.
on page 13-3. Replacing Airbag System If the airbag readiness light stays on
Parts after a Crash after the vehicle is started or comes
Airbag System Check on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
The airbag system does not need { Warning the vehicle serviced right away. See
regularly scheduled maintenance or Airbag Readiness Light on
replacement. Make sure the airbag A crash can damage the airbag
page 5-15.
readiness light is working. See systems in the vehicle.
Airbag Readiness Light on A damaged airbag system may
page 5-15. not work properly and may not
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide, if available. This applies belt force to the
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort child's pelvic bones in a crash.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown abdomen, which could cause
on page 3-10. If a comfort guide
booster seats should wear the severe or even fatal internal
is not available, or if the
vehicle safety belts. injuries in a crash.
shoulder belt still does not rest
on the shoulder, then return to Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
the booster seat. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
. Does the lap belt fit low and page 3-10.
snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics,
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly
return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In a crash, children who are not

buckled up can strike other people Warning (Continued)
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older belt. The belt force would then be
children need to use safety belts applied right on the abdomen.
properly. That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
{ Warning the chest.
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the
at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Infants and Young

Children
Warning (Continued) { Warning
Everyone in a vehicle needs the way back into the retractor, Never hold an infant or a child
protection! This includes infants and but it cannot do this if it is while riding in a vehicle. Due to
all other children. Neither the wrapped around a child’s neck. crash forces, an infant or a child
distance traveled nor the age and If the shoulder belt is locked and will become so heavy it is not
size of the traveler changes the tightened around a child’s neck, possible to hold it during a crash.
need, for everyone, to use safety the only way to loosen the belt is For example, in a crash at only
restraints. In fact, the law in every to cut it. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
state in the United States and in Never leave children unattended infant will suddenly become a
every Canadian province says in a vehicle and never allow 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
children up to some age must be children to play with the safety arms. An infant should be
restrained while in a vehicle. secured in an appropriate
belts.
restraint.
{ Warning Every time infants and young
Children can be seriously injured children ride in vehicles, they should
or strangled if a shoulder belt is have the protection provided by
wrapped around their neck. The appropriate child restraints. Neither
shoulder belt can tighten but the vehicle's safety belt system nor
cannot be loosened if it is locked. its airbag system is designed
The shoulder belt locks when it is for them.
pulled all the way out of the Children who are not restrained
retractor. It unlocks when the properly can strike other people,
shoulder belt is allowed to go all or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
weight, height, and age but also

Warning (Continued) whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
the front outboard seat, always vehicle in which it will be used.
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go. For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
{ Warning The restraint manufacturer
Children who are up against, instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
or very close to, any airbag when
height limitations for a particular
it inflates can be seriously injured
child restraint. In addition, there
or killed. Never put a rear-facing are many kinds of restraints
child restraint in the front available for children with
outboard seat. Secure a Q: What are the different types of
special needs.
rear-facing child restraint in a rear add-on child restraints?
seat. It is also better to secure a A: Add-on child restraints, which
forward-facing child restraint in a are purchased by the vehicle
rear seat. If you must secure a owner, are available in four basic
forward-facing child restraint in types. Selection of a particular
(Continued) restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning Warning (Continued)
To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone
head injury during a crash, infants could cause serious or fatal
need complete support. In a injuries. To reduce the risk of
crash, if an infant is in a serious or fatal injuries during a
rear-facing child restraint, the crash, young children should
crash forces can be distributed always be secured in appropriate
across the strongest part of an child restraints.
infant's body, the back and
shoulders. Infants should always
be secured in rear-facing child
restraints.
Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
{ Warning restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
A young child's hip bones are still The harness system holds the infant
so small that the vehicle's regular in place and, in a crash, acts to
safety belt may not remain low on keep the infant positioned in the
the hip bones, as it should. restraint.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the in this manual.
harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury,
to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-36.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Children can be endangered in a Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children aged
crash if the child restraint is not locate the nearest child safety seat 12 and under should be secured in
properly secured in the vehicle. inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position.
When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with Never put a rear-facing child seat in
restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial the front. This is because the risk to
that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. the rear-facing child is so great if the
may be on the restraint itself or in a Securing the Child Within the airbag deploys.
booklet, or both, and to this manual. Child Restraint
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
{ Warning
available, obtain a replacement { Warning A child in a rear-facing child
copy from the manufacturer. A child can be seriously injured or restraint can be seriously injured
Keep in mind that an unsecured killed in a crash if the child is not or killed if the front passenger
child restraint can move around in a properly secured in the child airbag inflates. This is because
collision or sudden stop and injure restraint. Secure the child the back of the rear-facing child
people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly following the instructions restraint would be very close to
properly secure any child restraint in that came with that child restraint. the inflating airbag. A child in a
the vehicle — even when no child is forward-facing child restraint can
in it. be seriously injured or killed if the
In some areas of the United States Where to Put the front passenger airbag inflates
and Canada, Certified Child Restraint and the passenger seat is in a
Passenger Safety Technicians forward position.
According to accident statistics,
(CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer when Even if the passenger sensing
and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child system has turned off the front
use and install child restraints. In restraint system or infant restraint passenger frontal airbag, no
the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating
Highway Traffic Safety (Continued)
position.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Warning (Continued)
Child restraints and booster seats Lower Anchors and
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
Tethers for Children
system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. (LATCH System)
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the The LATCH system secures a child
circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the restraint during driving or in a crash.
turned off. child restraint, you may not be able LATCH attachments on the child
to access adjacent safety belt restraint are used to attach the child
Secure rear-facing child restraints assemblies or LATCH anchors for restraint to the anchors in the
in a rear seat, even if the airbag additional passengers or child vehicle. The LATCH system is
is off. If you secure a restraints. Adjacent seating designed to make installation of a
forward-facing child restraint in positions should not be used if the child restraint easier.
the front seat, always move the child restraint prevents access to or In order to use the LATCH system in
front passenger seat as far back interferes with the routing of the your vehicle, you need a child
as it will go. It is better to secure safety belt. restraint that has LATCH
the child restraint in a rear seat. Wherever a child restraint is attachments. LATCH-compatible
See Passenger Sensing System installed, be sure to secure the child rear-facing and forward-facing child
on page 3-22 for additional restraint properly. seats can be properly installed
information. using either the LATCH anchors or
Keep in mind that an unsecured
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
child restraint can move around in a
use both the safety belts and the
When securing a child restraint in a collision or sudden stop and injure
LATCH anchorage system to secure
rear seating position, study the people in the vehicle. Be sure to
a rear-facing or forward-facing
instructions that came with the child properly secure any child restraint in
child seat.
restraint to make sure it is the vehicle — even when no child is
in it. Booster seats use the vehicle’s
compatible with this vehicle.
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
recommends that the booster seat The following explains how to attach Lower Anchors
be secured with the LATCH system, a child restraint with these
this can be done as long as the attachments in the vehicle.
booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or
properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors
with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether
lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments.
Make sure to follow the instructions In Canada, the law requires that
that came with the child restraint, forward-facing child restraints have
and also the instructions in this a top tether, and that the tether be
manual. attached.
When installing a child restraint with Convertible models do not have top
a top tether, you must also use tether anchors to secure a child
either the lower anchors or the restraint. If a national or local law
safety belts to properly secure the Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
requires that the top tether be built into the vehicle. There are two
child restraint. A child restraint must anchored, do not use a child
never be installed using only the top lower anchors for each LATCH
restraint in this vehicle because a seating position that will
tether and anchor. top tether cannot be properly accommodate a child restraint with
The LATCH anchorage system can anchored. lower attachments (2).
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top Rear Seat — Coupe Model
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the instructions for the child
the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint.
A top tether anchor is built into the I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
vehicle. The top tether positions with top tether anchors.
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in H (Lower Anchor): Seating
the vehicle in order to reduce the positions with two lower anchors.
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Rear Seat — Convertible Model To assist in locating the lower

anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
Top Tether Anchors
To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is on the cover of the
anchor.
Convertible top models do not have
top tether anchors to be used to
secure a child restraint in any
seating position.
H (Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors. Be sure to use an anchor on the
same side of the vehicle as the
Lower Anchors seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
On coupe models, the top tether position without a top tether anchor
anchors are on the rear seatback if a national or local law requires
filler panel. that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer when Warning (Continued) { Warning
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint following the instructions that Children can be seriously injured
system secured in a rear seating came with the child restraint and or strangled if a shoulder belt is
position. See Where to Put the the instructions in this manual. wrapped around their neck. The
Restraint on page 3-35 for shoulder belt can tighten but
additional information. cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
Securing a Child Restraint { Warning pulled all the way out of the
Designed for the LATCH retractor. It unlocks when the
To reduce the risk of serious or
System shoulder belt is allowed to go all
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child the way back into the retractor,
{ Warning restraint to a single anchor. but it cannot do this if it is
Attaching more than one child wrapped around a child’s neck.
If a LATCH-type child restraint is If the shoulder belt is locked and
restraint to a single anchor could
not attached to anchors or with tightened around a child’s neck,
cause the anchor or attachment
the safety belt, the child restraint the only way to loosen the belt is
to come loose or even break
will not be able to protect the child to cut it.
during a crash. A child or others
correctly. In a crash, the child
could be injured. Buckle any unused safety belts
could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child behind the child restraint so
restraint properly using the children cannot reach them. Pull
anchors, or use the vehicle safety the shoulder belt all the way out
belts to secure the restraint, of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
(Continued) child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
secure the restraints. Some 2. On coupe models, if the child

{ Caution restraints also use another vehicle restraint manufacturer
anchor to secure the top tether. recommends that the top tether
Do not let the LATCH be attached, attach and tighten
attachments rub against the 1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower the top tether to the top tether
vehicle’s safety belts. This may anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
damage these parts. If necessary, anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower child restraint instructions and
move buckled safety belts to the following steps:
avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments, secure the child
restraint with the safety belts 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
attachments.
and top tether, if equipped. Refer 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
Do not fold the empty rear seat to the child restraint the top tether according to
with a safety belt buckled. This manufacturer instructions and the child restraint
could damage the safety belt or the instructions in this manual. instructions and the
the seat. Unbuckle and return the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for following instructions:
safety belt to its stowed position, the desired seating
before folding the seat. position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
If you need to secure more than one the seat.
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint on 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
page 3-35. attachments on the child
restraint to the lower
This system is designed to make anchors.
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If the child restraint has a Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints
single tether, route the
tether over the seatback.
Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
{ Warning rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
A crash can damage the LATCH restraint to make sure it is
system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle.
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint, If the child restraint has the LATCH
resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
death in a crash. To help make
System) on page 3-36 for how and
sure the LATCH system is
where to install your child restraint
If the child restraint has a working properly after a crash, using LATCH. If a child restraint is
dual tether, route the tether see your dealer to have the secured in the vehicle using a
over the seatback. system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether,
3. Before placing a child in the necessary replacements made as see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
child restraint, make sure it is soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) on
securely held in place. To check, page 3-36 for top tether anchor
grasp the child restraint at the If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations.
LATCH path and attempt to and it was being used during a Do not secure a child restraint in a
move it side to side and back crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor
and forth. There should be no may be needed. if a national or local law requires
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of that the top tether be anchored, or if
movement, for proper New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the
installation. child restraint say that the top strap
system was not being used at the
time of the crash. must be anchored.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Canada, the law requires that

forward-facing child restraints have
attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the
child restraint when and as the
instructions say. 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
If more than one child restraint buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the
needs to be installed in the rear Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is
seat, be sure to read Where to Put the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but
the Restraint on page 3-35. could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor.
1. Put the child restraint on necessary.
the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer instructions
(Front Passenger Seat)
regarding the use of the top This vehicle has airbags. A rear
tether. See Lower Anchors and seat is a safer place to secure a
Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraint. See
System) on page 3-36. Where to Put the Restraint on
7. Before placing a child in the page 3-35.
child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle has a
securely held in place. To check, passenger sensing system which is
grasp the child restraint at the designed to turn off the front
safety belt path and attempt to outboard passenger frontal airbag
5. To tighten the belt, push down move it side to side and back under certain conditions. See
on the child restraint, pull the and forth. When the child Passenger Sensing System on
shoulder portion of the belt to restraint is properly installed, page 3-22 and Passenger Airbag
tighten the lap portion of the belt, there should be no more than Status Indicator on page 5-15 for
and feed the shoulder belt back 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. more information, including
into the retractor. When installing To remove the child restraint, important safety information.
a forward-facing child restraint, it unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and Never put a rear-facing child seat in
may be helpful to use your knee let it return to the stowed position. the front. This is because the risk to
to push down on the child If the top tether is attached to a top the rear-facing child is so great if the
restraint as you tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it. airbag deploys.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
In Canada, the law requires that

{ Warning Warning (Continued) forward-facing child restraints have
A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints attached.
restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag
or killed if the front outboard is off. If you secure a When using the lap-shoulder belt to
passenger frontal airbag inflates. forward-facing child restraint in secure the child restraint in this
This is because the back of the the front seat, always move the position, follow the instructions that
rear-facing child restraint would front passenger seat as far back came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
be very close to the inflating as it will go. It is better to secure
airbag. A child in a forward-facing the child restraint in a rear seat. 1. Move the seat as far back as it
child restraint can be seriously will go before securing the
See Passenger Sensing System forward-facing child restraint.
injured or killed if the front on page 3-22 for additional
outboard passenger frontal airbag information. When the passenger sensing
inflates and the passenger seat is system has turned off the front
in a forward position. outboard passenger frontal
If the child restraint uses a top airbag, the off indicator on the
Even if the passenger sensing tether, see Lower Anchors and
system has turned off the front passenger airbag status
Tethers for Children (LATCH indicator should light and stay lit
outboard passenger frontal System) on page 3-36 for top tether when the vehicle is started. See
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No anchor locations. Passenger Airbag Status
one can guarantee that an airbag Indicator on page 5-15.
Do not secure a child seat in a
will not deploy under some
position without a top tether anchor 2. Put the child restraint on
unusual circumstance, even
if a national or local law requires the seat.
though it is turned off. that the top tether be anchored, or if
(Continued) the instructions that come with the If the seat has a safety belt
child restraint say that the top strap guide, remove the safety belt
must be anchored. from the guide by unsnapping
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
the guide on the seat. Do not 4. Push the latch plate into the
secure the child restraint with buckle until it clicks.
the safety belt routed through Position the release button on
the guide. the buckle, so that the safety
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run belt could be quickly unbuckled
the lap and shoulder portions of if necessary.
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
6. To tighten the belt, push down

on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but Try to pull the belt out of the
not pulled out of the retractor. retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System on page 3-22 for more
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the seat has a safety belt guide,
return the safety belt into the guide
by snapping the guide around the
webbing.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage The trunk partition attaches to the

sides of the trunk to protect the
Compartments convertible top or can be rolled up
and stored when the convertible top
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1 { Warning is up.
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Fastened Position
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Do not store heavy or sharp
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2 objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
Additional Storage Features cause the cover to open and
Tonneau Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 could result in injury.
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Glove Box
Open the glove box by lifting up on
the lever. Use the key to lock and
unlock the glove box. 1. Pull on the handle (1) to detach
and roll out the trunk partition (2)
Rear Storage at the front of the trunk (3).
Rear Trunk Partition
The trunk partition keeps cargo
away from the convertible top.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
4-2 Storage
1. Pull the handle (3) toward the Center Console Storage

rear of the trunk while pulling up
to release the trunk partition (2) To open, lift the latch on the front
from the brackets (1). edge of the armrest.
2. Hold the handle (3) and slowly There is an accessory power outlet.
let the trunk partition (2) roll up If equipped, there is a USB port and
toward the front of the trunk (4). auxiliary jack in the storage area.
See Power Outlets on page 5-5,
Auxiliary Devices on page 7-14, and
2. Attach the trunk partition (2) into the infotainment manual.
the brackets (1).
3. Remove any objects from the
top of the trunk partition (2).
Stored Position
3. Attach the handle (1) to the

rolled-up trunk partition (2) at the
front of the trunk (3).
See Convertible Top Messages on
page 5-33.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Storage 4-3
Additional Storage
Features
Tonneau Cover
Installation
1. Remove the tonneau cover
storage bag from the trunk and
remove the tonneau cover.
3. Fold the sides of the tonneau 4. Insert the tab (1) under the
cover over. Attach the cord (1) at trim (2) on both sides.
the front edge of the tonneau
cover to the post (2) on the back
seat rear panel on both sides.
2. Unfold and place the tonneau

cover on the vehicle.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
4-4 Storage
5. Push the outside rim (1) of the Removal

tonneau cover under the vehicle
trim (2) on both sides.
2. Fold the sides of the tonneau

cover over and remove the
1. Grip the tonneau cover at the cord (1) from the post (2) on the
notch and pull back to release back seat rear panel on both
6. Push the edge (2) of the center the tab on both sides. sides.
of the tonneau cover (1) under 3. Fold the tonneau cover, place it
the vehicle trim (3). in the storage bag, and store it in
the trunk.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Storage 4-5
Convenience Net
For vehicles with a convenience net
inside the trunk, it can be used to
secure loose items.
The upper (1) and lower (3) hooks

on each side of the trunk opening
are provided to attach the net.
Install the opening of the net at the
top and over the two middle
hooks (2).
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
4-6 Storage
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Information Displays
Driver Information
Controls Transmission Temperature
Gauge (Except ZL1) . . . . . . . . 5-13
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . 5-28
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-14 Vehicle Messages
Controls Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-15
Passenger Airbag Status Battery Voltage and Charging
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-16 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-33
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Convertible Top Messages . . . 5-33
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-34
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Antilock Brake System (ABS) Engine Cooling System
Indicators Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-35
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Traction Control System Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-36
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-21 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-36
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Traction Control System Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-36
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (TCS) OFF/StabiliTrak® OFF Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Object Detection System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-22 Ride Control System
Engine Oil Pressure Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-40
Engine Oil Temperature Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-23 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Taillamp Indicator Light . . . . . . 5-23 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-40
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-41 Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel

Vehicle Reminder while driving.
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-42 Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls
Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 Adjustment
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-43
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . 5-48
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Some audio controls can be

To adjust the steering wheel: adjusted at the steering wheel.
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
b / g (Press to Talk): If equipped Horn

with Bluetooth® or OnStar®, press to
interact with those systems. See Press a on the steering wheel pad
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) on to sound the horn.
page 7-25 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls) on Windshield Wiper/Washer
page 7-21 or Bluetooth (Overview)
on page 7-20 or OnStar Overview INT (Intermittent Wipes): Move
on page 14-1. the lever up to INT for intermittent
$ / i (Mute/End Call): wipes, then turn the x INT band
If equipped with Bluetooth or up for more frequent wipes or down
OnStar, press to reject an incoming for less frequent wipes.
call or end a current call. Press to OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
silence the vehicle speakers while The windshield wiper/washer lever
using the infotainment system. is on the right side of the steering 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly
Press again to turn the sound on. column. With the ignition in ACC/ move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
_ SRC ^ (Toggle Switch): Press to ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
lever down.
select an audio source. the windshield wiper lever to select
the wiper speed. Clear snow and ice from the wiper
Turn up or down to select the next blades and windshield before using
or previous favorite radio station, HI: Use for fast wipes.
them. If frozen to the windshield,
CD, or MP3 track. LO: Use for slow wipes. carefully loosen or thaw them.
+ x − (Volume): Press + or − to Damaged blades should be
increase or decrease the volume. replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 10-43.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Wiper Parking See Washer Fluid on page 10-37 for miles or degrees of turn before
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ information on filling the windshield needing a signal from the GPS
OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI, washer fluid reservoir. satellites. When the compass
or INT, they will immediately stop. display shows CAL, drive the
If the windshield wiper lever is then

{ Warning vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
moved to off before the driver door In freezing weather, do not use GPS signal. The compass system
is opened or within 10 minutes, the the washer until the windshield is will automatically determine when
wipers will restart and move to the warmed. Otherwise the washer the GPS signal is restored and
base of the windshield. fluid can form ice on the provide a heading again.
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ windshield, blocking your vision.
OFF while the wipers are performing Clock
wipes due to windshield washing, The infotainment system controls
the wipers continue to run until they Compass
are used to access the time and
reach the base of the windshield. The vehicle may have a compass date settings through the menu
n L (Windshield Washer): Pull display in the Driver Information system. The clock menu can only
the windshield wiper lever toward Center (DIC). The compass receives be used with the radio on while in
you to spray windshield washer fluid its heading and other information ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.
and activate the wipers. The wipers from the Global Positioning
will continue until the lever is System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, Setting the Time and Date
released or the maximum wash time and vehicle speed information. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
is reached. When the windshield Avoid covering the GPS antenna, 2. Select Time and Date.
wiper lever is released, additional located on the roof, for long periods
wipes may occur depending on how of time with objects that may 3. Select Set Time or Set Date.
long the windshield washer had interfere with the antenna's ability to 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
been activated. receive a satellite signal. The adjust the highlighted value.
compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. When adding electrical equipment,
to select the next value. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob be sure to follow the proper
6. To save the time or date and to select MM/DD (month/day) or installation instructions included with
return to the Time and Date DD/MM (day/month). the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment on page 9-61.
menu, press the / BACK button
at any time or press the MENU/ Power Outlets
SELECT knob after adjusting the The vehicle has two accessory
{ Caution
minutes or year. power outlets; one is below the Hanging heavy equipment from
If auto timing is set, the time climate control system and the other the power outlet can cause
displayed on the clock may not is inside the center console storage. damage not covered by the
update immediately when driving They can be used to plug in vehicle warranty. The power
into a new time zone. electrical equipment, such as a cell outlets are designed for
phone or an MP3 player. accessory power plugs only, such
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
The accessory power outlets do not as cell phone charge cords.
1. Press the CONFIG button. work when the key is removed from
2. Select Time and Date. the ignition and the driver door is
opened. This helps to preserve the
3. Highlight 12 hr / 24 hr Format. battery life of the vehicle.
4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Certain power accessory plugs may
to select the 12 hour or 24 hour not be compatible with the
display format. accessory power outlet and could
Setting the Month & Day overload vehicle and adapter fuses.
Format If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Time and Date.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges
on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem,
Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what
Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Waiting to do repairs can be
signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle costly and even dangerous.
before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning
to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a
replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Instrument Cluster
V8 English Shown, V6, Metric, and Manual Transmission Similar

7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
ZL1 English Shown, Z/28, Metric, and Manual Transmission Similar

7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Speedometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge

The speedometer shows the The tachometer displays the engine
vehicle's speed in either kilometers speed in revolutions per
per hour (km/h) or miles per minute (rpm).
hour (mph).
{ Caution
Odometer
If the engine is operated with the
The odometer shows how far the
rpm’s in the warning area at the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles. high end of the tachometer, the
vehicle could be damaged, and
the damage would not be covered
Trip Odometer by the vehicle warranty. Do not
The trip odometer shows how far operate the engine with the rpm’s Metric
the vehicle has been driven since in the warning area.
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-24.
English
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
When the ignition is on, the fuel Here are some situations that can Engine Oil Pressure
gauge shows about how much fuel occur with the fuel gauge. None of
the vehicle has left in the fuel tank. these indicate a problem with the
Gauge
An arrow on the fuel gauge shows fuel gauge.
the side of the vehicle on which the . At the gas station, the fuel pump
fuel door is located. shuts off before the gauge
The gauge indicates empty before reads full.
the vehicle is out of fuel, to show . It takes a little more or less fuel
that the vehicle's fuel tank should be to fill up than the fuel gauge
filled soon. indicated. For example, the
When the fuel tank is low on fuel, a gauge may have indicated the
FUEL LEVEL LOW message will tank was half full, but it actually Metric
appear on the Driver Information took a little more or less than
Center (DIC). For more information half the tank's capacity to fill
see Fuel System Messages on the tank.
page 5-36. . The pointer on the fuel gauge is
on empty when the ignition is off.
English
For vehicles with the oil pressure
gauge, it is near the shift lever, and
shows the engine oil pressure
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds

Caution (Continued)
Engine Oil Temperature
per square inch) when the engine is
running.
Gauge
range and the oil pressure is still
Oil pressure may vary with engine low, have the vehicle serviced.
speed, outside temperature, and oil Always follow the maintenance
viscosity, but readings above the schedule for changing engine oil.
low pressure zone indicate the
normal operating range. When the
oil pressure reaches the low A reading in the low pressure zone
pressure zone, a message appears can be caused by a dangerously
in the Driver Information Center low oil level or some other problem
(DIC). See Engine Oil Messages on causing low oil pressure. Check the
page 5-35 and Engine Oil on oil as soon as possible.
page 10-15.
{ Caution Metric
Lack of proper engine oil

maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine
oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Add oil if required, but if
the oil level is within the operating
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
English English
For vehicles with this gauge, it is This gauge indicates the engine
near the shift lever and indicates coolant temperature. If the gauge
Metric
engine oil temperature. If the gauge pointer moves to the H or the
pointer moves to the higher end of shaded area, the engine coolant is
the gauge, the engine oil operating hotter than normal. It is
temperature is operating hotter than acceptable if this happens during
normal. It is acceptable if this aggressive driving or race track
happens during aggressive driving usage. The DIC will display a
or race track usage. The DIC will warning message if the engine
display a warning message if the coolant temperature exceeds an
engine oil temperature exceeds an acceptable level. See Engine
acceptable level. See Engine Oil Cooling System Messages on
Messages on page 5-35. page 5-35.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Transmission reading in the red area and/or a Voltmeter Gauge

message appears in the Driver
Temperature Gauge Information Center (DIC), the
(Except ZL1) vehicle must be stopped and the
cause checked. One possible cause
is a low fluid level in the
transmission.
For information on the DIC
messages see Transmission
Messages on page 5-41.
Metric
{ Caution
Metric Do not drive the vehicle while the
transmission fluid is overheating,
or the transmission can be
damaged. This could lead to
costly repairs that would not be
covered by the warranty.
English
For vehicles with this gauge, it is
English near the shift lever, and shows the
battery's state of charge in DC volts.
For vehicles with this gauge, it is
near the shift lever, and shows the When the engine is running and the
transmission oil temperature when ignition is on, this gauge shows the
the ignition is on. If the gauge is condition of the charging system.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The vehicle's charging system Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt
regulates voltage based on the state Reminder Light
of charge of the battery. It is normal Driver Safety Belt Reminder
for the voltmeter to fluctuate. Light There is a passenger safety belt
Readings between the low and high reminder light near the passenger
There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See
warning zones indicate the normal
reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System on
operating range.
cluster. page 3-22.
Readings in the low warning zone
can occur when a large number of
electrical accessories are operating
in the vehicle and the engine is left
idling for an extended period.
If there is a problem with the battery
charging system, a message
appears in the Driver Information When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this
Center (DIC) and/or the charging light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come
system light comes on. See Battery on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten
Voltage and Charging Messages on their safety belt. Then the light stays their safety belt. Then the light stays
page 5-33 and Charging System on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled.
Light on page 5-16. This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if
However, readings in either warning times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes
zone can indicate a possible becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is
problem in the electrical system. vehicle is moving. moving.
Have the vehicle serviced as soon If the driver safety belt is buckled, If the passenger safety belt is
as possible. neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the
comes on. light comes on.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The front passenger safety belt The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status
reminder light and chime may turn for several seconds when the
on if an object is put on the seat vehicle is started. If the light does
Indicator
such as a briefcase, handbag, not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger
grocery bag, laptop, or other immediately. sensing system. See Passenger
electronic device. To turn off the Sensing System on page 3-22 for
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
{ Warning important safety information. The
overhead console has a passenger
the safety belt. If the airbag readiness light stays airbag status indicator.
on after the vehicle is started or
Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means
This light shows if there is an the airbag system might not be
electrical problem with the airbag working properly. The airbags in
system. The system check includes the vehicle might not inflate in a
the airbag sensor(s), passenger crash, or they could even inflate
sensing system, the pretensioners, without a crash. To help avoid United States
the airbag modules, the wiring, and injury, have the vehicle serviced
the crash sensing and diagnostic right away.
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System If there is a problem with the airbag
on page 3-16. system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages on
Canada and Mexico
page 5-40.
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
as a system check. Then, after a check to show the light is working.

several seconds, the status { Warning It should go out when the engine is
indicator will light either ON or OFF, started.
or either the on or off symbol, to let If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means If the light stays on or comes on
you know the status of the front while driving, there may be a
outboard passenger frontal airbag. that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help problem with the electrical charging
If the word ON or the on symbol is avoid injury to yourself or others, system. Have it checked by your
lit on the passenger airbag status have the vehicle serviced right dealer. Driving while this light is on
indicator, it means that the front could drain the battery.
away. See Airbag Readiness
outboard passenger frontal airbag is When this light comes on, the Driver
Light on page 5-15 for more
allowed to inflate. Information Center (DIC) also
information, including important
If the word OFF or the off symbol is safety information. displays a message.
lit on the passenger airbag status See Battery Voltage and Charging
indicator, it means that the Messages on page 5-33.
passenger sensing system has Charging System Light
turned off the front outboard If a short distance must be driven
passenger frontal airbag. with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
If, after several seconds, both status and air conditioner.
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the Malfunction
passenger sensing system. See Indicator Lamp
your dealer for service. The charging system light comes on A computer system called OBD II
briefly when the ignition is turned (On-Board Diagnostics-Second
on, but the engine is not running, as Generation) monitors the operation
of the vehicle to ensure emissions
are at acceptable levels, helping to
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
maintain a clean environment. The assists the service technician in

malfunction indicator lamp comes correctly diagnosing any Caution (Continued)
on when the vehicle is placed in malfunction.
ON/RUN as a check to show it is (TPC) can affect the vehicle's
emission controls and can cause
working. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. See
{ Caution this light to come on.
Ignition Positions on page 9-19 for If the vehicle is continually driven Modifications to these systems
more information. with this light on, the emission could lead to costly repairs not
controls might not work as well, covered by the vehicle warranty.
the vehicle fuel economy might This could also result in a failure
not be as good, and the engine to pass a required Emission
might not run as smoothly. This Inspection/Maintenance test. See
could lead to costly repairs that Accessories and Modifications on
might not be covered by the page 10-3.
vehicle warranty.
If the malfunction indicator lamp This light comes on during a
comes on while the engine is malfunction in one of two ways:
running, this indicates that the OBD
II system has detected a problem { Caution Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
and diagnosis and service might be
required. Modifications made to the engine, increases vehicle emissions and
transmission, exhaust, intake, could damage the emission control
Malfunctions often are indicated by or fuel system of the vehicle or system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
the system before any problem is and service might be required.
the replacement of the original
apparent. Being aware of the light
tires with other than those of the To prevent more serious damage to
can prevent more serious damage
to the vehicle. This system also same Tire Performance Criteria the vehicle:
(Continued) . Reduce vehicle speed.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Avoid hard accelerations. A few driving trips with the cap Emissions Inspection and
. Avoid steep uphill grades. properly installed should turn the Maintenance Programs
light off.
If the light continues to flash, find a Depending on where you live, your
safe place to stop and park the . Check that good quality fuel is vehicle may be required to
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at used. Poor fuel quality causes participate in an emission control
least 10 seconds, and restart the the engine not to run as system inspection and maintenance
engine. If the light is still flashing, efficiently as designed and may program. For the inspection, the
follow the previous steps and see cause stalling after start-up, emission system test equipment will
your dealer for service as soon as stalling when the vehicle is likely connect to the vehicle's Data
possible. changed into gear, misfiring, Link Connector (DLC).
hesitation on acceleration,
Light On Steady: An emission or stumbling on acceleration.
control system malfunction has These conditions might go away
been detected on the vehicle. once the engine is warmed up.
Diagnosis and service might be
required. If one or more of these conditions
occurs, change the fuel brand used.
The following may correct an It may require at least one full tank
emission control system of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
malfunction: The DLC is under the instrument
See Fuel on page 9-52. panel to the left of the steering
. Check that the fuel cap is fully wheel. See your dealer if assistance
installed. See Filling the Tank on If none of the above have made the
light turn off, your dealer can check is needed.
page 9-54. The diagnostic
system can determine if the fuel the vehicle. The dealer has the The vehicle may not pass
cap has been left off or proper test equipment and inspection if:
improperly installed. A loose or diagnostic tools to fix any . The malfunction indicator lamp is
missing fuel cap allows fuel to mechanical or electrical problems on with the engine running, or if
evaporate into the atmosphere. that might have developed. the light does not come on when
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN Brake System Warning When the ignition is on, the brake
while the engine is off. See your system warning light also comes on
dealer for assistance in verifying
Light when the parking brake is set. The
proper operation of the The vehicle brake system consists light stays on if the parking brake
malfunction indicator lamp. of two hydraulic circuits. If one does not fully release. If it stays on
. The OBD II (On-Board circuit is not working, the remaining after the parking brake is fully
Diagnostics) system determines circuit can still work to stop the released, it means the vehicle has a
that critical emission control vehicle. For normal braking brake problem.
systems have not been performance, both circuits need to If, while driving, the light comes on
completely diagnosed. The be working and a brake message comes on the
vehicle would be considered not If the warning light comes on, there Driver Information Center (DIC), pull
ready for inspection. This can is a brake problem. Have the brake off the road and stop carefully. The
happen if the 12-volt battery has system inspected right away. pedal could be harder to push or the
recently been replaced or run pedal can go closer to the floor.
down. The diagnostic system is It could take longer to stop. If the
designed to evaluate critical light is still on, have the vehicle
emission control systems during towed for service. See Antilock
normal driving. This can take Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
several days of routine driving. on page 5-20 and Towing the
If this has been done and the Metric English Vehicle on page 10-97.
vehicle still does not pass the
inspection for lack of OBD II
system readiness, your dealer
If the vehicle has antilock brakes,
this light should come on when the
{ Warning
can prepare the vehicle for key is turned to START. If it does The brake system might not be
inspection. not come on, have it fixed so it will working properly if the brake
be ready to warn if there is a system warning light is on.
problem.
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
This light comes on briefly when the See Brake System Warning Light on
Warning (Continued) engine is started. page 5-19 and Brake System
If the light does not come on, have it Messages on page 5-33.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a fixed so it will be ready to warn if
crash. If the light is still on after there is a problem. Traction Off Light
the vehicle has been pulled off If the light comes on while driving,
the road and carefully stopped, stop as soon as it is safely possible
have the vehicle towed for and turn off the vehicle. Then start
service. the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
The brake message remains on until
vehicle needs service. A chime may
the MENU button is pressed. The also sound when the light comes on This light comes on briefly while
brake light remains until the problem starting the engine. If it does not,
steady.
is fixed. See Brake System have the vehicle serviced by your
Messages on page 5-33 for more If the ABS light is the only light on, dealer. If the system is working
information. the vehicle has regular brakes, but normally, the indicator light then
the antilock brakes are not turns off.
Antilock Brake System functioning.
The traction off light comes on when
(ABS) Warning Light If both the ABS and the brake the Traction Control System (TCS)
system warning light are on, the has been turned off by pressing and
vehicle's antilock brakes are not releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
functioning and there is a problem button.
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service. This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not feature(s) is no longer functioning This light comes on when the
limited. Adjust driving accordingly. and whether the vehicle requires StabiliTrak system is turned off.
See Traction Control/Electronic service. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
Stability Control on page 9-38. If the indicator/warning light is on limited. If the StabiliTrak system is
and flashing, the TCS and/or the off, the system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
Traction Control System StabiliTrak system is actively
TCS and the StabiliTrak system and
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light working.
the warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-38. For SS models, when both TCS and
StabiliTrak lights are on, the vehicle
is in Competitive Mode. A warning
Traction Control System also appears on the DIC for
(TCS) OFF/StabiliTrak® StabiliTrak Competitive Mode. See
OFF Light Ride Control System Messages on
page 5-38.
This light comes on briefly when the
For ZL1, when both TCS and
engine is started.
StabiliTrak lights are on, the vehicle
If the light does not come on, have is in Performance Traction
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Management or both TCS and
If the system is working normally, StabiliTrak systems are disabled.
the indicator light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
If the light is on and not flashing, the This light should come on briefly as Stability Control on page 9-38 and
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak the engine is started. If it does not Competitive Driving Mode on
system have been disabled. A DIC come on, have the vehicle serviced page 9-40.
message may display. Check the by your dealer.
DIC messages to determine which
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and

Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as
See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation on page 10-67. come on, have the vehicle serviced
Monitor System (TPMS), this light by your dealer.
comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it
started. It provides information means that oil is not flowing through
about tire pressures and the TPMS. { Caution the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
When the Light Is On Steady
Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See
This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the your dealer.
the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine
underinflated. oil low can also damage the Immobilizer Light
A Driver Information Center (DIC) engine. The repairs would not be
tire pressure message may also covered by the vehicle warranty.
display. See Tire Messages on Check the oil level as soon as
page 5-40. Stop as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if
possible, and inflate the tires to the the oil level is within the operating
pressure value shown on the Tire range and the oil pressure is still
and Loading Information label. See low, have the vehicle serviced.
Tire Pressure on page 10-64. Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The immobilizer light should come Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light
on briefly as the engine is started.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the immobilizer This light comes on when the front The cruise control light is white
system. See Immobilizer Operation fog lamps are in use. when the cruise control is on and
on page 2-13. ready, and turns green when the
See Front Fog Lamps on page 6-5.
cruise control is set and active.
High-Beam On Light
Taillamp Indicator Light The light goes out when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control on page 9-45.
This light comes on when the

high-beam headlamps are in use. This light comes on when the
taillamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6-2.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Information Displays The bottom of the DIC display

shows what position the shift lever
is also used to return to or exit
the last screen displayed on
is in (automatic transmission only), the DIC.
Driver Information the odometer, and the direction the
Center (DIC) vehicle is driving. Trip/Fuel Menu Items
The DIC displays information about Press the MENU button on the turn
DIC Buttons
your vehicle. It also displays signal lever until Trip/Fuel
warning messages if a system Information Menu is displayed. Use
problem is detected. See Vehicle the band to scroll through the
Messages on page 5-32. All following menu items:
messages appear in the DIC display . Digital Speedometer
in the center of the instrument . Trip 1
cluster.
. Trip 2
The vehicle may also have features 1. SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Press to
that can be customized through the set, or press and hold to clear, . Fuel Range
controls on the radio. See Vehicle the menu item displayed. . Average Fuel Economy
Personalization on page 5-43.
2. w / x (Band): Use the band to . Average Vehicle Speed
DIC Operation and Displays scroll through the items in . Turn-by-Turn
The DIC has different displays each menu.
. Blank
which can be accessed by using the 3. MENU: Press this button to get
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever to the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Digital Speedometer
on the left side of the steering Vehicle Information Menu. Some The speedometer shows how fast
wheel. The DIC displays trip, fuel, models may also have a the vehicle is moving in either
vehicle system information, and Performance Menu. This button kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
warning messages if a system
per hour (mph). The speedometer
problem is detected.
cannot be reset.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Trip 1 and Trip 2 that the vehicle has right now, and Blank
The Trip display shows the current will change as driving conditions This display shows no information.
distance traveled, in either change. This number is calculated
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since based on the number of L/ Vehicle Information Menu
the last reset for the trip odometer. 100 km (mpg) recorded since the Items
The trip odometer can be reset to last time this menu item was reset.
The fuel economy can be reset by Press the MENU button on the turn
zero by pressing the trip reset stem signal lever until Vehicle Information
or the SET/CLR button while the trip pressing the SET/CLR button while
the Average Fuel Economy display Menu is displayed. Use the band to
odometer display is showing. scroll through the following menu
is showing.
Fuel Range items:
Average Vehicle Speed
The Fuel Range display shows the
. Unit
approximate distance the vehicle The Average Vehicle Speed display . Tire Pressure
can be driven without refueling. The shows the average speed of the
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) . Remaining Oil Life
fuel range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel or miles per hour (mph). This . Coolant Temperature
economy over recent driving history average is calculated based on the
various vehicle speeds recorded
. Battery Voltage
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be since the last reset of this value. . Speed Warning
reset. The average speed can be reset by
pressing the SET/CLR button while Unit
Average Fuel Economy the Average Vehicle Speed display Move the band up or down to switch
The Average Fuel Economy display is showing. between US or Metric when the Unit
shows the approximate average Turn-by-Turn display is active. Press SET/CLR to
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) confirm the setting. This will change
or miles per gallon (mpg). This This display is used for the OnStar the displays on the cluster and DIC
number reflects only the Turn-by-Turn Navigation. See to either English (US) or metric
approximate average fuel economy OnStar Overview on page 14-1. measurements.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Tire Pressure Maintenance Schedule. See For example, the display may read
The display will show a vehicle with Maintenance Schedule on Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The
the approximate pressures of all page 11-2. vehicle's charging system regulates
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed Remember, the Oil Life display must voltage based on the state of the
in either kilopascal (kPa) or in be reset after each oil change. It will battery. The battery voltage can
pounds per square inch (psi). See not reset itself. Also, be careful not fluctuate while viewing this
Tire Pressure Monitor System on to reset the Oil Life display information on the DIC. This is
page 10-66 and Tire Pressure accidentally at any time other than normal. See Charging System Light
Monitor Operation on page 10-67. when the oil has just been changed. on page 5-16. If there is a problem
It cannot be reset accurately until with the battery charging system,
Remaining Oil Life the next oil change. To reset the the DIC will display a message. See
This display shows an estimate of engine oil life system press the Battery Voltage and Charging
the oil's remaining useful life. SET/CLR button while the Oil Life Messages on page 5-33.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is display is active. See Engine Oil Speed Warning
displayed, that means 99% of the Life System on page 10-19.
current oil life remains. Speed Warning allows the driver to
Coolant Temperature set a speed that they do not want to
When the remaining oil life is low, exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This display, available on some
vehicles, shows the temperature of press SET/CLR when Speed
message will appear on the display. Warning is displayed.
See Engine Oil Messages on the engine cooling system fluid in
page 5-35. The oil should be either degrees Celsius (°C) or
changed as soon as possible. See degrees Fahrenheit (°F).
Engine Oil on page 10-15. In Battery Voltage
addition to the engine oil life system
monitoring the oil life, additional This display, available on some
maintenance is recommended in the vehicles, shows the current battery
voltage. If the voltage is in the
normal range, the value will display.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Performance Menu lap timer. Press and hold SET/CLR Oil Temperature and Oil Pressure
to clear and exit the lap timer The oil temperature display shows
Some vehicles may have a
function. the temperature of the engine oil in
Performance Menu. Press the
MENU button on the turn signal Coolant Temperature and Battery either Celsius (C) or degrees
lever until Performance Menu is Voltage Fahrenheit (F). The oil pressure
displayed. Use the band to scroll display shows the current oil
The coolant temperature display pressure. Oil pressure varies with
through the following menu items: shows the temperature of the engine load and RPM. If there is an
. Lap Timer engine cooling system fluid in either issue with oil pressure a message
. Coolant Temperature and degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees will display on the DIC.
Battery Voltage Fahrenheit (°F).
The battery voltage display shows Acceleration
. Oil Temperature and Oil
Pressure the current battery voltage. The Longitudinal and lateral
vehicle's charging system regulates accelerations are displayed showing
. Acceleration voltage based on the state of the the vehicle's current acceleration
Lap Timer battery. The battery voltage can levels.
fluctuate while viewing this
The Lap Timer display shows total information on the DIC. This is Compass
time, lap times, top speed, average normal. See Charging System Light The vehicle may have a compass
speed, and average time when on page 5-16. If there is a problem display in the Driver Information
active. with the battery charging system, Center (DIC). See Compass on
While in this display, press SET/ the DIC will display a message. See page 5-4.
CLR to activate the lap timer Battery Voltage and Charging
function. While timer is active, press Messages on page 5-33.
MENU to store the current lap time
and start timer for a new lap. Press
SET/CLR to pause or resume the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Head-Up Display (HUD) images are projected through the Driver Information Center (DIC).
HUD lens on the driver side of the See the Infotainment Manual and
instrument panel. Driver Information Center (DIC) on
{ Warning page 5-24.
If the HUD image is too bright or { Caution
too high in your field of view, it
may take you more time to see If you try to use the HUD image
things you need to see when it is as a parking aid, you may
dark outside. Be sure to keep the misjudge the distance and
HUD image dim and placed low in damage your vehicle. Do not use
your field of view. the HUD image as a parking aid.
If equipped with HUD, some The tap shift gear will appear on the
information concerning the HUD if the vehicle has tap shift and
operation of the vehicle is projected it is active. The shift timing lights
onto the windshield. This includes and a lateral acceleration (G-Force)
indicator may also appear. HUD Display on the Vehicle
but is not limited to the speedometer
reading, rpm reading, transmission The language of the HUD Windshield
position, outside air temperature, information displayed can be The HUD information appears as an
compass heading, and a brief changed. The speedometer reading image focused out toward the front
display of the current radio station, and other numerical values can be of the vehicle.
including SiriusXM information or displayed in either English or metric When the ignition key is turned to
CD track. It will also display units. ON/RUN, the HUD will display when
Turn-by-Turn Navigation information
The language selection is changed ready.
if the vehicle has OnStar®. The
through the radio and the units of
measurement selection is changed
through the trip computer in the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The following indicator lights come or CD track status changes. This To adjust the HUD image so that
on in the instrument cluster when may happen whenever radio items are properly displayed:
activated and may also appear on information is changed. The 1. Adjust the driver seat to a
the HUD: speedometer size is reduced when comfortable position.
. Turn Signal Indicators radio, CD information, or warnings
are displayed on the HUD. 2. Start the engine.
. High-Beam Indicator Symbol 3. Adjust the HUD controls.
When the phone feature is
The HUD also temporarily displays activated, the HUD will briefly Use the following settings to adjust
the following messages on vehicles display phone information, the HUD.
with these systems, when they are if available.
active: OFF: Turn the HUD dimming knob
fully counterclockwise until the HUD
. Check Tire Pressure display turns off.
. Cruise Set To Brightness: Turn the dimming knob
. Fuel Level Low clockwise or counterclockwise to
. Speed Limited To brighten or dim the display. The
HUD image will automatically dim
. Traction Control Active and brighten to compensate for
. Stabilitrak Active outside lighting. The HUD
brightness control can also be
. Park Distance Unavailable adjusted as needed. The HUD
. Gap Alert Off image can temporarily light up
depending on the angle and position
When the HUD is on, the of the sunlight on the HUD display.
speedometer reading is continually The HUD control is to the right of
This is normal. Polarized
displayed. The current radio station the steering wheel.
sunglasses could make the HUD
or CD track number may display for image harder to see.
a short period of time after the radio
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
« (Up): or ª (Down): Press the The four formats are as follows:

up or down arrows to center the
HUD image in your view. The HUD
image can only be adjusted up and
down, not side to side.
PAGE: Press to select the display
formats. Release the PAGE button English
when the format number with the English
desired display is shown on the
HUD. If vehicle messages are
displayed, pressing PAGE may clear
the message.
Metric
Metric Format Two: This display includes
Format One: This display gives the the information in Format One
speedometer reading (in English or without the transmission
metric units), turn signal indication, information, the outside air
high-beam indication, transmission temperature, speed alert and
positions (for automatic compass heading.
transmission vehicles only), outside
air temperature, speed alert and
compass heading.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The shift timing lights at the top of

the display will appear with
increases in engine rpm. See
Automatic Transmission on
page 9-28 or Manual Transmission
on page 9-34.
English English All formats, except Format Four, will
show Turn-by-Turn Navigation
information and provide details
about the next driving maneuver to
be made.
Metric Metric
Format Three: This display Format Four: This display gives
includes the information in Format the speedometer reading (in English
One along with a circular or metric units), transmission
tachometer, but without outside air positions (for automatic
temperature and compass heading. transmission vehicles only), Shift
Timing Light Position and lateral
acceleration (G) indicators. The
radio, CD, navigation, and phone
information do not appear in the
Format Four HUD display.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth Vehicle Messages

sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it. Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
If You Cannot See the HUD some action that may be needed to
Image When the Ignition Is On correct a condition. Multiple
English Check that: messages may display one after the
other.
. Nothing Is covering the
HUD lens. The messages that do not require
.
immediate action can be
HUD brightness is not too dim or acknowledged and cleared by
too bright. pressing SET/CLR. The messages
. HUD is adjusted to the proper that require immediate action cannot
height. be cleared until that action is
Metric performed. All messages should be
. Polarized sunglasses are
When you near your destination, the taken seriously and clearing the
not worn.
HUD will display a distance bar that messages does not correct the
will empty the closer you get to your
. Windshield and HUD lens are problem.
destination. All navigation clean.
The following are some of the
information is provided to the HUD If the HUD image is not correct, vehicle messages that may be
by the OnStar service, for vehicles contact your dealer. displayed depending on your
with this feature. vehicle content.
The windshield is part of the HUD
Care of the HUD system. See Windshield
Replacement on page 10-43.
Clean the inside of the windshield
as needed to remove any dirt or film
that could reduce the sharpness or
clarity of the HUD image.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages Compass Messages

Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW CAL
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the This message is displayed when the
This message displays when the brake fluid level is low; see Brake compass needs to be calibrated.
vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid on page 10-39. See Compass on page 5-4.
voltage is dropping beyond a CHANGE BRAKE PADS (Z/ ––
reasonable point. The battery saver 28 Only)
system starts reducing features of Dashes will be displayed if the
the vehicle that may be noticed. At This message is displayed when the compass needs service. See your
the point that features are disabled, brake pads are worn. dealer for service.
this message displays. Turn off
unnecessary accessories to allow
HILL START ASSIST ACTIVE Convertible Top
the battery to recharge. This message is displayed when Hill Messages
Start Assist (HSA) is preventing the
LOW BATTERY vehicle from rolling while driving off BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW
This message is displayed when the on a grade. See Hill Start Assist – TOP DISABLED
battery voltage is low. See Battery (HSA) on page 9-38.
This message displays when the
on page 10-40. battery voltage is too low to operate
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
SERVICE BATTERY the convertible top.
This message is displayed as a
CHARGING SYSTEM reminder that the parking brake is EXTEND CARGO SHADE TO
This message is displayed when on. Release it before you attempt to OPERATE
there is a fault in the battery drive.
This message displays if the rear
charging system. Take the vehicle to trunk partition is not extended and
your dealer for service. engaged.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
CLOSE TRUNK TO and the power convertible top pump UNLATCH TOP
OPERATE TOP motor temperature is below 0°C (32°
This message displays and a sound
F). Wait for the power convertible
This message displays if the trunk is will be heard if you try to lower the
top pump motor to warm up before
open while you are trying to operate convertible top without first
using the power convertible top.
the convertible top. Make sure the releasing the front latch. See
trunk is closed before operating the TOP NOT SECURE Convertible Top on page 2-19.
convertible top. See Convertible Top
on page 2-19.
power convertible top is closed Cruise Control Messages
COMPLETE TOP MOTION TO without the convertible top front CRUISE SET TO XXX
OPEN TRUNK latch engaged or when the folding
top is not fully stowed. Press and This message displays when the
This message displays if attempting hold the convertible top button in the cruise control is set and shows the
to open the trunk before the top has open direction until a beep is heard speed it was set to. See Cruise
been fully opened or closed. or close the top and engage the Control on page 9-45.
REDUCE VEHICLE SPEED TO latch.
OPERATE TOP
Door Ajar Messages
TOP SYSTEM OVERHEATED,
This message is displayed when the PLEASE WAIT DRIVER DOOR OPEN
vehicle is moving too fast to safely This message displays and a sound This message will display when the
operate the convertible top. Reduce will be heard when the power driver door is open. Close the door
the vehicle speed. convertible top button is pressed completely.
TEMPERATURE TOO LOW – and the power convertible top pump
HOOD OPEN
motor is overheated. Wait for the
TOP DISABLED This message will display when the
power convertible top pump motor
This message displays and a sound to cool down before using the power hood is open. Close the hood
will be heard when the power convertible top. completely.
convertible top button is pressed
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
PASSENGER DOOR OPEN If this message continues to appear, severe damage. This message
have the system repaired by your clears when the engine has cooled
This message will display when the
dealer as soon as possible to avoid to a safe operating temperature.
passenger door is open. Close the
damage to the engine.
door completely.
COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD
Engine Oil Messages
TRUNK OPEN
COOLANT CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message will display when the
trunk is open. Close the trunk This message will display if the This message displays when the
completely. coolant is low. See Engine Coolant engine oil needs to be changed.
on page 10-30. When you change the engine oil, be
Engine Cooling System sure to reset the oil life system. See
ENGINE OVERHEATED — Engine Oil Life System on
Messages IDLE ENGINE page 10-19, Driver Information
This message displays when the Center (DIC) on page 5-24, Engine
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
engine coolant temperature is too Oil on page 10-15, and Maintenance
ENGINE TEMP hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to Schedule on page 11-2.
This message displays when the idle until it cools down.
engine coolant becomes hotter than ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE
the normal operating temperature. ENGINE OVERHEATED — ENGINE
To avoid added strain on a hot STOP ENGINE This message displays when the
engine, the air conditioning This message displays and a engine oil temperature is too hot.
compressor automatically turns off. continuous chime sounds if the Stop and allow the vehicle to idle
When the coolant temperature engine cooling system reaches until it cools down.
returns to normal, the air unsafe temperatures for operation.
conditioning compressor turns back Stop and turn off the vehicle as ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL
on. You can continue to drive the soon as it is safe to do so to avoid On some vehicles, this message
vehicle. displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
before filling to the recommended next time the vehicle is driven. The REPLACE BATTERY IN
level. If the oil is not low and this vehicle may be driven at a reduced REMOTE KEY
message remains on, take the speed while this message is on, but
vehicle to your dealer for service. maximum acceleration and speed This message displays when the
See Engine Oil on page 10-15. may be reduced. Anytime this battery in the Remote Keyless Entry
message stays on, the vehicle (RKE) transmitter needs to be
OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP should be taken to your dealer for replaced.
ENGINE service as soon as possible.
This message displays if low oil Lamp Messages
pressure levels occur. Stop the Fuel System Messages AUTOMATIC LIGHT
vehicle as soon as safely possible CONTROL ON
and do not operate it until the cause FUEL LEVEL LOW
of the low oil pressure has been This message displays when the This message is displayed when the
corrected. Check the oil as soon as vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as automatic light control has been
possible and have the vehicle soon as possible. turned on. See Automatic Headlamp
serviced by your dealer. System on page 6-3.
TIGHTEN GAS CAP
AUTOMATIC LIGHT
Engine Power Messages This message displays when the CONTROL OFF
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED fuel cap. This message is displayed when the
This message displays when the automatic light control has been
vehicle's engine power is reduced. Key and Lock Messages turned off. See Automatic Headlamp
Reduced engine power can affect System on page 6-3.
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. NUMBER OF KEYS
If this message is on, but there is no PROGRAMMED
reduction in performance, proceed This message displays when
to your destination. The programming new keys to the
performance may be reduced the vehicle.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
LEFT FRONT TURN RIGHT FRONT TURN Object Detection System

INDICATOR FAILURE INDICATOR FAILURE Messages
This message is displayed if the This message is displayed if the
turn signal bulb needs to be turn signal bulb needs to be PARK ASSIST OFF
replaced. See Headlamps, Front replaced. See Headlamps, Front This message displays when the
Turn Signal and Parking Lamps Turn Signal and Parking Lamps Rear Parking Assist (RPA) system
(Uplevel Vehicle) on page 10-44 or (Uplevel Vehicle) on page 10-44 or has been turned off or when there is
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal and Headlamps, Front Turn Signal and a temporary condition causing the
Parking Lamps (Base Vehicle) on Parking Lamps (Base Vehicle) on system to be disabled. See Parking
page 10-45 and Replacement Bulbs page 10-45 and Replacement Bulbs Assist on page 9-48.
on page 10-47. on page 10-47.
SERVICE PARK ASSIST
LEFT REAR TURN INDICATOR RIGHT REAR TURN
This message displays if there is a
FAILURE INDICATOR FAILURE problem with the Rear Parking
This message is displayed if the This message is displayed if the Assist (RPA) system. Do not use
turn signal bulb needs to be turn signal bulb needs to be this system to help you park. See
replaced. See Bulb Replacement on replaced. See Bulb Replacement on Parking Assist on page 9-48.
page 10-44. page 10-44.
TURN SIGNAL ON
This message is displayed if the
turn signal has been left on. Turn off
the turn signal.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Ride Control System PERF TRACTION 2 – DRY PERF TRACTION 3 – SPORT 1

Messages ACTIVE HANDLING ON ACTIVE HANDLING ON
CHASSIS MODE TOUR (ZL1 CHASSIS MODE SPORT (ZL1
PERF TRACTION 1 – WET Coupe and Z/28 Only) Coupe and Z/28 Only)
ACTIVE HANDLING ON This message displays when this This message displays when this
CHASSIS MODE TOUR (ZL1 Performance Traction Management Performance Traction Management
Coupe and Z/28 Only) (PTM) mode is selected. The TCS (PTM) mode is selected. The TCS
This message displays when this and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights
Performance Traction Management will also be on when this mode is will also be on when this mode is
(PTM) mode is selected. The TCS selected. Once this message is selected. Once this message is
and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights acknowledged, PTM2 – DRY ESC = acknowledged, PTM3 – SPORT1
will also be on when this mode is ON displays on the bottom of the ESC = ON displays on the bottom of
selected. Once this message is digital speed page. Launch Control the digital speed page. Launch
acknowledged, PTM1 – WET ESC = is available when this mode is Control is available when this mode
ON displays on the bottom of the selected. In this mode, the Traction is selected. In this mode, the
digital speed page. Launch Control Control and Active Handling System Traction Control and Active
is available when this mode is are available but intended for use Handling System are available but
selected. In this mode, the Traction on dry race track conditions. Adjust intended for use on dry race track
Control and Active Handling System your driving accordingly. See conditions. Adjust your driving
are available but intended for use “Performance Traction Management accordingly. See “Performance
on wet race track conditions. Adjust (PTM) (ZL1 Coupe and Z/28 Only)” Traction Management (PTM) (ZL1
your driving accordingly. See and “Launch Control (V8 with Coupe and Z/28 Only)” and “Launch
“Performance Traction Management Manual Transmissions except Z/28)” Control (V8 with Manual
(PTM) (ZL1 Coupe and Z/28 Only)” under Competitive Driving Mode on Transmissions except Z/28)” under
and “Launch Control (V8 with page 9-40. Competitive Driving Mode on
Manual Transmissions except Z/28)” page 9-40.
under Competitive Driving Mode on
page 9-40.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
PERF TRACTION 4 – SPORT 2 PERF TRACTION 5 – RACE SERVICE STABILITRAK

ACTIVE HANDLING OFF ACTIVE HANDLING OFF This message displays if there is a
CHASSIS MODE SPORT (ZL1 CHASSIS MODE TRACK (ZL1 problem with the StabiliTrak®
Coupe and Z/28 Only) Coupe and Z/28 Only) system. If this message appears, try
This message displays when this This message displays when this to reset the system. Stop; turn off
Performance Traction Management Performance Traction Management the engine and remove the key from
(PTM) mode is selected. The TCS (PTM) mode is selected. The TCS the ignition; open and close the
and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights driver door and wait for at least
will also be on when this mode is will also be on when this mode is one minute. During this time you
selected. Once this message is selected. Once this message is should notice the lights on the
acknowledged, PTM4 – SPORT2 acknowledged, PTM5 – RACE ESC cluster turn off. After a minute has
ESC = OFF displays on the bottom = OFF displays on the bottom of the passed, start the engine again.
of the digital speed page. Launch digital speed page. Launch Control If this message still comes on, it
Control is available when this mode is available when this mode is means there is a problem. See your
is selected. In this mode, the selected. In this mode, the Traction dealer for service. The vehicle is
Traction Control is available but Control is available but intended for safe to drive; however, you do not
intended for use on dry race track use on dry race track conditions. have the benefit of StabiliTrak, so
conditions. The Active Handling The Active Handling System is reduce your speed and drive
System is disabled when this mode disabled when this mode is accordingly.
is selected. This mode will require selected. This mode will require
more driver skill than modes 1–3. more driver skill than modes 1–4.
Adjust your driving accordingly. See Adjust your driving accordingly. See
“Performance Traction Management “Performance Traction Management
(PTM) (ZL1 Coupe and Z/28 Only)” (PTM) (ZL1 Coupe and Z/28 Only)”
and “Launch Control (V8 with and “Launch Control (V8 with
Manual Transmissions except Z/28)” Manual Transmissions except Z/28)”
under Competitive Driving Mode on under Competitive Driving Mode on
page 9-40. page 9-40.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
SERVICE SUSPENSION STABILITRAK COMPETITIVE Security Messages

SYSTEM (ZL1 Only) MODE (LS3, L99 and ZL1
Convertible Only) THEFT ATTEMPTED
Selective Ride Control system has This message may display when This message displays if the vehicle
detected a malfunction and the Competitive Mode is selected. See detects a tamper condition.
vehicle speed will be limited. The Competitive Driving Mode on
system must be serviced. See your page 9-40. Service Vehicle Messages
dealer. See Selective Ride Control
on page 9-44 and “SPEED LIMITED TRACTION CONTROL OFF SERVICE POWER STEERING
TO XXX (ZL1 Only)” under Vehicle This message displays when the This message is displayed if there is
Speed Messages on page 5-42. Traction Control System (TCS) has a problem with the power steering
been disabled. See Traction Control/ system and a chime may sound.
SERVICE TRACTION Take the vehicle to your dealer for
Electronic Stability Control on
CONTROL page 9-38. service.
This message displays when there
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
is a problem with the Traction Airbag System Messages
Control System (TCS). When this This message is displayed if there is
message is displayed, the system SERVICE AIRBAG a problem with the vehicle. Take the
will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your This message displays if there is a vehicle to your dealer for service.
driving accordingly. See your dealer problem with the airbag system.
for service. Take the vehicle to your dealer for Tire Messages
service.
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
AIR TO TIRE
This message displays if the vehicle
detects low pressure in one or more
tires.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
This message also displays LEFT SERVICE TIRE MONITOR PRESS CLUTCH TO START
FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT SYSTEM This message displays when
REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
This message displays if there is a attempting to start a vehicle with a
the location of the low tire.
problem with the Tire Pressure manual transmission without
The low tire pressure warning light Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire pressing on the clutch pedal.
will also come on. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
Pressure Light on page 5-22. page 10-67.
SERVICE TRANSMISSION
If a tire pressure message appears This message displays if there is a
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE problem with the transmission. See
on the DIC, stop as soon as you
can. Inflate the tires by adding air This message displays when the your dealer.
until the tire pressure is equal to the system is learning new tires. See
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
SHIFT DENIED
values shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tires page 10-67. This message displays when
on page 10-55, Vehicle Load Limits attempting to use the automatic
on page 9-14, and Tire Pressure on Transmission Messages transmission manual mode to shift
page 10-64. to too low of a gear. See Manual
1 – 4 SHIFT Mode on page 9-31.
The DIC also shows the tire
pressure values. See Driver This message displays when you SHIFT TO PARK
Information Center (DIC) on can only shift from 1 (First) to
4 (Fourth) instead of 1 (First) to This message displays when the
page 5-24.
2 (Second). See Manual transmission needs to be shifted to
Transmission on page 9-34. P (Park). This may appear when
attempting to remove the key from
the ignition if the vehicle is not in
P (Park).
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
TRANSMISSION HOT – IDLE selected on the wiper control. See Window Messages
ENGINE Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-3. OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/
This message displays and a chime PASSENGER WINDOW
sounds if the transmission fluid in
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
Vehicle Speed Messages This message is displayed when the
transmission fluid temperature high DRIVER SELECTED SPEED window needs to be reprogrammed.
can cause damage to the vehicle. If the vehicle's battery has been
LIMIT EXCEEDED
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to recharged or disconnected, you will
allow the transmission to cool. This This message is displayed when the need to program each front window
message clears when the fluid vehicle speed is greater than the set for the express-up feature to work.
temperature reaches a safe level. speed. See “Speed Warning” under See Power Windows on page 2-16.
Driver Information Center (DIC) on
Vehicle Reminder page 5-24.
Messages SPEED LIMITED TO XXX
(ZL1 Only)
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE This message displays when a
malfunction is present in the
This message is displayed when ice Selective Ride Control system. The
conditions are possible. vehicle speed will be limited to a
TURN WIPER CONTROL TO value determined by the vehicle
when the shock absorber system
INTERMITTENT FIRST
has failed and the shocks are in
This message is displayed when their full soft mode. Have the vehicle
attempting to adjust the intermittent serviced by your dealer as soon as
wiper speed without intermittent possible.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Time and Date
Vehicle Using the Touch Screen
Press a screen feature to:
. Radio Settings
Personalization .
. View more feature options. Phone Settings
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus . Enable or disable the feature.
. Navigation Settings
for customizing vehicle features. w: Press to scroll up.
. Display Settings
The following are all possible x: Press to scroll down.
. Vehicle Settings
personalization features. Depending Each menu is detailed in the
on the vehicle, some may not be Back: Press to return to the
previous menu. following information.
available.
Infotainment System Audio
To access the Languages
personalization menu: Select Language, then select from
System Controls
1. Press Config on the Home page the available language(s).
Using the Faceplate on the infotainment system
MENU/SELECT Knob display or CONFIG on the Time and Date
. Press to enter, select, or activate faceplate. Manually set the time and date. See
a highlighted menu option. 2. Select the desired feature to Clock on page 5-4.
display a list of available Radio Settings
. Turn to highlight a menu option.
options.
. Press to enable or disable a Select and depending on the radio
system setting. 3. Select the desired feature the following may display:
setting.
/ BACK . Auto Volume
Personalization Menus
. Press to exit a menu. . Gracenote Options
The following list of menu items may
. Press to return to a previous be available:
. XM Channel Art
screen. . Max Startup Volume
. Languages
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Maximum Startup Volume Normalization Number of Favorites Pages or
. Number of Favorites Pages This feature improves voice Radio Favorites
. Radio Favorites recognition and media groupings. Press to set the number of favorites
See “CD Player,” “USB,” “Auxiliary to display.
. RDS Options Devices,” and “Bluetooth Audio” in Select the desired number.
. XM Categories the infotainment manual.
Select to enable or disable. RDS Options
. Software Versions Menu
Select and the following may
Auto Volume XM Channel Art display:
This feature adjusts the volume to This feature turns the XM Audio . RDS
minimize the effects of unwanted page background on the XM
background noise that can result Channel display on and off. . Text Scroll Freeze
from changing road surfaces, driving Select to enable or disable. . RDS Text
speeds, or open windows. This
feature works best at lower volume Max Startup Volume or Maximum RDS
settings where background noise is Startup Volume Select to turn RDS on or off. See
typically louder than the sound This feature sets the maximum “RDS (Radio Data System)” in
system volume. startup volume. If the vehicle is AM-FM Radio on page 7-7.
Select Off, Low, Medium, or High. started and the volume is greater Text Scroll Freeze
than this level, the volume is
Gracenote Options adjusted to this level. When on, this allows the RDS Text
Select and the following may will scroll across the radio screen.
Press + or − to increase or
display: decrease the volume. Select to enable or disable.
. Normalization
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
RDS Text Device List Display Settings

When on, this allows the RDS Select to connect to a different Press and the following may
information from the station to be phone source, disconnect a phone, display:
displayed. or delete a phone. . Home Page Menu
Select to enable or disable. Pair Device . Rear Camera Options
XM Categories Select to pair a new device. See . Display Off
This allows which available XM “Pairing a Phone/Device” in
. Map Settings
Categories are used and displayed. “Bluetooth” in the infotainment
manual. Home Page Menu
Press to enable or disable available
categories. Pair Device (Phone) or Pair Select and the following may
Device (GPS) display:
Software Versions Menu
Select to pair a new phone. See . Customize
Press to display information about “Pairing a Phone” in “Bluetooth
the system and update software if (Infotainment Controls)” in Bluetooth
. Sort
available. (Voice Recognition) on page 7-25 or . Restore Home Page Defaults
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on
Phone Settings page 7-21 or Bluetooth (Overview) Customize
Select and depending on the radio on page 7-20 or “Pairing a Phone/ This feature allows the selection of
the following may display: Device” “Bluetooth” in the what icons will be on the first
. Device List infotainment manual. Home Page.
. Pair Device Navigation Settings Select and follow the screen
prompts.
. Pair Device (Phone) See “Navigation Settings” in
“Configure Menu” in the Sort
. Pair Device (GPS) infotainment manual. This feature allows the icons on the
Home Page to be moved.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Select and follow the screen

. Comfort and Convenience Chime Volume
prompts. . Collision Detection Systems This allows the selection of the
Restore Home Page Defaults . Lighting chime volume level to be changed.
This feature will restore the Home . Power Door Locks Select Normal or High.
Page to the factory settings. Button Chime
. Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
Select and follow the screen This allows this feature to be turned
. Return to Factory Settings?
prompts. on and off.
Rear Camera Options Climate and Air Quality
Select or deselect.
For more information on Rear Select and the following may
Camera Options, see Rear Vision display: Collision Detection Systems
Camera (RVC) on page 9-49. . Remote Start Auto Heated Seats Select the following may display:
Display Off Remote Start Auto Heated Seats . Park Assist
Press to turn the display off. The When on, this feature will turn the Park Assist
display will return when any radio heated seats on when using remote This allows the Parking Assist
buttons are pressed or the screen is start. feature to be turned on or off.
touched (if equipped). Select enable or disable. Select On or Off.
Map Settings Comfort and Convenience Lighting
See “Map Settings” in “Configure Select and the following may
Menu” in the infotainment manual. Select and the following may
display: display:
Vehicle Settings . Chime Volume . Vehicle Locator Lights
Select and the following may . Button Chime
display:
. Exit Lighting
. Climate and Air Quality
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Locator Lights Open Door Anti Lock Out or

. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
This allows the feature to be turned Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Lock Feedback
on or off. When on, the headlamps, When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Door Unlock
parking lamps, taillamps, license driver door from locking until the
plate lamps, and back-up lamps will door is closed. If this feature is Remote Unlock Feedback or
turned on, the Delayed Door Lock Remote Unlock Light Feedback
illuminate at night when K is
pressed on the RKE transmitter. menu will not be available. When on, the exterior lamps will
Select to enable or disable. flash when unlocking the vehicle
Select to enable or disable. with the RKE transmitter.
Exit Lighting Auto Door Unlock
Depending on the radio select Flash
This allows the selection of how This allows selection of which doors Lights or OFF, or select to enable or
long the exterior lamps stay on will automatically unlock when the disable.
when leaving the vehicle and it is vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Remote Lock Feedback
dark outside. Select All Doors, Driver Door,
or OFF. This allows selection of what
Select OFF, 30 seconds, 1 minute, feedback is provided when
or 2 minutes. Delayed Door Lock unlocking the vehicle with the RKE
Power Door Locks When on, this feature will delay the transmitter.
Select and depending on the radio locking of the doors. See Delayed Select Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
the following may display: Locking on page 2-9. Horn Only, or OFF.
. Open Door Anti Lock Out Select to enable or disable. Remote Door Unlock
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Remote Lock/Unlock/Start This allows selection of which doors
. Auto Door Unlock Select and depending on the radio will unlock on the first press of K on
the following may display: the RKE transmitter.
. Delayed Door Lock
. Remote Unlock Feedback Select Driver Door or All Doors.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If Driver Door is selected, all Universal Remote Do not use the Universal Remote
doors will unlock on the second system with any garage door opener
press of K within five seconds of System that does not have the stop and
the prior press. reverse feature. This includes any
See Radio Frequency Statement on
garage door opener model
page 13-12.
Return to Factory Settings? manufactured before April 1, 1982.
This returns all of the vehicle Universal Remote System Read these instructions completely
personalization settings to the before programming the Universal
factory settings.
Programming Remote system. It may help to have
Select Yes or No. another person assist with the
programming process.
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
If equipped, these buttons are in the See “Erasing Universal Remote
overhead console. System Buttons” later in this
This system can replace up to three section.
remote control transmitters used to To program a garage door opener,
activate devices such as garage park outside directly in line with and
door openers, security systems, and facing the garage door opener
home automation devices. These receiver. Clear all people and
instructions refer to a garage door objects near the garage door.
opener, but can be used for other
devices.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and programming is complete.
has a new battery for quick and hold both the hand-held There is no need to
accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of the complete Steps 4–6.
radio-frequency signal. three Universal Remote system . If the indicator light does
buttons to be used to operate not come on or the garage
Programming the Universal the garage door. Do not release
Remote System door does not move, a
either button until the indicator second button press may
For questions or help programming light changes from a slow to a be required. For a second
the Universal Remote system, call rapid flash. Then release both time, press and hold the
1-800-355-3515 or see buttons. newly programmed button
www.homelink.com. Some garage door openers may for five seconds. If the light
Programming involves require substitution of Step 2 stays on or the garage door
time-sensitive actions, and may time with the procedure under in moves, programming is
out causing the procedure to be “Radio Signals for Canada and complete.
repeated. Some Gate Operators” later in . If the indicator light blinks
this section. rapidly for two seconds,
To program up to three devices:
3. Press and hold the newly then changes to a solid light
1. Hold the end of the hand-held programmed Universal Remote and the garage door does
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to system button for five seconds not move, continue with
3 in) away from the Universal while watching the indicator light programming Steps 4–6.
Remote system buttons with the and garage door activation.
indicator light in view. The
hand-held transmitter was . If the indicator light stays on
supplied by the manufacturer of continuously or the garage
the garage door opener receiver. door moves when the
button is pressed, then
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
does not flash, press and hold enough for the Universal Remote
the same button a second time system to pick up the signal during
for two seconds, then release it. programming.
Again, if the door does not move If the programming did not work,
or the garage door lamp does replace Step 2 under “Programming
not flash, press and hold the the Universal Remote System” with
same button a third time for the following:
two seconds, then release it.
Press and hold the Universal
The Universal Remote system Remote system button while
Learn or Smart Button
should now activate the pressing and releasing the
4. After completing Steps 1–3, garage door. hand-held transmitter button every
locate the Learn or Smart button
Repeat the process for two seconds until the signal has
inside garage on the garage
programming the two remaining been successfully accepted by the
door opener receiver. The name
buttons. Universal Remote system. The
and color of the button may vary
Universal Remote system indicator
by manufacturer. Radio Signals for Canada and light will flash slowly at first and then
5. Press and release the Learn or Some Gate Operators rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
Smart button. Step 6 must be For questions or programming help “Programming the Universal Remote
completed within 30 seconds of call 1-800-355-3515 or see System” to complete.
pressing this button. www.homelink.com.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and Canadian radio-frequency laws and
hold the newly programmed some U.S. gate operators require
Universal Remote system button transmitter signals to time out or quit
for two seconds and then after several seconds of
release it. If the garage door transmission. This may not be long
does not move or the lamp on
the garage door opener receiver
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single

Operation Universal Remote System
Button
Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
System buttons:
Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
at least one-half second. The button.
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
System Buttons with Step 1 under “Programming
Erase all programmed buttons when the Universal Remote System.”
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should take
about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Lighting Features

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Exterior Lighting
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Battery Load Management . . . . 6-7
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-7
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Exterior Lighting Battery
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4
Turn and Lane-Change
The exterior lamp control is located
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
on the instrument panel, on the
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
outboard side of the steering wheel.
Interior Lighting There are four positions:
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 P (Off): Briefly turn to this position
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 to turn the automatic light control off
or on again. When released, the
control returns to the AUTO
position.
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically
turns the exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
6-2 Lighting
AUTO also controls the Daytime Headlamp High/ Daytime Running

Running Lamps (DRL). See
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) on
Low-Beam Changer Lamps (DRL)
page 6-2. Push the turn signal lever away DRL can make it easier for others to
; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the from you and release to turn the see the front of your vehicle during
parking lamps including all lamps, high beams on. To return to low the day. DRL are required on all
except the headlamps. beams, push the lever again or pull vehicles first sold in Canada.
it toward you and release. A light sensor on top of the
A warning chime sounds if the driver
door is opened when the ignition instrument panel makes the DRL
switch is off and the parking lamps work, so be sure it is not covered.
are on. The DRL system will make the
5 (Headlamps): Turns on the low-beam headlamps come on at a
headlamps together with the parking reduced brightness or for vehicles
lamps and instrument panel lights. with High Intensity Discharge (HID)
headlamps, the dedicated DRL
A warning chime sounds if the driver This indicator light turns on in the
lights will come on when the
door is opened when the ignition instrument cluster when the
following conditions are met:
switch is off and the headlamps high-beam headlamps are on.
are on.
. The ignition is in the ON/RUN
# (Front Fog Lamps): Press to Flash-to-Pass position.

. The exterior lamps control is in
turn the fog lamps on or off. The fog The flash-to-pass feature works with
lamps come on together with the the low beams or Daytime Running AUTO, or has been briefly
parking lamps, taillamps, Lamps (DRL) on or off. turned to P to turn the
sidemarker lamps, license plate To flash the high beams, pull the automatic light control on again.
lamps, and instrument panel lights. turn signal lever all the way toward . The engine is running.
See Front Fog Lamps on page 6-5. you, then release it.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Lighting 6-3
When the DRL are on, the turn on the headlamps at the normal The vehicle has a light sensor on
headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker brightness along with other lamps the top of the instrument panel. Do
lamps, instrument panel lights, and such as the taillamps, sidemarker not cover this sensor or the system
other lamps will not be on. lamps, parking lamps, license plate will come on whenever the ignition
The headlamps automatically lamps, and the instrument panel is on.
change from DRL to the regular lights. The radio lights will also The system may also turn on the
headlamps depending on the be dim. headlamps when driving through a
darkness of the surroundings. The To turn off the automatic headlamp parking garage, heavy overcast
other lamps that come on with the system, turn the exterior lamps weather, or a tunnel. This is normal.
headlamps will also come on. switch to the P position and then There is a delay in the transition
When it is bright enough outside, release. For vehicles first sold in between the daytime and nighttime
the headlamps will go off and the Canada, the transmission must be operation of the Daytime Running
DRL will come on. in the P (Park) position, before the Lamps (DRL) and the automatic
automatic headlamp system can be headlamp system so that driving
To turn the DRL off or on again, turn
turned off. under bridges or bright overhead
the exterior lamps control to the P street lights does not affect the
position and then release. For system. The DRL and automatic
vehicles first sold in Canada, the headlamp system will only be
DRL cannot be turned off. affected when the light sensor sees
The regular headlamp system a change in lighting lasting longer
should be turned on when needed. than the delay.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
Automatic Headlamp garage, the automatic headlamp
System system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
When it is dark enough outside and leaves the garage, there will be a
the headlamp switch is in AUTO, slight delay before the automatic
the automatic headlamp system will
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
6-4 Lighting
headlamp system changes to the Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change
DRL. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
Signals
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control
is in the full bright position. See
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6-5.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is | (Hazard Warning Flasher):
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking Press this button to make the front Move the lever all the way up or
lamps, and other exterior lamps and rear turn signal lamps flash on down to signal a turn.
come on. The transition time for the and off. This warns others that you An arrow on the instrument cluster
lamps coming on varies based on are having trouble. Press again to flashes in the direction of the turn or
wiper speed. When the wipers are turn the flashers off. lane change.
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Raise or lower the lever until the
Move the exterior lamp control to P arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
or ; to disable this feature. change. Hold it there until the lane
change is completed. If the lever is
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Lighting 6-5
If after signaling a turn or lane # (Front Fog Lamps): Press to Interior Lighting
change the arrow flashes rapidly or turn the fog lamps on or off. An
does not come on, a signal bulb indicator light on the instrument
may be burned out. cluster comes on when the fog
Instrument Panel
Have any burned out bulbs lamps are on. Illumination Control
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, The fog lamps come on together
check the fuse. See Electrical with the parking and sidemarker
System Overload on page 10-48. lamps.
If the high-beam headlamps are
Front Fog Lamps turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
If the high-beam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will turn
back on again.
For vehicles with High Intensity
Discharge (HID) headlamps, the
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
replace the fog lamps.
Some localities have laws that This feature controls the brightness
require the headlamps to be on of the instrument panel lights.
For vehicles with front fog lamps, along with the fog lamps. D (Instrument Panel
the button is on the exterior lamp Brightness): Move the
control, on the outboard side of the thumbwheel up or down and hold, to
steering wheel. brighten or dim the instrument panel
The ignition must be turned to ON/ lights.
RUN to turn on the fog lamps.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
6-6 Lighting
Dome Lamps Lighting Features Exit Lighting

The headlamps, taillamps, parking
Entry Lighting lamps, back-up lamps, outside
When it is dark enough outside or in mirror lamps, and license plate
areas of limited lighting, the interior lamps come on at night, or in areas
lamps, headlamps, back-up lamps, with limited lighting, when the key is
and parking lamps come on removed from the ignition. The
dome lamp comes on after the
when K is pressed on the Remote ignition is changed to the OFF
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. position. The exterior lamps and
The lamps inside the vehicle come dome lamp remain on for a set
To change the settings, press the on when any door is opened. They amount of time, then automatically
following: stay on for about 20 seconds. When turn off.
all of the doors have been closed or
( (Off): Turns the lamp off, even
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN, The exterior lamps turn off
when a door is open. immediately by turning the exterior
they gradually fade out.
H (Door): Turns the lamp on This feature can be changed. See
lamp control off.
automatically when a door is This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
opened. Vehicle Personalization on
Vehicle Personalization on
' (On): Turns the lamp on. page 5-43. page 5-43.
Theater Dimming
This feature allows for a three to five
second fade out of the courtesy
lamps instead of having them turn
off immediately.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Lighting 6-7
Battery Load enough at idle to produce all of the recommended that the driver reduce
power needed for very high the electrical loads as much as
Management electrical loads. possible. See Battery Voltage and
The vehicle has Electric Power A high electrical load occurs when Charging Messages on page 5-33.
Management (EPM) that estimates several of the following are on, such
the battery's temperature and state as: headlamps, high beams, fog Battery Power Protection
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage lamps, rear window defogger,
for best performance and extended This feature shuts off the dome
climate control fan at high speed, lamp if it is left on for more than
life of the battery. heated seats, engine cooling fans, 10 minutes when the ignition is in
When the battery's state of charge trailer loads, and loads plugged into LOCK/OFF. This helps to prevent
is low, the voltage is raised slightly accessory power outlets. the battery from running down.
to quickly bring the charge back up. EPM works to prevent excessive
When the state of charge is high, If the exterior lamps are left on, they
discharge of the battery. It does this turn off when the ignition is turned
the voltage is lowered slightly to by balancing the generator's output
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle off. If the parking lamps are turned
and the vehicle's electrical needs. on after the ignition is in the LOCK/
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage It can increase engine idle speed to
display on the Driver Information OFF position, the parking lamps
generate more power whenever remain on until they are manually
Center (DIC), you may see the needed. It can temporarily reduce
voltage move up or down. This is turned off.
the power demands of some
normal. If there is a problem, an accessories.
alert will be displayed. Exterior Lighting Battery
Normally, these actions occur in Saver
The battery can be discharged at steps or levels, without being
idle if the electrical loads are very noticeable. In rare cases at the The exterior lamps turn off about
high. This is true for all vehicles. highest levels of corrective action, 10 minutes after the ignition is
This is because the generator this action may be noticeable to the turned off, if the parking lamps or
(alternator) may not be spinning fast driver. If so, a DIC message might headlamps have been manually left
be displayed, and it is on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
6-8 Lighting
timer, turn the exterior lamp control

to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Introduction The infotainment system has built-in

features intended to help avoid
System Infotainment
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
Base radio information is included in functions may gray out when they
Introduction this manual. See the infotainment are unavailable. Many infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 manual for information on other features are also available through
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2 available infotainment systems. the instrument cluster and steering
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 wheel controls.
Read the following pages to
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 become familiar with these features. Before driving:
Radio . Become familiar with the
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 { Warning operation, faceplate buttons, and
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 screen buttons.
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Taking your eyes off the road for
too long or too often while using
. Set up the audio by presetting
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 favorite stations, setting the
Diversity Antenna System . . . 7-12 any infotainment feature can
tone, and adjusting the
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 cause a crash. You or others speakers.
could be injured or killed. Do not
Audio Players give extended attention to
. Set up phone numbers in
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 advance so they can be called
infotainment tasks while driving.
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 easily by pressing a single
Limit your glances at the vehicle
Phone displays and focus your attention button or by using a single voice
on driving. Use voice commands command if equipped with
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-20
Bluetooth (Infotainment Bluetooth phone capability.
whenever possible.
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 See Defensive Driving on page 9-3.
Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
7-2 Infotainment System
To play the infotainment system with Overview

the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9-23.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
The theft-deterrent feature works by
learning a portion of the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to the
infotainment system. The
infotainment system does not
operate if it is stolen or moved to a
different vehicle.
1. VOL/ O 2. INFO
. Press: Turns the system on
. Radio: Shows available
or off. information about the
current station.
. Turn: Adjusts the volume.
. CD/MP3: Shows available
information about the
current track.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
3. Buttons 1−6 8. CD/AUX 13. CONFIG

. Radio: Saves and selects . Selects between the CD . Opens the Configuration
favorite stations. player or a connected Settings menu.
4. FAV external audio source. 14. TONE
. Radio: Opens the 9. PHONE . Opens the Tone
favorites list. . Opens the phone Settings menu.
5. MENU/SELECT main menu.
15. BACK /
. Press: Opens the menus
. Mutes the audio system.
. Menu: Moves one
and selects menu items. 10. SEEK 7 level back.
. Turn: Highlights menu items . Radio: Seeks the previous . Character Input: Deletes
or sets values while in a station. the last character.
menu. Manually selects
radio stations while
. CD: Selects the previous
listening to the radio. track or rewinds within a Operation
track. Controls
6. RADIO/BAND
11. CD Slot
. Changes the band while The infotainment system is operated
listening to the radio.
. Insert a CD. by using the pushbuttons,
multifunction knobs, and menus that
. Selects the radio when 12. SEEK 6 are shown on the display, and
listening to a different audio . Radio: Seeks the next steering wheel controls, if equipped.
source.
station.
Turning the System On or Off
7. X (CD Eject) . CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to
. Removes the CD from
the slot. track. turn the system on and off.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Automatic Off MENU/SELECT: Press to: Selecting a Menu Option

If the infotainment system has been . Enter the menu system.
turned on after the ignition is turned . Select or activate the highlighted
off, the system turns off menu option.
automatically after 10 minutes.
. Confirm a set value.
Volume Control . Switch a system setting on
VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn to or off.
1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
adjust the volume. Turn to: move the highlighted bar.
PHONE: For vehicles with . Highlight a menu option. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
OnStar®, press and hold PHONE to
. Select a value. to select the highlighted option.
mute the infotainment system. Press
and hold PHONE again, or turn BACK /: Press to: Submenus
VOL/O to cancel mute. . Exit a menu.
For vehicles without OnStar, press
PHONE to mute the infotainment
. Return from a submenu screen
system. Press PHONE again, to the previous menu screen.
or turn VOL/O to cancel mute. . Delete the last character in a
sequence.
Menu System
An arrow on the right-hand edge of
Controls the menu indicates that it has a
The MENU/SELECT knob and the submenu with other options.
BACK / button are used to
navigate the menu system.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Activating a Setting Turning a Function On or Off Press the BACK / button to delete
the last character or press and hold
BACK / to delete the entire
character sequence.
Audio Settings
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to player source.
highlight the setting. highlight the function.
To adjust the audio setting, press
2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob 2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob the TONE button and select the
to activate the setting. to turn the function on or off.
audio setting. Press the / BACK
Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence button to go back to the Tone
Settings menu.
To quickly reset an audio setting
value to 0:
1. Highlight the option.
2. Press and hold the MENU/
SELECT knob until the value
1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to changes to 0.
change the current value of the highlight the character.
setting. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to select the character.
to confirm the setting.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) 3. Select Radio Favorites.
and Bass For vehicles that have an equalizer: 4. Select the number of available
favorite pages.
5. Press the BACK / button to go
back to the System
Configuration menu.
Auto Volume
1. Select Treble, Midrange, The auto volume feature
1. Select EQ. automatically adjusts the radio
or Bass.
2. Select the setting. volume to compensate for road and
2. Select the value. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up
Adjusting the Fader and Balance
System Settings or slows down, so that the volume
Configuring the Number of level is consistent.
Favorite Pages The level of volume compensation
can be selected or the auto volume
feature can be turned off.
1. Select Fader or Balance.

2. Select the value.
To configure the number of available
favorite pages:
1. Press the CONFIG button. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Radio Settings. 2. Select Radio Settings.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
3. Select Auto Volume. Radio station is available. In rare cases, a

4. Select the setting. radio station could broadcast
incorrect information that causes the
5. Press the BACK / button to go AM-FM Radio radio features to work improperly.
back to the System Control Buttons If this happens, contact the radio
Configuration menu. station.
The buttons used to control the
Maximum Startup Volume radio are: While the radio is tuned to an
FM-RDS station, the station name
The maximum volume played when RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the or call letters display.
the radio is first turned on can radio on and choose between AM,
be set. FM, and SiriusXM®, if equipped. Radio Menus
SEEK 7 or SEEK 6 : Press to Radio menus are available for AM,
FM, and SiriusXM, if equipped.
search for stations.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob to
FAV: Press to open the
favorites list. open the main radio menu for that
frequency.
1−6: Press to select preset
stations. Selecting a Band
MENU/SELECT: Turn to manually Press the RADIO/BAND button to
2. Select Radio Settings. search for stations. choose AM, FM, or SiriusXM,
3. Select Maximum Startup if equipped. The last station that
Volume.
RDS (Radio Data System) was playing starts playing again.
4. Select the setting. The radio may have RDS. The RDS
feature is available for use only on
5. Press the BACK / button to go FM stations that broadcast RDS
back to the System information. This feature only works
Configuration menu. when the information from the radio
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Selecting a Station 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All the PTY code depending on the
receivable stations in the current content. The system stores the RDS
Seek Tuning reception area are displayed. stations, sorted by program type, in
Briefly press SEEK 7 or SEEK 6 If no station list has been the FM category list.
to automatically search for the next created, an automatic station To search for a programming type
available station. If a station is not search is done. determined by station:
found, the radio switches to a more 3. Select the station. 1. Select FM category list. A list of
sensitive search level. If a station
Updating Station and Category all programming types available
still is not found, the frequency that
Lists displays.
was last active begins to play.
If stations stored in the station list 2. Select the programming type.
Press and hold SEEK 7 or SEEK can no longer be received: A list of stations that transmit
6 until the station on the display is programming of the selected
reached, then release the button. 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. type displays.
Manual Tuning 2. Select Update AM or FM Station 3. Select the station.
List, if the stations stored in the
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to station list are no longer The category lists are updated when
select the frequency on the display. received. A station search will be the corresponding station lists are
completed and the first station in updated.
Favorites List
the updated list will play.
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. Storing and Retrieving
To cancel the station search, press Favorites
2. Select Favorites List. the MENU/SELECT knob.
Stations from all bands can be
3. Select the station. Category Lists stored in the favorite lists in any
Station Lists Most stations that broadcast an order.
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. RDS program type (PTY) code
specify the type of programming
transmitted. Some stations change
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Up to six stations can be stored in SiriusXM Satellite Radio Control Buttons

each favorite page and the number Service The buttons used to control the
of available favorite pages can
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service SiriusXM radio are:
be set.
based in the 48 contiguous United RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the
Storing a Station as a Favorite States and 10 Canadian provinces. radio on and choose between AM,
To store the station to a position in SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide FM, and SiriusXM.
the list, press the corresponding variety of programming and
numeric button 1−6 until the station commercial-free music, coast to SEEK 7 or SEEK 6 : Press to
can be heard again. coast, and in digital-quality sound. search for stations.
During your trial or when you
Retrieving Stations FAV: Press to open the
subscribe, you will get unlimited
favorites list.
Press the FAV button to open a access to SiriusXM Radio Online for
favorite page or to switch to another when you are not in the vehicle. 1−6: Press to select preset
favorite page. Briefly press one of A service fee is required to receive stations.
the 1−6 buttons to retrieve the the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM MENU/SELECT: Turn to search for
station. service needs to be reactivated, the stations.
radio will display "No Subscription
Please Renew" on channel XM1. Selecting the SiriusXM Band
Satellite Radio For more information, contact Press the RADIO/BAND button to
Vehicles with an XM Satellite Radio SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or choose between the AM, FM, and
tuner and a valid SiriusXM® Satellite 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and SiriusXM bands. The last station
Radio subscription can receive www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079 played in that band begins to play
SiriusXM programming. (Canada). when that band is selected.
SiriusXM Categories
SiriusXM stations are organized in
categories.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Removing or Adding Categories To select a SiriusXM station using Up to six stations can be stored in
1. Press the CONFIG button. the MENU/SELECT knob: each favorite page and the number
1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to of available favorite pages can
2. Select XM Categories. be set.
highlight a SiriusXM station.
3. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Storing a Station as a Favorite
highlight the category. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
to select the station, or leave the To store the station to a position in
4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob station highlighted. the list, press and hold the
to remove or add the category. corresponding 1−6 button until the
To select a station using the menu:
Selecting a SiriusXM Station station can be heard again.
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
SiriusXM stations can be selected Retrieving Stations
2. Select XM Stations List.
by using SEEK 7 or SEEK 6, the Press the FAV button to open a
3. Select the station. favorite page or to switch to another
MENU/SELECT knob, or the menu
system. Selecting a Station by Category favorite page. Briefly press one of
the 1−6 buttons to retrieve the
To select a SiriusXM station using 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. station.
SEEK 7 or SEEK 6, do one of the 2. Select XM Category List. A list of
following: all programming types available Radio Reception
displays.
. Press and release SEEK 7 or Frequency interference and static
SEEK 6 to go to the previous or 3. Select the programming type. can occur during normal radio
next station. 4. Select the station. reception if items such as phone
chargers, vehicle convenience
. Press and hold SEEK 7 or Storing and Retrieving accessories, and external electronic
SEEK 6 to scroll through the Favorites devices are plugged into the
previous or next stations until Stations from all bands can be accessory power outlet. If there is
the station is reached. stored in any order in the favorite
pages.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
interference or static, unplug the SiriusXM Satellite Radio damaged, it could interfere with
item from the accessory power Service radio reception. For proper radio
outlet. reception, the antenna connector
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite needs to be properly attached to the
FM Radio Service provides digital radio post on the glass.
reception. Tall buildings or hills can
FM signals only reach about 16 to If attaching a cell phone antenna to
interfere with satellite radio signals,
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the the glass, attach it between the grid
causing the sound to fade in and
radio has a built-in electronic circuit lines.
out. In addition, traveling or standing
that automatically works to reduce
under heavy foliage, bridges,
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
garages, or tunnels may cause loss { Caution
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
hills, causing the sound to fade in Using a razor blade or sharp
of time.
and out.
object to clear the inside rear
AM Cell Phone Usage window can damage the rear
Cell phone usage, such as making window antenna and/or the rear
The range for most AM stations is
or receiving phone calls, charging, window defogger. Repairs would
greater than for FM, especially at
or just having the phone on may not be covered by the vehicle
night. The longer range can cause
cause static interference in the warranty. Do not clear the inside
station frequencies to interfere with
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off rear window with sharp objects.
each other. Static can also occur
if this happens.
when things like storms and power
lines interfere with radio reception.
When this happens, try reducing the Backglass Antenna
treble on the radio. The AM-FM antenna is integrated
with the rear window defogger in the
rear window. Do not scratch the
inside surface or damage the lines
in the glass. If the inside surface is
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players

{ Caution
The multi-band antenna is on the
Do not apply aftermarket glass roof of the vehicle. The antenna is CD Player
tinting with metallic film. The used for OnStar, the SiriusXM The CD player can play audio CDs
metallic film in some tinting Satellite Radio Service System, and and MP3 CDs.
materials will interfere with or GPS (Global Positioning System),
distort the incoming radio if the vehicle has these features. The CD player will not play 8 cm
reception. Any damage caused to Keep the antenna clear of (3 in) CDs.
the backglass antenna due to obstructions for clear reception. Care of CDs
metallic tinting materials will not If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
be covered by the vehicle Sound quality can be reduced due
open, reception can also be to disc quality, recording method,
warranty. affected. quality of the music recorded, and
how the disc has been handled.
Diversity Antenna System Handle discs carefully and store
them in their original cases or other
For vehicles with convertible tops, protective cases away from direct
the AM-FM antenna is a hidden sunlight and dust. If the bottom
self-tuning system, and is in the rear surface of a disc is damaged, the
spoiler. It optimizes the AM and FM disc may not play properly or at all.
signals relative to the vehicle's Do not touch the bottom surface of
position and radio station source. a disc while handling it; this could
No maintenance or adjustments are damage the surface. Pick up discs
needed. Do not place loads on the by grasping the outer edges or the
spoiler. If the spoiler is replaced, be edge of the hole and the outer edge.
sure it is replaced with the correct
GM parts for the best AM and FM If the bottom surface of a disc is
reception. dirty, take a soft lint-free cloth,
or dampen a clean soft cloth in a
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
mild neutral detergent solution Inserting a CD

mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe Caution (Continued)
With the printed side facing up,
the disc from the center to the
load one CD at a time, and keep insert a disc into the CD slot until it
outer edge.
the CD player and the loading slot is drawn in.
Care of the CD Player free of foreign materials, liquids,
Removing a CD
Do not add a label to a disc, as it and debris.
could get caught in the CD player. Press X.
If a label is needed, label the top of Control Buttons The disc is pushed out of the
the recorded disc with a CD slot.
marking pen. The buttons used to control the CD
player are: If the disc is not removed after it is
Do not use disc lens cleaners ejected, it is pulled back in after a
because they could contaminate the CD/AUX: Press to choose between
the CD and AUX player. few seconds.
lens of the disc optics and damage
the CD player.
SEEK 7 or SEEK 6 : Press to Playing a CD or MP3 CD
select tracks or to fast forward or Press the CD/AUX button if there is
{ Caution rewind within a track. a disc in the player; it begins
playing.
If a label is added to a CD, more MENU/SELECT: Turn to select
than one CD is inserted into the tracks. Information about the disc and
slot at a time, or an attempt is current track is shown on the
INFO: Press to display additional
made to play scratched or display depending on the data
information about the CD that may
damaged CDs, the CD player stored.
be available.
could be damaged. While using Selecting a CD Track
the CD player, use only CDs in
X (Eject): Press to remove
the CD. Using the control buttons:
good condition without any label,
(Continued) Press SEEK 7 or SEEK 6 to
select the previous or next track.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob Using the CD Menu: 2. Select Search.

counterclockwise or clockwise to 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
select the previous or next track. Song Titles, Genres,
2. Select Playlists/Folders.
Using the CD Menu: or Folder View.
3. Select the playlist or folder.
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. 4. Select the track.
4. Select the track.
2. Select Tracks list.
Searching for MP3 Tracks Auxiliary Devices
It is normal for the search feature to If equipped, the AUX input allows
Playing Tracks in Random Order take some time to display the portable devices to connect to the
Press the MENU/SELECT knob and information after reading the disc vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
then set Shuffle Songs to On. due to the amount of information input jack, the USB port,
stored on the disc. The infotainment if equipped, or Bluetooth® wireless
Fast Forward and Rewind system automatically switches to technology, if equipped.
Press and hold SEEK 7 or SEEK FM while the disc is being read. Portable devices are controlled by
6 to fast forward or rewind within Tracks can be searched by: using the menu system described in
the current track. Operation on page 7-3.
. Playlists
Selecting an MP3 Track . Artists
Using the control buttons: . Albums
Press SEEK 7 or SEEK 6 to . Song Titles
select the previous or next track. . Genres
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob
counterclockwise or clockwise to
. Folder View
select the previous or next track. To search for tracks:
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Adjusting the Volume Searching for a Track

Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the Tracks can be searched for by:
volume of the infotainment system . Playlists
after the volume level has been set
on the portable audio device.
. Artists
. Albums
USB Port
. Song Titles
For vehicles with a USB port, the
. Podcasts
following devices may be connected
and controlled by the infotainment . Genres
system. . Audiobooks
The AUX input is in the center
. iPods . Composers
console. . PlaysForSure Devices (PFD)
To search for tracks:
3.5 mm Jack . USB Drives
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to . Zunes
2. Select Search.
the auxiliary input jack to use a
Connecting and Controlling 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
portable audio player.
an iPod® Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres,
Playback of an audio device that is Audiobooks, or Composers.
connected to the 3.5 mm jack can Not all iPods can be controlled by
only be controlled using the controls the infotainment system. 4. Select the track.
on the device. Connecting an iPod
Connect the iPod to the USB port
using the cable that came with the
device.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Shuffle Connecting and Controlling a Shuffle Functionality

Press the MENU/SELECT knob and PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Press the MENU/SELECT knob and
set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Zune® set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On
or Off, then press the BACK / Connecting a PFD or Zune or Off.
button to return to the main screen. On: Plays current tracks in random
Connect the PFD or Zune to the
On: Plays tracks in the current USB port using the cable that came order.
folder in random order. with the device. Off: Plays current tracks in
Off: Plays tracks in the current sequential order.
Searching for a Track
folder in sequential order. Repeat Functionality
Tracks can be searched for by:
Repeat Press the MENU/SELECT knob and
. Playlists
Press the MENU/SELECT knob and set Repeat to On or Off.
set Repeat to On or Off, then press
. Artists
Repeat On: Repeats the current
the BACK / button to return to the
. Albums track.
main screen. . Song Titles Repeat Off: Starts playback from
On: Repeats the current track. . Podcasts the beginning of the current track
after the last track finishes.
Off: Starts playback from the . Genres
beginning of the current track after Connecting and Controlling a
To search for tracks:
the last track finishes. USB Drive
The infotainment system can only
2. Select Search. play back .mp3 and .wma files from
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, a USB drive.
Song Titles, Podcasts, Only the first 10,000 songs are
or Genres. recognized on the device.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
When a device is not supported, the

. Folder View Repeat Off: Starts playback from
message “No supported data found. *This only displays if a playlist is the beginning of the current track
You can safely disconnect the found on the device. after the last track finishes.
device” appears.
To search for tracks: Connecting a Bluetooth®
Connecting a USB Drive Device
Connect the USB drive to the USB Before a Bluetooth device can be
2. Select Search.
port using the cable that came with connected to the infotainment
the device. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, system, it must first be paired to the
Song Titles, Genres, system. Not all Bluetooth devices
Searching for a Track or Folder View. can be paired to the infotainment
It is normal for the search feature to 4. Select the track. system. Before pairing the Bluetooth
take some time to display the device, become familiar with its user
information after reading the disc Shuffle Functionality guide for Bluetooth functions. The
due to the amount of information Press the MENU/SELECT knob and system only connects to Bluetooth
stored on the disc. set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On devices that support A2DP
Files that do not have any meta or Off. (Advanced Audio Distribution
data stored in the ID3 tag display as Profile) version 1.2.
On: Plays current tracks in random
Unknown. order. Pairing Information:
Tracks can be searched for by: Off: Plays current tracks in . Up to five devices can be paired
. Playlists* sequential order. to the system.
. Artists Repeat Functionality
. The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
. Albums Press the MENU/SELECT knob and
set Repeat to On or Off.
. The infotainment system
. Song Titles automatically links with the first
. Genres Repeat On: Repeats the current available paired device in the
track. order the device was paired.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Only one paired device can be To select the Bluetooth Music Setup 3. After the system determines
connected to the infotainment menu when a device is not attached what type of Bluetooth device is
system at a time. to the USB port, or when a device is being paired, the Bluetooth
. Pairing should only need to be attached to the USB port but not device will need to be put into
completed once, unless changes active: discovery mode.
to the pairing information have 1. Press the CD/AUX button until 4. Some devices may require a
been made or the device is AUX is the active source. personal identification number
deleted. (PIN) in order to complete the
Bluetooth Setup Menu pairing process. Locate the
3. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. device named “GMusicConnect”
The Bluetooth Setup menu can be in the list on the Bluetooth
To select the Bluetooth Music Setup
accessed with or without a device device and follow the
menu when a Bluetooth device is
attached to the USB port. instructions on the device to
connected and active:
To select the Bluetooth Setup menu enter the four-digit PIN provided
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. by the infotainment system.
when a device is attached to the
USB port and active: 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. Connecting to a Device
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Pairing a Device Once a device is paired to the
while in the iPod, Zune, PFD, infotainment system, it can be
1. Select Connect To New Device
or USB device main menu. connected to the infotainment
from the Bluetooth Music
2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. Setup menu. system.
2. The system asks a series of To connect a paired device when no
Yes/No questions to determine other device is connected to the
what type of device is being infotainment system:
paired. 1. Select the Select Device option
from the Bluetooth Music
Setup menu.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2. Select the new device. Changing the PIN Controlling a Bluetooth®

To connect a paired device when To change the default PIN: Device
another device is connected to the 1. Select Change Default PIN from Bluetooth devices that support
infotainment system: the Bluetooth Music AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote
1. Select the Select Device option Setup menu. Control Profile) version 1.4 may be
from the Bluetooth Music able to be controlled by the
2. Select a pre-defined PIN, infotainment system.
Setup menu. or select Other to create a PIN.
2. Select the new device. To create a PIN: Press and release SEEK 7 or
3. The active device is SEEK 6 to skip tracks. Press and
1. Select the length of the PIN.
disconnected from the system hold SEEK 7 or SEEK 6 to fast
and the new device is 2. Enter the character sequence. forward or fast reverse within a
connected. Messages track.
Removing a Device The following messages may Other Information
1. Select Remove Device from the appear on the infotainment screen.
The Bluetooth® word mark and
Bluetooth Music Setup menu. Poor Bluetooth Signal Quality: logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
2. Select the device. This message displays when the SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
Bluetooth signal strength is low. by General Motors is under license.
3. The device is removed from the
This Feature is Unavailable While Other trademarks and trade names
system.
Vehicle is Moving: This message are those of their respective owners.
Before connecting to the removed displays when an action is not See Radio Frequency Statement on
device again, it will need to paired allowed while the vehicle is moving. page 13-12 for Federal
to the infotainment system.
Communications Commission and
Industry Canada information.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
Phone The system may not work with
make and receive phone calls. The
infotainment system and voice
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in recognition are used to control the
Bluetooth (Overview) this section. system. The system can be used
For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice while in ON/RUN or ACC/
Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use ACCESSORY. The range of the
interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
allowing: address book or contact list. See (30 ft). Not all phones support all
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this functions and not all phones work
. Placement and receipt of calls in with the Bluetooth system. See
a hands-free mode. section.
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
. Sharing of the cell phone’s
. See “Storing and Deleting Phone information about compatible
address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section. phones.
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
{ Warning Bluetooth Controls
before driving, and with the vehicle Use the buttons on the infotainment
When using a cell phone, it can system and the steering wheel to
parked: be distracting to look too long or operate the Bluetooth system.
. Become familiar with the too often at the screen of the
features of the cell phone. phone or the infotainment system. Steering Wheel Controls
Organize the phone book and Taking your eyes off the road too b / g (Push to Talk): Press to
contact lists clearly and delete long or too often could cause a answer incoming calls, confirm
duplicate or rarely used entries. crash resulting in injury or death. system information, and start voice
If possible, program speed dial Focus your attention on driving. recognition.
or other shortcuts.
$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to
. Review the controls and Vehicles with a Bluetooth system end a call, reject a call, or cancel an
operation of the infotainment can use a Bluetooth-capable cell operation.
system. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Infotainment System Controls Audio System Bluetooth (Infotainment

If equipped, the infotainment system When using the Bluetooth system, Controls)
allows certain controls to be sound comes through the vehicle's
selected on the infotainment display. For information about how to
front audio system speakers and
navigate the menu system using the
For information about how to overrides the audio system. Use the
infotainment controls, see Operation
navigate the menu system using the VOL/ O knob during a call to on page 7-3.
infotainment controls, see Operation change the volume level. The
on page 7-3. adjusted volume level remains in Pairing
PHONE: Press to enter the Phone memory for later calls. The system A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
maintains a minimum volume level. must be paired to the Bluetooth
main menu.
Other Information system and then connected to the
Voice Recognition vehicle before it can be used. See
The voice recognition system uses The Bluetooth® word mark and your cell phone manufacturer's user
logos are owned by the Bluetooth® guide for Bluetooth functions before
commands to control the system
and dial phone numbers. SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
by General Motors is under license. phone is not connected, calls will be
Noise: The system may not Other trademarks and trade names made using OnStar Hands-Free
recognize voice commands if there are those of their respective owners. Calling, if available. See OnStar
is too much background noise. Overview on page 14-1.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
When to Speak: A tone sounds to page 13-12. Pairing Information
indicate that the system is ready for
a voice command. Wait for the tone . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
and then speak. capability cannot be paired to
the vehicle as a phone and an
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a
MP3 player at the same time.
calm and natural voice.
. Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. The pairing process is disabled 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). Listing All Paired and Connected
when the vehicle is moving. A four-digit Personal Phones
. Pairing only needs to be Identification Number (PIN) 1. Press the CONFIG button.
completed once, unless the appears on the display. The PIN
pairing information on the cell is used in Step 6. 2. Select Phone Settings or
phone changes or the cell phone Bluetooth Settings.
5. Start the pairing process on the
is deleted from the system. cell phone to be paired to the 3. Select Bluetooth.
. Only one paired cell phone can vehicle. See the cell phone 4. Select Device List.
be connected to the Bluetooth manufacturer's user guide for
system at a time. information on this process. Deleting a Paired Phone
. If multiple paired cell phones are 6. Locate the device named “Your 1. Press the CONFIG button.
within range of the system, the Vehicle” in the list on the cell 2. Select Phone Settings or
system connects to the first phone. Follow the instructions Bluetooth Settings.
available paired cell phone in the on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 4. After the 3. Select Bluetooth.
order that they were first paired
to the system. To link to a PIN is successfully entered, the 4. Select Device List.
different paired phone, see system prompts you to provide a
5. Select the phone to delete and
“Linking to a Different Phone” name for the paired cell phone.
follow the on screen prompts.
later in this section. This name will be used to
indicate which phones are Linking to a Different Phone
Pairing a Phone paired and connected to the
To link to a different phone, the new
1. Press the CONFIG button. vehicle. The system responds
phone must be in the vehicle and
with “<Phone name> has been
2. Select Phone Settings or available to be connected to the
successfully paired” after the
Bluetooth Settings. Bluetooth system before the
pairing process is complete.
process is started.
3. Select Bluetooth. 7. Repeat Steps 1−6 to pair
additional phones.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2. Select Phone Settings or The Phone Book menu allows you To make a call using the Call
Bluetooth Settings. to access the phone book stored in Lists menu:
3. Select Bluetooth. the cell phone to make a call. 1. Press the PHONE button once
4. Select Device List. The Call Lists menu allows you to or twice.
access the phone numbers from the 2. Select Call Lists.
5. Select the new phone to link to Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and
and follow the on screen Missed Calls menus on your cell 3. Select the Incoming Calls,
prompts. phone to make a call. Outgoing Calls, or Missed
If delete is selected, the Calls list.
To make a call using the Phone
highlighted phone will be Book menu: 4. Select the name or number you
deleted. want to call.
1. Press the PHONE button once
Making a Call Using or twice. Making a Call
Phone Book 2. Select Phone Book. To make a call:
For cell phones that support the 3. Search through the list by 1. Press the PHONE button once
phone book feature, the Bluetooth selecting the letter group the or twice.
system can use the contacts stored phone book entry begins with,
on your cell phone to make calls. 2. Enter the character sequence.
or press the MENU/SELECT
See your cell phone manufacturer‘s See “Entering a Character
knob to scroll through the entire
user guide or contact your wireless Sequence” in Operation on
list of names/numbers in the
provider to find out if this feature is page 7-3.
phone book.
supported by your phone. 3. Select Call to start dialing the
4. Select the name or number you
When a cell phone supports the number.
want to call.
phone book feature, the Phone
Book and Call Lists menus are
automatically available.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Accepting or Declining a Call Declining a Call 3. Enter the character sequence

Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to then select Call. See “Entering a
When an incoming call is received,
“Decline” and press the MENU/ Character Sequence” in
the infotainment system mutes and
SELECT knob to decline the call. Operation on page 7-3.
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
4. After the call has been placed,
Accepting a Call Switching Between Calls (Call turn or press the MENU/
Waiting Calls Only)
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to SELECT knob and choose
“Answer” and press the MENU/ To switch between calls: Merge Calls.
SELECT knob to accept the call. 1. Turn or press the MENU/ 5. To add more callers to the
Declining a Call SELECT knob. conference call, repeat Steps 1
2. Select Switch Call from −4. The number of callers that
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to can be added is limited by your
“Decline” and press the MENU/ the menu.
wireless service carrier.
SELECT knob to decline the call. Conference Calling
Ending a Call
Call Waiting Conference calling and three-way
calling must be supported on the Turn or press the MENU/SELECT
Call waiting must be supported on knob and select Hang Up.
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
the wireless service carrier to work. wireless service carrier to work. Muting a Call
Accepting a Call To start a conference while in a To Mute a Call
current call:
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Turn or press the MENU/SELECT
“Answer” and press the MENU/ 1. Turn or press the MENU/ knob and select Mute Call.
SELECT knob to accept the call. SELECT knob.
To Cancel Mute
2. Select Enter Number.
Turn or press the MENU/SELECT
knob and select Mute Call.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Pairing

. Only one paired cell phone can
(DTMF) Tones be connected to the Bluetooth
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone system at a time.
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can must be paired to the Bluetooth
send numbers during a call. This is system and then connected to the
. If multiple paired cell phones are
used when calling a menu-driven vehicle before it can be used. See within range of the system, the
phone system. your cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first
guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the
1. Turn or press the MENU/ order that they were first paired
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
SELECT knob and select Enter to the system. To link to a
phone is not connected, calls will be
Number. different paired phone, see
made using OnStar Hands-Free
2. Enter the character sequence. Calling, if available. See OnStar “Linking to a Different Phone”
See “Entering a Character Overview on page 14-1. later in this section.
Sequence” in Operation on Pairing a Phone
page 7-3. Pairing Information
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press b / g. The system
Bluetooth (Voice capability cannot be paired to responds “Ready,” followed by
the vehicle as a phone and an a tone.
Recognition) MP3 player at the same time. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
Using Voice Recognition . Up to five cell phones can be can be skipped.
To use voice recognition, press the paired to the Bluetooth system. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
b / g button on the steering wheel. . The pairing process is disabled with instructions and a four-digit
Use the commands below for the when the vehicle is moving. Personal Identification Number
various voice features. For (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
additional information, say “Help”
. Pairing only needs to be
while you are in a voice completed once, unless the
recognition menu. pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
4. Start the pairing process on the Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone
cell phone that you want to pair. Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
For help with this process, see The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
your cell phone manufacturer's paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the
user guide. also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell
5. Locate the device named “Your system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on
Vehicle” in the list on the cell after that phone name. which cell phone you want to
phone. Follow the instructions connect to, you may have to use
on the cell phone to enter the 1. Press b / g. The system this command several times.
PIN provided in Step 3. After the responds “Ready,” followed by
PIN is successfully entered, the a tone. 1. Press b / g. The system
system prompts you to provide a 2. Say “Bluetooth.” responds “Ready,” followed by
name for the paired cell phone. a tone.
This name will be used to 3. Say “List.”
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
indicate which phones are Deleting a Paired Phone
paired and connected to the 3. Say “Change phone.”
vehicle. The system responds If the phone name you want to . If another cell phone is
with “<Phone name> has been delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be
successfully paired” after the Paired and Connected Phones.”
“<Phone name> is now
pairing process is complete. 1. Press b / g. The system connected.”
6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair responds “Ready,” followed by . If another cell phone is not
additional phones. a tone. found, the original phone
2. Say “Bluetooth.” remains connected.
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
for which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
Numbers that you want to store. After
1. Press b / g. The system each digit is entered, the system
The system can store up to 30 responds “Ready,” followed by repeats back the digit it heard
phone numbers as name tags in the a tone. followed by a tone. After the last
Hands-Free Directory that is shared digit has been entered, say
2. Say “Store.”
between the Bluetooth and OnStar “Store,” and then follow the
systems. 3. Say the phone number or group directions given by the system to
of numbers you want to store all save a name tag for this number.
The following commands are used
at once with no pauses, then
to delete and store phone numbers.
follow the directions given by the Using the “Delete” Command
Store: This command will store a system to save a name tag for
phone number, or a group of this number. 1. Press b / g. The system
numbers as a name tag. responds “Ready,” followed by
Using the “Digit Store” Command a tone.
Digit Store: This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Delete.”
name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last 3. Say the name tag you want to
at a time. delete.
number.
Delete: This command is used to Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
delete individual name tags. To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say Command
Delete All Name Tags: This “Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored
command deletes all stored name name tags in the Hands-Free
tags in the Hands-Free Calling 1. Press b / g. The system
Calling Directory and the
Directory and the Destinations responds “Ready,” followed by Destinations Directory.
Directory. a tone.
2. Say “Digit Store.”
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
To delete all name tags: Digit Dial: This command allows a 4. Say "Dial." System responds:
phone number to be dialed by "OK, dialing 911."
1. Press b / g. The system entering the digits one at a time.
responds “Ready,” followed by Using the “Digit Dial” Command
a tone. Redial: This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell The digit dial command allows a
2. Say “Delete all name tags.” phone. phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Listing Stored Numbers Using the “Dial” or “Call” After each digit is entered, the
The list command will list all the Command system repeats back the digit it
stored numbers and name tags. heard followed by a tone.
1. Press b / g. The system
Using the “List” Command responds “Ready,” followed by If an unwanted number is
a tone. recognized by the system, say
1. Press b / g. The system “Clear” at any time to clear the last
responds “Ready,” followed by 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” number.
a tone. 3. Say the entire number without To hear all of the numbers
2. Say “Directory.” pausing or say the name tag. recognized by the system, say
Once connected, the person called “Verify” at any time.
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
will be heard through the audio
4. Say “List.” 1. Press b / g. The system
speakers.
responds “Ready,” followed by
Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency a tone.
Calls can be made using the 1. Press b / g. The system 2. Say “Digit Dial.”
following commands. responds “Ready,” followed by 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
Dial or Call: The dial or call a tone. that you want to dial. After each
command can be used 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” digit is entered, the system
interchangeably to dial a phone repeats back the digit it heard
number or a stored name tag. 3. Say “911.”
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
followed by a tone. After the last Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to
digit has been entered, dial the number of the third party
Call waiting must be supported on
say “Dial.” to be called.
the cell phone and enabled by the
Once connected, the person called wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected,
will be heard through the audio press b / g to link all callers
speakers.
. Press b / g to answer an
together.
incoming call when another call
Using the “Re-dial” Command is active. The original call is Ending a Call
1. Press b / g. The system placed on hold.
Press $ / i to end a call.
responds “Ready,” followed by . Press b / g again to return to
a tone. the original call. Muting a Call
2. After the tone, say “Redial.” The . To ignore the incoming call, no During a call, all sounds from inside
system dials the last number action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the
called from the connected cell person on the other end of the call
phone. . Press $ / i to disconnect the cannot hear them.
Once connected, the person called current call and switch to the call
on hold. To mute a call, press b / g , and
will be heard through the audio then say “Mute Call.”
speakers. Three-Way Calling
To cancel mute, press b / g , and
Receiving a Call Three-way calling must be then say “Un-mute Call.”
When an incoming call is received, supported on the cell phone and
the audio system mutes and a ring enabled by the wireless service Transferring a Call
tone is heard in the vehicle. carrier.
Audio can be transferred between
. Press b / g to answer the call. 1. While on a call, press b / g. the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
2. Say “Three-way call.”
. Press $ / i to ignore a call.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The cell phone must be paired and Voice Pass-Thru Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
connected with the Bluetooth (DTMF) Tones
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
system before a call can be
voice recognition commands on the The Bluetooth system can send
transferred. The connection process
cell phone. See your cell phone numbers and the numbers stored as
can take up to two minutes after the
manufacturer's user guide to see if name tags during a call. You can
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
the cell phone supports this feature. use this feature when calling a
To Transfer Audio from the To access contacts stored in the cell menu-driven phone system.
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone phone: Account numbers can also be
During a call with the audio in the stored for use.
vehicle: 1. Press b / g. The system
Sending a Number or Name Tag
responds “Ready,” followed by
b / g. During a Call
1. Press a tone.
2. Say “Transfer Call.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 1. Press b / g. The system
can be skipped. responds “Ready,” followed by
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth a tone.
System from a Cell Phone 3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing 2. Say “Dial.”
During a call with the audio on the <phone name>.” 3. Say the number or name tag
cell phone, press b / g. The audio to send.
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio The cell phone's normal prompt
does not transfer to the vehicle, use messages will go through their cycle
the audio transfer feature on the cell according to the phone's operating
phone. See your cell phone instructions.
manufacturer's user guide for more
information.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Clearing the System

Unless information is deleted out of
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all saved name tags in the
phone book and phone pairing
information. See the previous
sections on “Deleting a Paired
Phone” and “Deleting Name Tags.”
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be
Climate Control Systems controlled with this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
1. Fan Control 8. Recirculation

2. Heated Seats (If Equipped) A (Fan Control): Turn to increase
3. Temperature Control or decrease the fan speed. Turn the
knob to O to turn the fan off.
4. Air Delivery Mode Controls
Temperature Control: Turn to
5. Air Conditioning (If Equipped) increase or decrease the
6. Defrost temperature inside the vehicle.
Maximum cooling occurs when the
7. Rear Window Defogger temperature knob is turned to MAX
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
8-2 Climate Controls
# and the air conditioning system Air Conditioning To improve fuel efficiency and to
is turned on and air is recirculated cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
# (Air Conditioning, If may be automatically selected in
inside the vehicle. Equipped): Press to turn the air
warm weather. The recirculation
Air Delivery Mode Control: To conditioning on or off. An indicator
change the current mode, press one light turns on. If the fan is turned off light will not come on. Press the )
of the following: or the outside temperature falls to select recirculation; press it again
below freezing, the air conditioning to select outside air.
F (Vent): Air is directed to the will not work.
instrument panel outlets. Rear Window Defogger
The air conditioning might 1 (Rear Defogger): Press to turn
* (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets and the automatically come on when 0 is the rear window defogger on or off.
floor outlets. selected. An indicator light on the button
) (Recirculation): Press to turn comes on to show that the rear
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the
on the recirculation. An indicator window defogger is on. The
floor outlets.
light comes on. Air is recirculated defogger turns off if the ignition is
W (Defog): Clears the windows of inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the cool the air inside the vehicle or LOCK/OFF.
windshield and floor outlets. reduce the outside air and odors Do not drive the vehicle until all
0 (Defrost): Clears the that may enter. windows are clear.
windshield of fog or frost more Operation in the recirculation mode
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and side window outlets.
while the air conditioner is off { Caution
increases humidity and may cause
For best results, clear all snow and the windows to fog. Do not use a razor blade or sharp
ice from the windshield before object to clear the inside rear
Recirculation is not available in the
defrosting. window. Do not adhere anything
defrost or defog modes.
to the defogger grid lines in the
Do not drive the vehicle until all
windows are clear. (Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Climate Controls 8-3

. Use of non-GM approved hood
Caution (Continued) Air Vents deflectors can adversely affect
Use the air outlets in the center and the performance of the system.
rear glass. These actions may on the side of the instrument panel Check with your dealer before
damage the rear defogger. to direct the airflow. Use the adding equipment to the outside
Repairs would not be covered by thumbwheels near the center air of the vehicle.
the vehicle warranty. outlets to direct airflow to the left or
right.
L / M (Heated Seats, If Operation Tips
Equipped): Press to turn on or off.
See Heated Front Seats on
. In defog or defrost mode, warm
page 3-6. air flows from some air outlets.
To improve side window
defogging or defrosting, direct
side air outlets toward the side
windows.
. Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
. Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
8-4 Climate Controls
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The passenger compartment air
filter reduces dust, pollen, and other
airborne irritants from outside air
that is pulled into the vehicle. The
filter will need to be replaced
periodically. See Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-2.
Using the climate control system
without an air filter installed is not
recommended. Water or other
debris could enter the system and
result in leaks or noises. Always
install a new filter when removing
the old filter.
For more information on filter
replacement, see your dealer.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . .
9-24
9-25
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Operating Parking (Manual
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . .
Competitive Driving Mode . . .
9-38
9-40
Parking over Things Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . 9-44
Driving Information That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . 9-44
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Active Fuel Management® . . . 9-26
Cruise Control
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Driver Assistance Systems
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Rear Vision
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Automatic Transmission Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-28
Track Events and Competitive Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Fuel
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . 9-10 Manual Transmission California Fuel
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-11 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-34 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-53
Brakes Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-13 Antilock Brake
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 Filling a Portable Fuel
Starting and Operating Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-18 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-38 Trailer Towing
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 General Towing
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Retained Accessory Driving Characteristics and
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
9-2 Driving and Operating
Trailer Towing (ZL1 or

. Designate a front seat
Z/28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Trailer Towing (Except ZL1 or distractions.
Z/28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59 Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Conversions and Add-Ons and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Add-On Electrical
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61
activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
governments have enacted laws driving.
regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Allow enough following distance
Control of a Vehicle
{ Warning between you and the driver in
front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating
Taking your eyes off the road too are important factors in helping to
. Focus on the task of driving.
long or too often could cause a control a vehicle while driving.
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving. Drunk Driving Braking
Death and injury associated with
Braking action involves perception
Refer to the infotainment section for drinking and driving is a global
time and reaction time. Deciding to
more information on using that tragedy.
push the brake pedal is perception
system and the navigation system, time. Actually doing it is
if equipped, including pairing and { Warning reaction time.
using a cell phone.
Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is
dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. In
Defensive Driving that time, a vehicle moving at
perceptions, attentiveness, and
Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
expect the unexpected.” The first a small amount of alcohol. You (66 ft), which could be a lot of
step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious — or even distance in an emergency.
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on fatal — collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
page 3-8. drinking. include:
. Assume that other road users Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and you and the vehicle in front
a driver who has been drinking.
other drivers) are going to be of you.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking.
and be ready. who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If the engine ever stops while the If the steering wheel is turned until it See your dealer if there is a
vehicle is being driven, brake reaches the end of its travel, and is problem.
normally but do not pump the held against that position for an
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced.
{ Caution
engine stops, there will be some If the steering assist is used for an If the steering wheel is turned
power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power until it reaches the end of its
used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced. travel, and is held in that position
Once the power assist is used up, it for more than 15 seconds,
can take longer to stop and the Normal use of the power steering damage may occur to the power
brake pedal will be harder to push. assist should return when the
steering system and there may be
system cools down.
loss of power steering assist.
Steering See specific vehicle steering
messages under Vehicle Messages
Electric Power Steering on page 5-32. Curve Tips
If the vehicle has electric power . Take curves at a reasonable
steering, it does not have power Hydraulic Power Steering
speed.
steering fluid. Regular maintenance If the vehicle has hydraulic power . Reduce speed before entering a
is not required. steering, it may require
curve.
If power steering assist is lost due maintenance. See Power Steering
Fluid (L99, LS3, ZL1 and Z/28) on . Maintain a reasonable steady
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
page 10-36 or Power Steering Fluid speed through the curve.
can be steered, but may require
increased effort. See your dealer if (LFX) on page 10-36. . Wait until the vehicle is out of
there is a problem. If power steering assist is lost the curve before accelerating
because the engine stops or gently into the straightaway.
because of a system malfunction,
the vehicle can be steered but may
required increased effort.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop

. Steering or Cornering Skid —
off the edge of a road onto the too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
shoulder while driving. Follow
steering around a problem may lose cornering force.
these tips:
be more effective than braking.
1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
then, if there is nothing in the
steering wheel allows you to turn wheels to spin.
way, steer the vehicle so that it
180 degrees without removing
straddles the edge of the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
a hand.
pavement. by taking reasonable care suited to
. The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not
2. Turn the steering wheel about
(ABS) allows steering while overdriving those conditions. But
one-eighth of a turn, until the
braking. skids are always possible.
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
Off-Road Recovery these suggestions:
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
Loss of Control way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Skidding Be ready for a second skid if it
There are three types of skids that occurs.
correspond to the vehicle's three . Slow down and adjust your
control systems: driving according to weather
. Braking Skid — wheels are not conditions. Stopping distance
rolling. can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
material on the road. Learn to Engine Oil recommendations outlined by the

recognize warning clues — such fluid manufacturer. Do not use
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
{ Caution silicone or DOT-5 brake fluids.
mirrored surface — and slow

down when you have any doubt.
If you use the vehicle for racing or { Caution
other competitive driving, the
. Try to avoid sudden steering, engine may use more oil than it Extended track operation without
acceleration, or braking, would with normal use. Low oil this kit installed may result in a
including reducing vehicle speed levels can damage the engine. low oil level and could result in
by shifting to a lower gear. Any For information on how to add oil, engine damage.
sudden changes could cause see Engine Oil on page 10-15.
the tires to slide. Be sure to check the oil level 1LE comes with an oil control kit
Remember: Antilock brakes help often during racing or other that should be installed for track use
avoid only the braking skid. competitive driving and keep the only, to ensure proper oil control
level at or near the upper mark and prevent engine damage. This is
Track Events and that shows the proper operating not for street use. This kit may also
be purchased from your dealer.
Competitive Driving range on the engine oil dipstick.
Coolant
Track events or competitive driving
may affect the vehicle warranty. See For track events or competitive If operating a Z/28 on a closed
the warranty manual before using driving, it is recommended that the course during hot temperatures,
the vehicle for racing or other brake fluid be replaced with a high reduce the coolant/water mixture to
competitive driving. performance brake fluid that has a a 30/70 mix and increase under
dry boiling point greater than 279°C hood airflow by removing the water
(534°F). After conversion to the high deflector on the engine side of the
performance brake fluid, follow the hood scoop.
brake fluid service
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Load Limit
ZL1, 1LE, and Z/28: For racing and
Caution (Continued) { Caution
competitive driving, the vehicle load long or as fast the first time the These procedures are specific to
should be limited to the driver only vehicle is driven on the track or the ZL1 or Camaro SS brake
and no cargo. The tires should be raced. package. This procedure should
inflated to at least 180 kPa (26 psi). not be run on other Camaro
Rear Axle Fluid For extended track use, GM models as damage may result.
The rear axle fluid temperatures recommends installing a rear
may be higher than when driving in differential cooler to protect the rear
severe conditions. Drain and refill
with new fluid after the first racing or
axle. This excludes the ZL1 and Z/
28 as they have a rear differential
{ Caution
competitive driving event, and then cooler as standard equipment. The new vehicle break-in period
after every 24 hours of racing or Brake Burnishing should be completed before
competitive driving. See performing the brake burnish
Recommended Fluids and To prepare the Camaro ZL1, 1LE, procedure or damage may occur
Lubricants on page 11-12. and Z/28 brake systems for track to the powertrain/engine. See
events and racing, complete the New Vehicle Break-In on
{ Caution appropriate high performance brake
burnishing procedure described
page 9-18.
During a first time track or racing below.

event, high rear axle When performed as instructed, this
ZL1 and 1LE Brake Burnishing procedure will not damage the
temperatures can occur. Damage
New brake pads must be burnished brakes. During the burnishing
could be caused to the rear axle
before racing or other competitive procedure, the brake pads will
and would not be covered by the
driving. smoke and produce an odor. The
vehicle warranty. Do not drive as braking force and pedal travel may
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
increase. After the procedure is between applying the brakes. application. Drive for at least
complete, the brake pads may This first step may be skipped if 1 km (0.6 mi) between
appear white at the rotor contact. there are more than 320 km applications.
Run this procedure in a safe (200 mi) on the brake pads.
Z/28 Brake Burnishing
manner and in compliance with all 2. Repeatedly apply the brakes
local and state ordinances/laws from 100 km/h (60 mph) to
regarding motor vehicle operation. 25 km/h (15 mph) while { Caution
Run this procedure only on dry decelerating at 0.8 g. This is a These procedures are specific to
pavement. hard brake application, without the Z/28 with ceramic brake
activating the Antilock Brake rotors. These procedures should
Racing/Track Brake Burnishing System (ABS). Drive for at least
Procedure not be run on other Camaro
1 km (0.6 mi) between stops.
models as damage may result.
Repeat until the brake pedal
{ Caution travel starts to increase.
Depending on conditions, this
Brake pedal fade will occur during
this track burnish procedure and
should take no longer than 25
brake applications.
{ Caution
can cause brake pedal travel and The new vehicle break-in period
force to increase. This could 3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h
(60 mph) for approximately should be completed before
extend stopping distance until the performing the brake burnish
15 km (10 mi) without using the
brakes are fully burnished. procedure or damage may occur
brakes.
to the powertrain/engine. See
4. Apply the brakes 25 times from
1. Apply the brakes 25 times New Vehicle Break-In on
100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h
starting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to page 9-18.
(30 mph) while decelerating at
50 km/h (30 mph) while
0.4 g. This is a medium brake
decelerating at 0.4 g. This is a
medium brake application. Drive
for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
When performed as instructed, 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 five times.

these procedures will not damage This should take about 10 { Caution
the brakes. During the burnishing minutes.
procedure, the brake pads will Brake pedal fade will occur during
4. After completing the five stops, this track burnish procedure and
smoke and produce an odor. The cool the brakes by driving for 8
braking force and pedal travel may can cause brake pedal travel and
km (5 mi) at 100 km/h (60 mph). force to increase. This could
increase. After the procedure is
complete, the brake pads may As with all high performance brake extend stopping distance until the
appear white at the rotor contact. systems, some amount of brake brakes are fully burnished.
squeal is normal.
Street High Performance Brake
Burnishing Procedure Racing/Track Brake Burnishing 1. Drive a normal first lap, not too
Procedure aggressively.
Perform this procedure on dry
pavement only, in a safe manner, To prepare the Z/28 brake system 2. Laps 2 and 3 should be
and in compliance with all local and for track events and racing, the gradually driven faster and more
state ordinances/laws regarding street high performance brake aggressively, while allowing for
motor vehicle operation. burnish as described previously reduced brake output and
should be completed. increased stopping distance due
1. From a stop, accelerate as to brake fade.
rapidly as possible without In addition to completing the street
activating traction control to a high performance brake burnishing 3. Drive Lap 4 near full speed,
speed of 100 km/h (60 mph). procedure, the following procedure while allowing for reduced brake
needs to be completed to make the output and increased stopping
2. Use enough pedal force to Z/28 brake system ready for track distance due to brake fade.
completely stop the vehicle in events and racing.
four to five seconds. If ABS 4. Laps 5 and 6 should be cool
activates, braking is too hard. This procedure should only be run down laps.
on a track and only on dry 5. Lap 7 should be normal driving
pavement. or an easy out lap.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Wheel Alignment Rear Alignment Specification

Warning (Continued)
Z/28 Racing Alignment
. Camber: -1 +/- 0.50 deg.
. Total or Sum Toe: 0.1 +/- After driving through a large
If the vehicle has the Z/28 package,
the racing and competitive driving 0.20 deg. puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wheel alignment settings can be set wash, lightly apply the brake
. Thrust Angle: 0 +/- 0.20 deg.
as follows for increased handling pedal until the brakes work
performance: normally.
Driving on Wet Roads
Flowing or rushing water creates
{ Caution Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
Using these wheel alignment ability to stop and accelerate.
vehicle to be carried away. If this
settings may cause excessive tire Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid happens, you and other vehicle
wear. Only use these wheel occupants could drown. Do not
alignment settings for racing or driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water. ignore police warnings and be
competitive driving. Excessive tire very cautious about trying to drive
wear is not covered under the through flowing water.
vehicle warranty. { Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. Hydroplaning
Front Alignment Specification They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
. Caster: 5.9 +/- 0.50 deg. can build up under the vehicle's
pulling to one side. You could
. Camber: -1.5 +/- 0.50 deg. tires so they actually ride on the
lose control of the vehicle.
water. This can happen if the road is
. Total or Sum Toe: 0.1 +/- (Continued) wet enough and you are going fast
0.20 deg. enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
There is no hard and fast rule about

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,
hydroplaning. The best advice is to tires, cooling system, and Warning (Continued)
slow down when the road is wet. transmission.
loss of steering. Always have the
. Shift to a lower gear when going
Other Rainy Weather Tips engine running and the vehicle
down steep or long hills.
Besides slowing down, other wet in gear.
weather driving tips include:
.
{ Warning . Stay in your own lane. Do not
Allow extra following distance.
Using the brakes to slow the swing wide or cut across the
. Pass with caution. vehicle on a long downhill slope center of the road. Drive at
. Keep windshield wiping can cause brake overheating, can speeds that let you stay in your
equipment in good shape. reduce brake performance, and own lane.
. Keep the windshield washer fluid could result in a loss of braking. . Be alert on top of hills;
reservoir filled. Shift the transmission to a lower something could be in your lane
gear to let the engine assist the (stalled car, accident).
. Have good tires with proper brakes on a steep downhill slope. . Pay attention to special road
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10-55. signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
. Turn off cruise control.
{ Warning no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.
Hill and Mountain Roads Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
Driving on steep hills or through or with the ignition off is
mountains is different than driving dangerous. This can cause
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for overheating of the brakes and
driving in these conditions include: (Continued)
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Tie a red cloth to an outside
Winter Driving apply the brakes sooner than when
mirror.
on dry pavement. See Antilock
Driving on Snow or Ice Brake System (ABS) on page 9-36.
Drive carefully when there is snow Allow greater following distance on { Warning
or ice between the tires and the any slippery road and watch for Snow can trap engine exhaust
road, creating less traction or grip. slippery spots. Icy patches can
under the vehicle. This may
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32° occur on otherwise clear roads in
F) when freezing rain begins to fall, cause exhaust gases to get
shaded areas. The surface of a
resulting in even less traction. Avoid curve or an overpass can remain icy inside. Engine exhaust contains
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain when the surrounding roads are carbon monoxide (CO) which
until roads can be treated with salt clear. Avoid sudden steering cannot be seen or smelled. It can
or sand. maneuvers and braking while cause unconsciousness and even
on ice. death.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so Turn off cruise control on slippery If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
traction is not lost. Accelerating too surfaces. . Clear away snow from around
quickly causes the wheels to spin the base of your vehicle,
and makes the surface under the Blizzard Conditions
especially any that is blocking
tires slick, so there is even less Being stuck in snow can be a the exhaust pipe.
traction. serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
. Check again from time to
Traction Control should be turned time to be sure snow does
on. See Traction Control/Electronic If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside not collect there.
Stability Control on page 9-38.
Assistance Program on page 13-5. . Open a window about 5 cm
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) To get help and keep everyone in (2 in) on the side of the
improves vehicle stability during the vehicle safe: vehicle that is away from the
hard stops on slippery roads, but wind to bring in fresh air.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers. (Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If it takes some time for help to

Warning (Continued) arrive, now and then when you run Warning (Continued)
the engine, push the accelerator
. Fully open the air outlets on pedal slightly so the engine runs vehicle can overheat, causing an
or under the instrument faster than the idle speed. This engine compartment fire or other
panel. keeps the battery charged to restart damage. Spin the wheels as little
. Adjust the climate control the vehicle and to signal for help as possible and avoid going
system to a setting that with the headlamps. Do this as little above 56 km/h (35 mph).
circulates the air inside the as possible to save fuel.
vehicle and set the fan speed Rocking the Vehicle to Get
to the highest setting. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck it Out
“Climate Control Systems.”
Slowly and cautiously spin the Turn the steering wheel left and
For more information about wheels to free the vehicle when right to clear the area around the
carbon monoxide, see Engine stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. front wheels. Turn off any traction
Exhaust on page 9-27. system. Shift back and forth
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the between R (Reverse) and a low
To save fuel, run the engine for only traction system off and use the forward gear, spinning the wheels
short periods as needed to warm rocking method. See Traction as little as possible. To prevent
the vehicle and then shut the engine Control/Electronic Stability Control transmission wear, wait until the
off and close the window most of on page 9-38. wheels stop spinning before shifting
the way to save heat. Repeat this gears. Release the accelerator
until help arrives but only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the
{ Warning pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
cold. Moving about to keep warm If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
also helps. speed, they can explode, and you Slowly spinning the wheels in the
or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
(Continued) free the vehicle. If that does not get
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
the vehicle out after a few tries, it Tire and Loading Information
might need to be towed out. If the Warning (Continued) Label
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle on (GVWR), or either the
page 10-97. maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
Vehicle Load Limits This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
It is very important to know how vehicle handles. This could
much weight the vehicle can cause loss of control and a
carry. This weight is called the crash. Overloading can also
vehicle capacity weight and shorten the life of the vehicle.
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Label Example
Two labels on the vehicle show
how much weight it may A vehicle-specific Tire and
properly carry, the Tire and Loading Information label is
Loading Information label and attached to the vehicle's center
the Certification label. pillar (B-pillar). With the driver
door open, the label is attached
{ Warning near the door lock post. The Tire
and Loading Information label
Do not load the vehicle any shows the number of occupant
heavier than the Gross seating positions (1), and the
Vehicle Weight Rating
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
maximum vehicle capacity “Steps for Determining Correct and luggage load capacity is
weight (2) in kilograms and Load Limit– 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)
pounds. 1. Locate the statement "The = 650 lbs.)
The Tire and Loading combined weight of 5. Determine the combined
Information label also shows the occupants and cargo should weight of luggage and cargo
tire size of the original never exceed XXX kg or being loaded on the vehicle.
equipment tires (3) and the XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s That weight may not safely
recommended cold tire inflation placard. exceed the available cargo
pressures (4). For more 2. Determine the combined and luggage load capacity
information on tires and inflation weight of the driver and calculated in Step 4.
see Tires on page 10-55 and passengers that will be riding 6. If your vehicle will be towing
Tire Pressure on page 10-64. in your vehicle. a trailer, load from your trailer
There is also important loading 3. Subtract the combined will be transferred to your
information on the Certification vehicle. Consult this manual
weight of the driver and
label. It tells you the Gross to determine how this
passengers from XXX kg or
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) reduces the available cargo
XXX lbs.
and the Gross Axle Weight and luggage load capacity of
Rating (GAWR) for the front and 4. The resulting figure equals your vehicle.”
rear axle. See “Certification the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity. See Trailer Towing (ZL1 or Z/28)
Label” later in this section. on page 9-59 or Trailer Towing
For example, if the "XXX"
amount equals 1400 lbs. and (Except ZL1 or Z/28) on
there will be five 150 lb page 9-59 for important
passengers in your vehicle, information on towing a trailer,
the amount of available cargo towing safety rules, and
trailering tips.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =
136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight =
Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs).
(700 lbs). Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
seating positions. The combined Rating (GVWR). The GVWR

weight of the driver, passengers, includes the weight of the Warning (Continued)
and cargo should never exceed vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cause loss of control and a
the vehicle's capacity weight. cargo. Never exceed the GVWR crash. Overloading can also
for the vehicle, or the Gross shorten the life of the vehicle.
Certification Label
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
either the front or rear axle.
If you put things inside the
And, if there is a heavy load, it vehicle — like suitcases, tools,
should be spread out. See packages, or anything
“Steps for Determining Correct else — they will go as fast as the
Load Limit” earlier in this vehicle goes. If you have to stop
section. or turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, they will keep going.
{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any { Warning
heavier than the Gross Things inside the vehicle can
Label Example Vehicle Weight Rating strike and injure people in a
A vehicle-specific Certification (GVWR), or either the sudden stop or turn, or in a
label is attached to the vehicle's maximum front or rear Gross crash.
center pillar (B-pillar). With the Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
. Put things in the cargo
driver door open, the label is
break and change the way the area of the vehicle. In the
attached near the door lock
vehicle handles. This could cargo area, put them as
post. The label tells the gross
weight capacity of the vehicle, (Continued) (Continued)
called the Gross Vehicle Weight
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating
far forward as possible. . Avoid downshifting to brake
Try to spread the weight or slow the vehicle when the
New Vehicle Break-In engine speed will exceed
evenly.
4,000 rpm.
. Never stack heavier { Caution . Do not let the engine labor.
things, like suitcases,
Follow these recommended Never lug the engine in high
inside the vehicle so that gear at low speeds. With a
some of them are above guidelines during the first
manual transmission, shift to
the tops of the seats. 2 414 km (1,500 mi) of driving this
the next lower gear. This rule
vehicle. Parts have a break-in
. Do not leave an applies at all times, not just
period and performance will be during the break-in period.
unsecured child restraint better in the long run.
in the vehicle. . Do not participate in racing
. For the first events, sport driving schools,
. Secure loose items in the 2 414 km (1,500 mi): or similar activities during this
vehicle. . Avoid full throttle starts and break-in period.
. Do not leave a seat folded abrupt stops. . Check engine oil with every
down unless needed. . Do not exceed 4000 refueling and add if
engine rpm. necessary. Oil and fuel
consumption may be higher
. Avoid driving at any one
than normal during the first
constant speed, fast or slow.
2 414 km (1,500 mi).
. Do not drive above (Continued)
129 km/h (80 mph).
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Caution (Continued)
Ignition Positions The key must be fully extended to
start the vehicle.
. To break in new tires, drive at To shift out of P (Park), turn the
moderate speeds and avoid ignition to ON/RUN and apply the
hard cornering for the first brake pedal.
322 km (200 mi). New tires do 1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
not have maximum traction OFF): When the vehicle is stopped,
and may tend to slip. turn the ignition switch to LOCK/
. New brake linings also need OFF to turn the engine off. Retained
a break-in period. Avoid Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
making hard stops during the active. See Retained Accessory
first 322 km (200 mi). This is Power (RAP) on page 9-23.
recommended every time This is the only position from which
brake linings are replaced. the key can be removed. This locks
The ignition switch has four different the steering wheel, ignition, and
. Should the vehicle be used
positions. automatic transmission.
for racing or competitive
driving (after break-in), the On vehicles with an automatic
rear axle lubricant must be { Caution transmission, the shift lever must be
replaced before hand. in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch
Using a tool to force the key to
turn in the ignition could cause to the LOCK/OFF position.
See Track Events and Competitive damage to the switch or break the Do not turn the engine off when the
Driving on page 9-6. key. Use the correct key, make vehicle is moving. This will cause a
sure it is all the way in, and turn it loss of power assist in the brake
only with your hand. If the key and steering systems and disable
cannot be turned by hand, see the airbags.
your dealer.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The ignition switch can bind in the 4. Set the parking brake. See be used to operate the electrical
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels Parking Brake on page 9-37. accessories, including the
turned off center. If this happens, ventilation fan and 12-volt power
move the steering wheel from right
to left while turning the key to ACC/
{ Warning outlet, as well as to display some
warning and indicator lights. This
ACCESSORY. If this does not work, Turning off the vehicle while position can also be used for
then the vehicle needs service. moving may cause loss of power service and diagnostics, and to
If the vehicle must be shut off in an assist in the brake and steering verify the proper operation of the
emergency: systems and disable the airbags. malfunction indicator lamp as may
While driving, only shut the be required for emission inspection
1. Brake using a firm and steady purposes. The transmission is also
vehicle off in an emergency.
pressure. Do not pump the unlocked in this position on
brakes repeatedly. This may automatic transmission vehicles.
deplete power assist, requiring If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
increased brake pedal force. and must be shut off while driving, The battery could be drained if the
turn the ignition to ACC/ key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY
2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This or ON/RUN position with the engine
can be done while the vehicle is ACCESSORY.
off. The vehicle might not start if the
moving. After shifting to neutral, 2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This battery is allowed to drain for an
continue to firmly apply the position provides power to some of extended period of time.
brakes and steer the vehicle to a the electrical accessories. It unlocks
safe location. the steering wheel and ignition. To 4 (START): This position starts the
move the key from ACC/ engine. When the engine starts,
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift release the key. The ignition switch
to P (Park) with an automatic ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push
in the key and then turn it to will return to ON/RUN for normal
transmission, or Neutral with a driving.
manual transmission. Turn the LOCK/OFF.
ignition to LOCK/OFF. 3 (ON/RUN): The ignition switch A warning tone sounds when the
stays in this position when the driver door is opened if the ignition
engine is running. This position can is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
key is in the ignition. If the ignition Starting Procedure

becomes difficult to turn, see Keys Caution (Continued)
1. With your foot off the accelerator
on page 2-1. pedal, turn the ignition key to
may occur to the hydraulic power
steering system and there may be START. When the engine starts,
Starting the Engine loss of power steering assist. let go of the key. The idle speed
Place the transmission in the will go down as the engine
proper gear. warms. Do not race the engine
Automatic Transmission immediately after starting it.
Allow the oil to warm up and
{ Caution Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle lubricate all moving parts.
If you add electrical parts or when it is already moving, use
accessories, you could change N (Neutral) only. { Caution
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be { Caution Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
See Add-On Electrical Equipment Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the ignition to the START position
on page 9-61. vehicle is moving. If you do, you immediately after cranking has
could damage the transmission. ended, can overheat and damage
Shift to P (Park) only when the the cranking motor, and drain the
vehicle is stopped. battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
{ Caution between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
If the steering wheel is turned Manual Transmission
until it reaches the end of its The shift lever should be in Neutral
travel, and is held in that position and the parking brake engaged. 2. If the engine does not start after
while starting the vehicle, damage Hold the clutch pedal down to the five to 10 seconds, especially in
floor and start the engine. very cold weather (below −18°C
(Continued) or 0°F), it could be flooded with
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
too much gasoline. Push the the plug-end of the cord will prevent The electrical cord is on the
accelerator pedal all the way to engine coolant heater operation at passenger side of the engine
the floor and hold it there as you temperatures above −18°C (0°F). compartment, next to the engine
hold the key in START for a compartment fuse block for
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at Using the Engine Coolant V6 models.
least 15 seconds between each Heater
Check the heater cord for
try, to allow the cranking motor 1. Turn off the engine. damage. If it is damaged, do not
to cool. When the engine starts, use it. See your dealer for a
let go of the key and accelerator. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. replacement. Inspect the cord for
If the vehicle starts briefly but damage yearly.
then stops again, repeat the
procedure. This clears the extra 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
gasoline from the engine. Do not 110-volt AC outlet.
race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the { Warning
engine and transmission gently
until the oil warms up and Improper use of the heater cord
lubricates all moving parts. or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
Engine Heater overheating and fire.
The engine coolant heater, . Plug the cord into a
if available, can help in cold weather three-prong electrical utility
conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) receptacle that is protected
for easier starting and better fuel by a ground fault detection
economy during engine warm-up. (Continued)
Plug in the coolant heater at least
four hours before starting the
vehicle. An internal thermostat in
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The length of time the heater should

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
function. An ungrounded vehicle. Possible heater cord area where you will be parking the
outlet could cause an electric and thermostat damage could vehicle for the best advice on this.
shock. occur.
. Use a weatherproof, . While in use, do not let the Retained Accessory
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated heater cord touch vehicle
extension cord if needed. parts or sharp edges. Never
Power (RAP)
Failure to use the close the hood on the These vehicle accessories may be
recommended extension cord heater cord. used for up to 10 minutes after the
in good operating condition, . engine is turned off:
Before starting the vehicle,
or using a damaged heater or unplug the cord, reattach the . Audio System
extension cord, could make it cover to the plug, and . Power Windows
overheat and cause a fire, securely fasten the cord.
property damage, electric Keep the cord away from any . Sunroof (if equipped)
shock, and injury. moving parts. The power windows and sunroof will
. Do not operate the vehicle continue to work for up to
with the heater cord 10 minutes or until any door is
4. Before starting the engine, be
permanently attached to the opened. The radio will work when
sure to unplug and store the
(Continued) cord as it was before to keep it the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/
away from moving engine parts. ACCESSORY. Once the key is
If you do not it could be turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
damaged. the radio will continue to work for
10 minutes, or until the driver door is
opened or the key is removed from
the ignition.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Shifting Into Park Warning (Continued)

Release the button and check that
the shift lever cannot be moved out
Use this procedure to shift into of P (Park).
P (Park): It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully Torque Lock
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
in P (Park) with the parking brake Torque lock is when the weight of
set the parking brake.
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the vehicle puts too much force on
See Parking Brake on page 9-37
Do not leave the vehicle when the the parking pawl in the
for more information.
engine is running. If you have left transmission. This happens when
2. Hold the button on the shift lever the engine running, the vehicle parking on a hill and shifting the
and push the lever toward the can move suddenly. You or others transmission into P (Park) is not
front of the vehicle into P (Park). could be injured. To be sure the done properly and then it is difficult
3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. vehicle will not move, even when to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
you are on fairly level ground, torque lock, set the parking brake
4. Remove the key. and then shift into P (Park). To find
always set the parking brake and
Leaving the Vehicle with the out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
move the shift lever to P (Park).
listed previously.
Engine Running See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-24. If you are towing a If torque lock does occur, the
{ Warning trailer, see Driving Characteristics vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
and Towing Tips on page 9-56.
It can be dangerous to leave the the parking pawl pressure, so you
vehicle with the engine running. can shift out of P (Park).
If you have to leave the vehicle with
It could overheat and catch fire.
the engine running, the vehicle must
(Continued) be in P (Park) and the parking
brake set.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Shifting out of Park 2. Turn the key to the ON/RUN moved from the P (Park) position.
position. If the battery has lost power, the
This vehicle is equipped with an shift lever cannot be moved from
electronic shift lock control system. 3. Release the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 9-37. P (Park) unless the shift lock manual
The shift lock release is release is disengaged manually.
designed to: 4. Press the shift lever button.
To access the shift lock manual
. Prevent ignition key removal 5. Move the shift lever to the release:
unless the shift lever is in desired position.
P (Park) with the shift lever 1. Apply the parking brake.
button fully released. If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
. Prevent movement of the shift
button.
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN and the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
brake pedal is applied. press the shift lever button
again.
The shift lock release is always
functional except in the case of an 3. Move the shift lever to the
uncharged or low voltage (less than desired position.
9-volt) battery. If the shift lever still cannot be
If the vehicle has an uncharged moved from P (Park), see “Shift
battery or a battery with low voltage, Lock Manual Release” following.
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting on Shift Lock Manual Release 2. Pull the passenger side console
page 10-95. The transmission has an electric trim away from the front half of
To shift out of P (Park): park lock called a shift lock manual the console to expose the shift
release. The key must be in the ON/ lever mechanism.
1. Apply the brake pedal. RUN position, and the brake pedal
pressed so the shift lever can be
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
8. Place the console trim panel in Parking over Things

the original position, aligning the
fasteners on the trim panel with
That Burn
the slots in the console. Press in
the side trim until it clicks in { Warning
place.
Things that can burn could touch
The shift lever locks if it is moved hot exhaust parts under the
back to the P (Park) position. vehicle and ignite. Do not park
3. Remove the retainer and the over papers, leaves, dry grass,
Parking (Manual or other things that can burn.
shift lock manual release cover.
Transmission)
4. Push and hold the manual
release lever toward the rear of If the vehicle has a manual Active Fuel Management®
the vehicle. transmission, before getting out of
the vehicle, move the shift lever into Vehicles with V8 engines and an
5. Press the select button and R (Reverse), and firmly apply the automatic transmission, except ZL1,
move the shift lever to the parking brake. Once the shift lever have Active Fuel Management®.
N (Neutral) position. has been placed into R (Reverse) This system allows the engine to
6. Release the lever. with the clutch pedal pressed in, operate on either all or half of its
turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, cylinders, depending on the driving
7. After the vehicle has been conditions.
remove the key, and release the
moved, align the shift lock
clutch.
manual release cover plate and
install the retainer so the If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
automatic transmission can is pulling a trailer, see Driving
operate properly. Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9-56.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
When less power is required, such Engine Exhaust

as cruising at a constant vehicle Warning (Continued)
speed, the system will operate in
the half cylinder mode, allowing the { Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
vehicle to achieve better fuel
economy. When greater power Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
demands are required, such as monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
accelerating from a stop, passing, seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
or merging onto a freeway, the can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
system will maintain full-cylinder even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
operation. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows
with poor ventilation (parking completely down.
garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Running the Vehicle Automatic P (Park): This position locks the

rear wheels. It is the best position to
While Parked Transmission use when starting the engine
It is better not to park with the because the vehicle cannot move
The Driver Information Center (DIC)
engine running. easily.
displays the current gear selected in
If the vehicle is left with the engine the lower left corner. When Sport
running, follow the proper steps to Mode is active, an S is displayed. { Warning
be sure the vehicle will not move. If Manual Mode or Electronic Range
See Shifting Into Park on page 9-24 Select (ERS) Mode are active, an M It is dangerous to get out of the
and Engine Exhaust on page 9-27. and the current gear selected (Tap vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
If the vehicle has a manual Shift) or the maximum gear allowed in P (Park) with the parking brake
transmission, see Parking (Manual (ERS Mode) are displayed next to firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Transmission) on page 9-26. the M. Do not leave the vehicle when the
If parking on a hill and pulling a engine is running. If you have left
trailer, see Driving Characteristics the engine running, the vehicle
and Towing Tips on page 9-56. can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-24 and Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
on page 9-56.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Make sure the shift lever is fully in

P (Park) before starting the engine. Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued)
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control the vehicle warranty. Shift to You could lose control and hit
system. The regular brake must be R (Reverse) only after the vehicle people or objects. Do not shift
fully applied first and then the shift is stopped. into a drive gear while the engine
lever button pressed before shifting is running at high speed.
from P (Park) when the ignition key To rock the vehicle back and forth to
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out get out of snow, ice, or sand without
of P (Park), ease pressure on the
shift lever, then push the shift lever
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-13.
{ Caution
all the way into P (Park) as you Shifting out of P (Park) or
maintain brake application. Then N (Neutral): In this position, the
engine does not connect with the N (Neutral) with the engine
press the shift lever button and
wheels. To restart the engine when running at high speed may
move the shift lever into another
the vehicle is already moving, use damage the transmission. The
gear. See Shifting out of Park on
page 9-25. N (Neutral) only. Also, use repairs would not be covered by
N (Neutral) when the vehicle is the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
R (Reverse): Use this gear to being towed. engine is not running at high
back up. speed when shifting the vehicle.
{ Caution { Warning
D (Drive): This position is for
Shifting into a drive gear while the
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the normal driving. It provides the best
engine is running at high speed is fuel economy. When the ZL1 is in
vehicle is moving forward could dangerous. Unless your foot is
damage the transmission. The D (Drive), the first shift after start will
firmly on the brake pedal, the be from 1 (First) gear. Following
repairs would not be covered by vehicle could move very rapidly. starts will begin in 2 (Second) gear.
(Continued) (Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If more power is needed for activates driver manual gear

passing, and the vehicle is: { Caution selection. See Manual Mode on
. Going less than 56 km/h page 9-31.
If the vehicle accelerates slowly,
(35 mph), push the accelerator or does not shift gears, the V6 Models without Axle GW8, V8
pedal about halfway down. transmission could be damaged. Models Except ZL1
. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or Have the vehicle serviced While driving in Sport Mode, if Tap
more, push the accelerator all right away. Shift has not been activated, the
the way down. transmission determines when the
Powertrain Braking (V6 and M (Manual Mode): This position vehicle is being driven in a
V8 Engines Except ZL1) allows the driver to select gears competitive manner. The
appropriate for current driving transmission may remain in a gear
When driving on steep descents longer than it would in the normal
conditions.
with the shift lever in D (Drive) or driving mode based on throttle input
M (Manual Mode) where frequent With the shift lever in M (Manual and vehicle lateral acceleration.
braking is required, the transmission Mode) position, vehicles with axle If there is a rapid reduction in
will shift down a gear to help hold code GW8 will enter ERS Mode. throttle from a heavy throttle
vehicle speed and reduce brake See Manual Mode on page 9-31. position, the transmission will
wear. If the driver continues to press With the shift lever in M (Manual maintain the current gear up to near
the brake, the transmission will Mode) position, and without using redline rpm. While braking, the
downshift until 3 (Third) gear is the Tap Shift controls on the transmission will automatically
reached. steering wheel, vehicles with any downshift to the next lower gear
If the brake is released for some axle other than GW8 will be in Sport keeping engine speed above
time, the transmission will upshift a Mode. Sport Mode provides firmer, approximately 3000 rpm. If the
gear. If the road levels out and the quicker shifting. The transmission vehicle is then driven for a short
accelerator pedal is pressed, the will shift automatically until the Tap time at a steady speed, and without
transmission will upshift until the Shift controls are used. Tap Shift high cornering loads, the
appropriate gear is reached. transmission will up-shift one gear
at a time, until 6 (Sixth) gear. After
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
shifting to 6 (Sixth) gear, or coming at a time, until 6 (Sixth) gear. After next to the M, indicating the current
to a complete stop, the transmission shifting to 6 (Sixth) gear, or coming maximum gear allowed. Vehicles
will return to normal Sport Mode to a complete stop, the transmission with this feature have indicators on
shifting. will return to normal sport mode the steering wheel. The controls are
shifting. on the back of the steering wheel.
ZL1
If the vehicle detects aggressive To use this feature:
While driving in Sport Mode, if Tap cornering, even without a heavy
Shift has not been activated, the 1. Move the shift lever to
application of the throttle, the M (Manual Mode).
transmission determines when the transmission will downshift and hold
vehicle is being driven in a a lower gear to near redline rpm, to 2. Press the plus/minus paddles on
competitive manner, in a straight aid in vehicle handling balance and the back of the steering wheel,
line or while turning. The to improve corner exit speeds. to increase or decrease the gear
transmission may remain in a gear range available.
longer than it would in the normal
driving mode based on throttle input Manual Mode When you shift from D (Drive) to
and vehicle lateral acceleration. M (Manual Mode), the transmission
Electronic Range Select will shift to a lower gear range. The
If there is a rapid reduction in (ERS) Mode
throttle from a heavy throttle highest gear available for this range
position, the transmission will Vehicles with axle code GW8 have is displayed next to the M in the
maintain the current gear up to an ERS Mode. ERS Mode allows DIC. The number displayed in the
approximately 4600 rpm. While you to choose the top-gear limit of DIC is the highest gear that the
braking, the transmission will the transmission with fully automatic transmission will be allowed to
automatically downshift to the next gear selection. This can help control operate in. This means that all
lower gear keeping engine speed the vehicle's speed while driving gears below that number are
below approximately 3000 rpm. downhill or towing a trailer. The available. For example, when
If the vehicle is then driven for a vehicle has an electronic shift 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the M,
short time at a steady speed, and position indicator within the 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
without high cornering loads, the instrument cluster. When using the automatically shifted by the vehicle.
transmission will up-shift one gear ERS mode a number will display
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The transmission will not shift into Vehicles with any axle other than
5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) paddle is GW8 have a Tap Shift Mode. Tap
used or you shift back into D (Drive). Shift allows you to manually control
While in M (Manual Mode), the the automatic transmission. To use
transmission will prevent shifting to Tap Shift, the shift lever must be in
a lower gear range if the engine M (Manual Mode). Vehicles with this
speed is too high. The DIC will still feature have indicators on the English
indicate the lower gear range steering wheel. The controls are on
selected, but the transmission will the back of the steering wheel. Tap
not initiate the downshift until the the left control to downshift, and the
vehicle has met a minimum speed right control to upshift. The DIC
requirement. display indicates the gear the
vehicle is in.
Tap Shift While in M (Manual Mode), the
transmission will prevent shifting to Metric
a lower gear if the engine speed is Vehicles equipped with a Head-Up
too high. If the tap down − (Minus) Display (HUD) may also have shift
paddle is held while the vehicle timing lights across the top of the
slows down, the M in the DIC will display. As you approach a shift
flash, and the downshift will be point, the rows of lights grow closer
allowed when vehicle speed is low together. The transmission should
enough. Continuing to hold the tap be shifted before the lights come
down − (Minus) paddle will not together in the middle of the display.
cause the transmission to continue If the lights begin flashing, you have
downshifting. Each downshift must exceeded the shift point. Shift
be requested separately by immediately.
releasing and reapplying the tap
down − (Minus) paddle.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
See Driver Information Center (DIC) You may use this for sport driving or When coasting to a stop in Tap Shift
on page 5-24 and Head-Up Display when climbing or descending hills, Mode, the V6 transmission will
(HUD) on page 5-28. to stay in gear longer, or to automatically downshift to 1 (First)
When in Tap Shift Mode, you can downshift for more power or engine gear, and the V8 transmission will
exit Tap Shift by holding the right braking. The transmission will only automatically downshift to
(upshift) control for two seconds. allow you to shift into gears 2 (Second) gear. A 1 (First) gear
The transmission will return to appropriate for the vehicle speed start can be selected using the Tap
automatic shifting. and engine revolutions per minute Shift controls on V8 models. When
(rpm). The transmission will not accelerating from a stop, the
You may choose to briefly enter Tap automatically shift to the next higher transmissions will hold these gears
Shift Mode while in D (Drive). gear if the engine rpm is too high. until higher gears are manually
Tapping either the upshift or If shifting is prevented for any selected using the Tap Shift
downshift control will place the reason, the message SHIFT controls.
transmission in Tap Shift Mode. Exit DENIED will appear in the DIC,
Tap Shift Mode by holding the When accelerating the vehicle from
indicating that the transmission has a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
upshift control for two seconds. The not shifted gears. While in the Tap
system will return to automatic you may want to shift into
Shift Mode, the transmission will not 2 (Second) gear. A higher gear ratio
shifting after 10 seconds of cruising automatically downshift on hard
at a steady speed, or when the allows you to gain more traction on
acceleration. slippery surfaces. ZL1 vehicles may
vehicle comes to a stop.
also be shifted into 3 (Third) gear.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Manual Transmission Shift Pattern (V6 Engine) and let up on the clutch. Press the
clutch pedal back down. Then shift
Shift Pattern (V8 Engines) into 1 (First).
2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal
as you let up on the accelerator
pedal and shift into 2 (Second).
Then, slowly let up on the clutch
pedal as you press the accelerator
pedal.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and
6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third),
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the
same way you do for 2 (Second).
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
These are the shift patterns for the you press the accelerator pedal.
6-speed manual transmissions.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
To operate the transmission: pedal and press the brake pedal.
1 (First): Press the clutch pedal Just before the vehicle stops, press
and shift into 1 (First). Then slowly the clutch pedal and the brake
let up on the clutch pedal as you pedal, and shift to Neutral.
press the accelerator pedal. Neutral: Use this position when
You can shift into 1 (First) when you you start or idle the engine. The
are going less than 64 km/h shift lever is in Neutral when it is
(40 mph). If you come to a complete centered in the shift pattern, not in
stop and it is hard to shift into any gear.
1 (First), put the shift lever in Neutral
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
R (Reverse): To back up, press 2 (Second). The message will be

. The vehicle is accelerating from
down the clutch pedal and shift into displayed in the Driver Information a stop and going 24 to 31 km/h
R (Reverse). On V8 models, apply Center. (15 to 19 mph).
pressure to get the lever past You must complete the shift into
. The vehicle is at 21% throttle
5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) into 4 (Fourth) to turn off this feature. or less.
R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch This helps you get the best possible
pedal slowly while pressing the fuel economy.
accelerator pedal.
After shifting to 4 (Fourth), you may
One to Four Shift Message downshift to a lower gear if you
(V8 Only) prefer.
{ Caution English
Forcing the shift lever into any

gear except 4 (Fourth) when the
1 — 4 SHIFT message comes on
may damage the transmission.
Shift only from 1 (First) to
4 (Fourth) when the message
Metric
comes on.
Vehicles equipped with a Head-Up
Display (HUD) may also have shift
This message will come on when: timing lights across the top of the
When this message comes on, you . The engine coolant temperature display. As you approach a shift
can only shift from 1 (First) to is higher than 76°C (169°F). point, the rows of lights grow closer
4 (Fourth) instead of 1 (First) to together. The transmission should
be shifted before the lights come
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
together in the middle of the display. Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it
If the lights begin flashing, you have becomes necessary to slam on the
exceeded the shift point. Shift brakes and continue braking to
immediately. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are
on page 5-24 and Head-Up Display slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
(HUD) on page 5-28. is about to stop rolling, the computer
electronic braking system that helps
will separately work the brakes at
prevent a braking skid.
each wheel.
When the vehicle begins to drive
ABS can change the brake pressure
away, ABS checks itself.
to each wheel, as required, faster
A momentary motor or clicking noise
than any driver could. This can help
might be heard while this test is
you steer around the obstacle while
going on, and it might even be
braking hard.
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal. As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
If there is a problem with ABS, this close to the vehicle in front of you,
warning light stays on. See Antilock there will not be enough time to
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light apply the brakes if that vehicle
on page 5-20.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
suddenly slows or stops. Always Parking Brake 2. Pull the parking brake handle up
leave enough room up ahead to until you can press the release
stop, even with ABS. button.
Using ABS 3. Hold the release button in as
you move the brake handle all
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the way down.
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel { Caution
the brake pedal pulsate. This is Driving with the parking brake on
normal.
can overheat the brake system
Braking in Emergencies and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
ABS allows you to steer and brake
Make sure that the parking brake
at the same time. In many To apply the parking brake, pull up
emergencies, steering can help is fully released and the brake
on the parking brake handle. It is warning light is off before driving.
more than even the very best not necessary to press the release
braking. button in while applying the parking
brake. If the ignition is in the ON/ Driving with the parking brake
RUN position, the brake system applied will cause a warning chime
warning light will come on. See to sound and the RELEASE
Brake System Warning Light on PARKING BRAKE message to
page 5-19. appear in the DIC. The message will
remain on until:
To release the parking brake:
. The parking brake is released.
1. Hold the brake pedal down.
. The vehicle comes to a stop.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If you are towing a trailer and automatically disengage when the Ride Control Systems
parking on a hill, see Driving brake pedal is released or brake
Characteristics and Towing Tips on pedal pressure is quickly
page 9-56. decreased. Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) Control
This vehicle has a brake assist If equipped, HSA may automatically System Operation
feature designed to assist the driver activate when the vehicle is stopped
in stopping or decreasing vehicle on a grade. This feature is designed The vehicle has a Traction Control
speed in emergency driving to prevent the vehicle from rolling, System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an
conditions. This feature uses the either forward or rearward, during electronic stability control system.
stability system hydraulic brake vehicle drive off. During the These systems help limit wheel slip
control module to supplement the transition from releasing the brake and assist the driver in maintaining
power brake system under pedal to accelerating to drive off on control, especially on slippery road
conditions where the driver has a grade, HSA holds the braking conditions.
quickly and forcefully applied the pressure to prevent rolling. HSA will TCS activates if it senses that any
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly not activate if the vehicle is in a of the drive wheels are spinning or
stop or slow down the vehicle. The drive gear and facing downhill or if beginning to lose traction. When this
stability system hydraulic brake the vehicle is facing uphill and in happens, TCS applies the brakes to
control module increases brake R (Reverse). the spinning wheels and reduces
pressure at each corner of the engine power to limit wheel spin.
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or StabiliTrak activates when the
pedal movement during this time is vehicle senses a difference between
normal and the driver should the intended path and the direction
continue to apply the brake pedal as the vehicle is actually traveling.
the driving situation dictates. The StabiliTrak selectively applies
brake assist feature will braking pressure to any one of the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the If d comes on and stays on:

driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. 1. Stop the vehicle.
If cruise control is being used and 2. Turn the engine off and wait
traction control or StabiliTrak begins 15 seconds.
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will 3. Start the engine.
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems
turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
conditions allow. light will: and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting
If the condition persists, see your
automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin.
dealer.
started and begins to move. The . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated. Turning the Systems Off
they are operating or while and On
performing diagnostic checks. This
. Turn on and stay on when either
is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC),
conditions, but it may be necessary and d comes on and stays on to
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on maintaining control. The vehicle is is on the center console in front of
page 9-13 and “Turning the safe to drive, but driving should be the shift lever.
Systems Off and On” later in this adjusted accordingly.
section.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
StabiliTrak OFF light g come on Competitive Driving Mode

{ Caution and stay on in the instrument Competitive Driving Mode,
Do not repeatedly brake or cluster. Performance Traction Management
accelerate heavily when TCS is To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on (PTM), and Launch Control are
off. The vehicle driveline could be again, press and release the g systems designed to allow
damaged. increased performance while
button. The traction off light i and
accelerating and/or cornering. This
StabiliTrak OFF light g in the is accomplished by regulating and
To turn off only TCS, press and instrument cluster turn off. optimizing the engine, brakes, and
release the g button. The traction suspension performance. These
Adding accessories can affect the
off light i displays in the instrument vehicle performance. See modes are for use at a closed
cluster. Accessories and Modifications on course race track and are not
page 10-3. intended for use on public roads.
To turn TCS on again, press and They will not compensate for a
release the g button. The traction Engine Drag Control (EDC) driver’s inexperience or lack of
off light i displayed in the EDC improves vehicle stability by familiarity with the race track.
instrument cluster will turn off. sensing if there is a difference in Drivers who prefer to allow the
speed between the free rolling front system to have more control of the
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when engine, brakes, and suspension are
the g button is pressed, the system wheels and the rear drive wheels
that often occurs when the driver advised to turn the normal TCS and
will not turn off until the wheels stop StabiliTrak systems on.
takes their foot off the accelerator
spinning.
pedal on slippery surfaces (snow,
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, ice, etc.). When this is detected,
press and hold the g button until EDC sends more torque to the rear
the traction off light i and wheels to make sure all four wheels
are spinning at similar speeds,
making the vehicle more stable.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
When the TCS/StabiliTrak button is

{ Caution pressed again, the TCS and
StabiliTrak systems are on. The
Attempting to shift when the drive appropriate message displays
wheels are spinning and do not briefly in the DIC.
have traction may cause damage
to the transmission. Damage Performance Traction
caused by misuse of the vehicle Management (PTM) (ZL1
is not covered by the vehicle Coupe and Z/28 Only)
warranty. Do not attempt to shift PTM integrates the TCS,
when the drive wheels do not StabiliTrak, and Selective Ride
have traction. Control systems to provide
improved and consistent
These lights are on when the performance when cornering. The
Competitive Driving Mode (SS vehicle is in the Competitive
and ZL1 Convertible Only) amount of available engine power is
Driving Mode. based on the mode selected, track
Competitive Driving Mode allows full This optional handling mode can be conditions, driver skill, and the
engine power while the StabiliTrak selected by quickly pressing the radius of each corner.
system helps maintain directional TCS/StabiliTrak button on the
control of the vehicle by selective console two times. The appropriate
brake application. In this mode, TCS message displays in the Driver
is off and Launch Control is Information Center (DIC). See Ride
available. Adjust your driving style Control System Messages on
to account for the available engine page 5-38.
power. See “Launch Control (V8
with Manual Transmissions except
Z/28)” later in this section.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
PERF TRACTION 1 – WET

ACTIVE HANDLING ON
CHASSIS MODE TOUR (ZL1
Coupe and Z/28 Only)
. Intended for all driver skill levels.
. Wet or damp conditions only —
These lights are on when the
vehicle is in the PTM Mode. not intended for use in heavy
rain or standing water.
This optional handling mode can be ZL1 Shown, Z/28 Similar
selected by quickly pressing the . StabiliTrak is on and engine
TCS/StabiliTrak button on the The PTM system contains five power is reduced based on
console two times. The appropriate modes. To select a mode while in conditions.
message displays in the DIC. See PTM, press the Selective Ride
Ride Control System Messages on Control/PTM −TOUR or +SPORT PERF TRACTION 2 – DRY
page 5-38. button on the center console. Scroll ACTIVE HANDLING ON
up or down through modes 1–5 by CHASSIS MODE TOUR (ZL1
To experience the performance pressing the −TOUR or +SPORT Coupe and Z/28 Only)
benefit of this system, after entering button.
a curve and at the point where the . For use by less experienced
driver would normally start to The following is a DIC display drivers or while learning a new
increase acceleration, the description and the recommended track.
accelerator pedal can be fully usage of each mode.
. Dry conditions only.
pressed. The PTM system will
modify the level of engine power for
. StabiliTrak is on and engine
a smooth and consistent corner exit. power is slightly reduced based
on conditions.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
PERF TRACTION 3 – SPORT 1 PERF TRACTION 5 – RACE manual transmission to allow the
ACTIVE HANDLING ON ACTIVE HANDLING OFF driver to achieve high levels of
CHASSIS MODE SPORT (ZL1 CHASSIS MODE TRACK (ZL1 vehicle acceleration in a straight
Coupe and Z/28 Only) Coupe and Z/28 Only) line. Launch Control is a form of
traction control that manages tire
. For use by drivers who are . For use by drivers who are spin while launching the vehicle.
familiar with the track. familiar with the track. This feature is intended for use
. Requires more driving skill than . Requires more driving skill than during closed course race events
mode 2. other modes. where consistent zero to sixty
and quarter mile times are
. Dry conditions only. . Dry conditions only. desirable.
. StabiliTrak is on and more . StabiliTrak is off and engine Launch Control is only available
engine power is available than in power is available for maximum when the following criteria are met:
mode 2. cornering speed.
. Competitive Driving Mode is
PERF TRACTION 4 – SPORT 2 Use mode 5 for most consistent selected or any of the PTM
ACTIVE HANDLING OFF performance during drag strip use. modes are selected.
CHASSIS MODE SPORT (ZL1 When the TCS/StabiliTrak button is . The vehicle is not moving.
Coupe and Z/28 Only) pressed again, the vehicle exits
PTM mode and the TCS and
. The steering wheel is pointing
. For use by drivers who are straight.
StabiliTrak systems are on.
familiar with the track. . The clutch is pressed and the
. Requires more driving skill than Launch Control (V8 with
vehicle is in 1 (First) gear.
modes 2 or 3. Manual Transmissions except
Z/28) . The accelerator pedal is rapidly
. Dry conditions only. applied to wide open throttle.
. A Launch Control feature is
StabiliTrak is off and available The Launch Control feature will
available, within Competitive Driving
engine power is the same as initially limit engine speed as the
Mode or PTM, on vehicles with a
mode 3. driver rapidly applies the accelerator
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Improved Road Isolation
pedal to wide open throttle. Limited-Slip Rear Axle
A smooth, quick release of the . Improved High-Speed Stability
clutch, while maintaining the fully Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle
. Improved Handling Response
pressed accelerator pedal, will can give more traction on snow,
manage wheel slip. Complete shifts mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When . Better Control of Body Ride
are described in Manual traction is low, this feature allows Motions
Transmission on page 9-34. the drive wheel with the most
traction to move the vehicle. The
After the vehicle is launched, the limited-slip rear axle also gives the
system continues in Competitive driver enhanced control when
Driving Mode or PTM. cornering hard or completing a
Competitive Driving Mode, PTM, maneuver, such as a lane change.
and Launch Control are systems For vehicles with limited slip
designed for a closed course race differential, driven under severe
track and not intended for use on conditions, the rear axle fluid should
public roads. The systems are not be changed. See Competitive
intended to compensate for lack of Driving Mode on page 9-40 and
The Selective Ride buttons are on
driver experience or familiarity with Maintenance Schedule on
the center console. Press to select
the race track. page 11-2.
the suspension of your choice. The
ZL1 Coupe Only indicator light will illuminate the
Selective Ride Control current suspension setting.
Use mode 5 for the most consistent
performance during drag strip use. ZL1 Only TOUR: Use for normal city and
The vehicle has a ride control highway driving. The −TOUR button
system called Magnetic Selective selects a suspension and Electric
Ride Control. The system provides Power Steering (EPS) calibration
the following performance benefits: that provides a smooth, soft ride.
. Reduced Impact Harshness
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
SPORT: Use where road conditions The Selective Ride button indicator Cruise Control
or personal preference demand lights will not illuminate when any
more control. The +SPORT button PTM mode is selected. When this With cruise control, the vehicle can
selects a suspension and EPS mode is selected, pressing the maintain a speed of about 40 km/h
calibration that provides more “feel,” Selective Ride button will change (25 mph) or more without keeping
or response to the road conditions. the PTM mode and the suspension your foot on the accelerator. Cruise
setting will be determined control does not work at speeds
The setting can be changed at any
automatically. See Competitive below 40 km/h (25 mph).
time. Based on road conditions,
steering wheel angle, and the Driving Mode on page 9-40. For Z/28 vehicles first sold in
vehicle speed, the system If a malfunction occurs with the Canada, cruise control does not
automatically adjusts to provide the Selective Ride Control system, the work at speeds below 52 km/h
best handling while providing a appropriate messages will be (32 mph).
smooth ride. The Tour and Sport displayed in the DIC. See Ride
modes will feel similar on a smooth
road. Select a new setting whenever
Control System Messages on
page 5-38.
{ Warning
driving conditions change. Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If the StabiliTrak® system begins to 1 (On/Off): Press to turn the 1. Press 1 to turn cruise
limit wheel spin while using cruise system on and off. A white indicator control on.
control, the cruise control appears in the instrument cluster
automatically disengages. See 2. Get up to the speed desired.
when cruise is turned on.
Traction Control/Electronic Stability 3. Press the thumbwheel toward
Control on page 9-38. When road * (Cancel): Press to disengage
SET/− and release it.
conditions allow you to safely use it cruise control without erasing the
again, cruise control can be turned set speed from memory. 4. Remove foot from the
back on. accelerator.
RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate): If
If the brakes are applied, cruise there is a set speed in memory, The cruise control indicator on the
control disengages. press the thumbwheel up briefly to instrument cluster turns green after
resume to that speed or hold cruise control has been set to the
upward to accelerate. If cruise desired speed. See Instrument
control is already active, use to Cluster on page 5-7.
increase vehicle speed.
Resuming a Set Speed
SET/− (Set/Coast): Press the
If the cruise control is set at a
thumbwheel down briefly to set the
desired speed and then the brakes
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active, are applied or * is pressed, the
use to decrease speed. cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
Once the vehicle speed reaches
If 1 is on when not in use, SET/− or about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
RES/+ could get bumped and go press the thumbwheel up toward
into cruise when not desired. RES/+ briefly. The vehicle returns to
Keep 1 off when cruise control is the previous set speed.
not being used.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Increasing Speed While Using Reducing Speed While Using set cruise control speed. While
Cruise Control Cruise Control pressing the accelerator pedal or
If the cruise control system is If the cruise control system is shortly following the release to
already activated: already activated: override cruise control, briefly
moving the thumbwheel toward
. Press the thumbwheel up toward . Press the thumbwheel toward SET/– will result in cruise control set
RES/+ and hold it until the SET/− and hold until the desired to the current vehicle speed.
desired speed is reached, and lower speed is reached, then
then release it. release it. Using Cruise Control on Hills
. To increase the vehicle speed in . To decrease the vehicle speed in How well the cruise control works
small increments, press the small increments, press the on hills depends upon the vehicle
thumbwheel up toward RES/+ thumbwheel toward SET/− speed, load, and the steepness of
briefly. For each press, the briefly. For each press, the the hills. When going up steep hills,
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h you might have to step on the
(1 mph) faster. (1 mph) slower. accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle speed. When going
The speedometer reading can be The speedometer reading can be downhill, you might have to brake or
displayed in either English or metric displayed in either English or metric shift to a lower gear to keep your
units. See Driver Information Center units. See Driver Information Center speed down. If the brake pedal is
(DIC) on page 5-24. The increment (DIC) on page 5-24. The increment applied, cruise control will
value used depends on the units value used depends on the units disengage.
displayed. displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle slows down to the previously
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Ending Cruise Control Driver Assistance Warning (Continued)

There are four ways to end cruise
control:
Systems greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
. To disengage cruise control, prevent injury, death, or vehicle
Parking Assist damage, even with parking assist,
step lightly on the brake pedal or
clutch. The indicator light on the If equipped, the Rear Parking Assist always check the area around the
instrument cluster goes out. (RPA) system assists the driver with vehicle and check all mirrors
parking and avoiding objects while before backing.
. Press *. in R (Reverse). RPA operates at
. Shift the transmission to speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
The sensors on the rear bumper How the System Works
N (Neutral).
detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) RPA comes on automatically when
. To turn off cruise control, behind the vehicle, and at least the shift lever is moved into
press 1. 20 cm (8 in) off the ground. The R (Reverse). A single beep sounds
distance objects can be detected to indicate the system is working.
Erasing Speed Memory may be less during warmer or humid
The cruise control set speed is weather. An obstacle detection is indicated
by beeps. The time between the
erased from memory if 1 is pressed beeps becomes shorter as the
or if the vehicle is turned off. { Warning vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
When the distance is less than
The parking assist system does
30 cm (12 in), the beeping is a
not detect children, pedestrians,
continuous beep for five seconds.
bicyclists, animals, or objects
below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle.
It is not available at speeds
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Turning the System On and Off

. The park assist sensors are . Other conditions, such as
covered by frost or ice. Frost or vibrations from a jackhammer or
The RPA system can be turned on ice can form around and behind the compression of air brakes on
and off using the infotainment the sensors and may not always a very large truck, are affecting
system controls. See Vehicle be seen; this can occur after system performance.
Personalization on page 5-43. washing the vehicle in cold
When the system is off, PARK weather. The message may not Rear Vision
ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver clear until the frost or ice has
melted.
Camera (RVC)
Information Center (DIC). The
message disappears after a short
period of time.
If the above conditions do not exist,
take the vehicle to your dealer to
{ Warning
RPA defaults to the on setting each repair the system. The RVC system does not display
time the vehicle is started. PARK ASSIST OFF: If the RPA children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
Turn off RPA when towing a trailer. system does not activate due to a crossing traffic, animals, or any
temporary condition, the message other object located outside the
When the System Does Not displays on the DIC. This can occur camera's field of view, below the
Seem to Work Properly under the following conditions: bumper, or under the vehicle.
The following messages may be . The driver has disabled the Perceived distances may be
displayed on the DIC: system. different from actual distances.
Do not back the vehicle using
SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: If . An object was hanging out of the only the RVC screen. Failure to
this message occurs, check the trunk during the last drive cycle. use proper care before backing
following conditions: Once the object is removed,
may result in injury, death,
. The sensors are not clean. Keep RPA will return to normal
or vehicle damage. Always check
the vehicle's rear bumper free of operation.
behind and around the vehicle
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. . The bumper is damaged. Take before backing.
For cleaning instructions, see the vehicle to your dealer to
Exterior Care on page 10-98. repair the system.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If equipped, the RVC system is symbols. The error message Rear Rear Vision Camera Error
designed to help the driver when Parking Assist Symbols Unavailable Messages
backing up by displaying a view of may display if RPA has been SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
the area behind the vehicle. When disabled and the symbols have SYSTEM: This message can
the key is in ON/RUN and the driver been turned on. See Parking Assist display on the infotainment screen
shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse), on page 9-48. when the system is not working
the video image automatically The symbols appear and may cover properly.
appears on the infotainment screen. an object when viewing the
The infotainment screen goes to the If any other problem occurs or if a
infotainment screen when an object problem persists, see your dealer.
previous screen after approximately is detected by the RPA system.
four seconds once the vehicle is
The RVC system may also have a Rear Vision Camera Location
shifted out of R (Reverse).
guideline overlay that can help the
To see the previous screen sooner, driver align the vehicle when
do one of the following: backing into a parking spot.
. Press a hard key on the To turn the symbols or guidelines on
infotainment system. or off:
. Shift into P (Park). 1. Shift into P (Park).
. Reach a vehicle speed of 2. Press the CONFIG button.
8 km/h (5 mph).
3. Select Rear Camera Options.
Symbols and Guidelines
4. Select Symbols or Guidelines.
The RVC system may have a The feature is on when a check
feature that lets the driver view mark appears next to it.
symbols on the infotainment screen The camera is above the license
while using the RVC. The Rear plate.
Parking Assist (RPA) system must
not be disabled to use the caution
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
The area displayed by the camera is

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
limited. It does not display objects builds up on the camera lens.
that are close to either corner or Clean the lens, rinse it with
under the bumper and can vary water, and wipe it with a soft
depending on vehicle orientation or cloth.
road conditions. Displayed images . The back of the vehicle is in an
may be further or closer than they accident. The position and
appear. mounting angle of the camera
The following illustrations show the can change or the camera can
field of view that the camera 1. View displayed by the be affected. Be sure to have the
provides. camera. camera and its position and
2. Corner of the rear bumper. mounting angle checked at your
dealer.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The RVC system may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
. It is dark.
. The sun or the beam of
headlamps are shining directly
into the camera lens.
1. View displayed by the

camera.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Fuel posted octane rating of 87 or higher.

Do not use gasoline with an octane
damage to the engine may occur
and may void the vehicle warranty.
Use of the recommended fuel is an rating below 87, as it may cause If heavy knocking is heard when
important part of the proper engine damage and will lower fuel using gasoline rated at 91 octane or
maintenance of this vehicle. When economy. higher, the engine needs service.
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
If the vehicle has an L99 or LS3 Use of Seasonal Fuels
help keep the engine clean and
V8 engine, use premium unleaded
maintain optimum vehicle Use summer and winter fuels in the
gasoline meeting ASTM
performance, we recommend TOP appropriate season. The fuels
specification D4814 with a posted
TIER Detergent Gasolines. See industry automatically modifies the
octane rating of 91 or higher.
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP fuel for the appropriate season.
Regular unleaded gasoline rated at
TIER Detergent Gasolines. If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
87 octane or higher can be used,
but acceleration and fuel economy long periods of time, driving or
will be reduced, and an audible starting could be affected. Drive the
knocking noise may be heard. If this vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
occurs, use a gasoline rated at tank or less, then refuel with the
91 octane or higher as soon as current seasonal fuel.
possible. Otherwise, the engine Prohibited Fuels
could be damaged. If heavy
Gasolines containing oxygenates
knocking is heard when using
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
gasoline with a 91 octane rating or
as reformulated gasolines, are
higher, the engine needs service.
available in some cities. If these
If the vehicle has an LS7 or LSA gasolines comply with the
high performance V8 engine, Use previously described specification,
premium unleaded gasoline meeting then they are acceptable to use.
If the vehicle has a V6 engine, use ASTM specification D4814 with a However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
regular unleaded gasoline meeting posted octane rating of 91 or higher.
ASTM specification D4814 with a If the octane is less than 91,
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
other fuels containing more than California Fuel Fuels in Foreign

15% ethanol must be used only in
FlexFuel vehicles.
Requirements Countries
If the vehicle is certified to meet If planning to drive in countries
{ Caution California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
outside the U.S. or Canada, the
proper fuel might be hard to find.
Do not use fuel containing meet California specifications. See Check regional auto club or fuel
methanol. It can corrode metal the underhood emission control retail brand websites for availability
parts in the fuel system and also label. If this fuel is not available in in the country where driving. Never
damage plastic and rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
That damage would not be Standards, the vehicle will operate methanol, manganese, or any other
covered under the vehicle satisfactorily on fuels meeting fuel not recommended. Costly
warranty. federal specifications, but emission repairs caused by use of improper
control system performance might fuel would not be covered by the
be affected. The malfunction vehicle warranty.
Some gasolines, mainly high octane indicator lamp could turn on and the
racing gasolines, can contain an vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives
octane-enhancing additive called test. See Malfunction Indicator
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese Lamp on page 5-16. If this occurs, To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use return to your authorized dealer for TIER Detergent Gasoline is
gasolines and/or fuel additives with diagnosis. If it is determined that the recommended. See Fuel on
MMT as they can reduce spark plug condition is caused by the type of page 9-52.
life and affect emission control fuel used, repairs may not be If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
system performance. The covered by the vehicle warranty. not available, one bottle of Fuel
malfunction indicator lamp may turn System Treatment PLUS added to
on. If this occurs, see your dealer the fuel tank at every engine oil
for service. change, can help. Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
gasoline additive recommended by

General Motors. It is available at Warning (Continued)
your dealer. . Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
Filling the Tank children pump fuel.
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel
{ Warning cap is opened too quickly.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the
violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is
death. more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and
. To help avoid injuries to you wait for any hiss noise to stop
and others, read and follow then unscrew the cap all The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
all the instructions on the fuel the way. door on the passenger side of the
pump island. vehicle. To open the fuel door, push
.
and release the rearward center
Turn off the engine when edge of the door. To unlock the fuel
refueling. cap on vehicles equipped with a
. Keep sparks, flames, and locking fuel cap, use the key
smoking materials away provided with the Remote Keyless
from fuel. Entry (RKE) transmitter.
. Do not leave the fuel pump Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
unattended. top off or overfill the tank and wait a
few seconds after you have finished
. Do not reenter the vehicle
pumping before removing the
while pumping fuel.
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
(Continued) surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care on page 10-98.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it

clockwise until it clicks, otherwise Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued)
the malfunction indicator lamp may
turn on. The diagnostic system can may cause the malfunction . Remove the container from
determine if the fuel cap has been indicator lamp to light, and could the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
left off or improperly installed. This damage the fuel tank and bed before filling.
would allow fuel to evaporate into emissions system. See . Place the container on the
the atmosphere. See Malfunction Malfunction Indicator Lamp on ground.
Indicator Lamp on page 5-16. page 5-16. . Place the nozzle inside the fill
opening of the container
{ Warning Filling a Portable Fuel before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
If a fire starts while you are Container opening until filling is
refueling, do not remove the complete.
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by { Warning . Fill the container no more
shutting off the pump or by
Filling a portable fuel container than 95% full to allow for
notifying the station attendant.
while it is in the vehicle can cause expansion.
Leave the area immediately.
fuel vapors that can ignite either . Do not smoke, light matches,
by static electricity or other or use lighters while
means. You or others could be pumping fuel.
{ Caution badly burned and the vehicle . Avoid using cell phones or
could be damaged. Always: other electronic devices.
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap . Use approved fuel
from your dealer. The wrong type containers.
of fuel cap may not fit properly, (Continued)
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Trailer Towing first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent { Warning
damage to the engine, axle or
General Towing other parts. When towing a trailer, exhaust
Information gases may collect at the rear of
. Then, during the first 800 km
the vehicle and enter if the
Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
been designed for the vehicle. window is open.
Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle.
dealer for assistance with preparing . Vehicles with automatic When towing a trailer:
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read transmissions can tow in D . Do not drive with the liftgate,
the entire section before towing a (Drive) but M (Manual Mode) is trunk/hatch, or rear-most
trailer. recommended. See Manual window open.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see Mode on page 9-31. Use a lower . Fully open the air outlets on
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-97. gear if the transmission shifts
or under the instrument
For towing the vehicle behind too often. For vehicles with a
panel.
another vehicle such as a motor manual transmission, it is better
home, see Recreational Vehicle not to use the highest gear. . Also adjust the Climate
Towing on page 10-98. . Control system to a setting
Turn off Park Assist when
that brings in only outside air.
towing.
See “Climate Control
Driving Characteristics Systems” in the Index.
and Towing Tips
For more information about
Driving with a Trailer Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
When towing a trailer: Exhaust on page 9-27.
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply
specifically to trailer towing.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Towing a trailer requires a certain trailer, which mainly occurs during Making Turns
amount of experience. The cornering. This is normal when
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
towing heavier trailers. { Caution
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with Following Distance
Making very sharp turns while
the handling and braking of the rig Stay at least twice as far behind the trailering could cause the trailer to
before setting out for the open road. vehicle ahead as you would when come in contact with the vehicle.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch driving the vehicle without a trailer. The vehicle could be damaged.
parts and attachments, safety This can help to avoid situations Avoid making very sharp turns
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, that require heavy braking and while trailering.
tires and mirrors. If the trailer has sudden turns.
electric brakes, start the Passing When turning with a trailer, make
combination moving and then apply
More passing distance is needed wider turns than normal so the
the trailer brake controller by hand
when towing a trailer. Because the trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
to be sure the brakes work.
rig is longer, it is necessary to go curbs, road signs, trees or other
During the trip, check occasionally farther beyond the passed vehicle objects. Use the turn signal well in
to be sure that the load is secure before returning to the lane. advance and avoid jerky or sudden
and the lamps and any trailer maneuvers.
brakes still work. Backing Up
Turn Signals When Towing a
Towing with a Stability Control Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer
System wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move your hand to The turn signal indicators on the
When towing, the sound of the the left. To move the trailer to the instrument cluster flash whenever
stability control system might be right, move your hand to the right. signaling a turn or lane change.
heard. The system is reacting to the Always back up slowly and, Properly hooked up, the trailer
vehicle movement caused by the if possible, have someone
guide you.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
lamps also flash, telling other grades, the vehicle could show If parking the rig on a hill:
drivers the vehicle is turning, signs similar to engine overheating. 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
changing lanes or stopping. To avoid this, let the engine run not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
When towing a trailer, the arrows on while parked, preferably on level the wheels into the curb if facing
the instrument cluster flash for turns ground, with the transmission in downhill or into traffic if facing
even if the bulbs on the trailer are P (Park) for a few minutes before uphill.
burned out. Check occasionally to turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see 2. Have someone place chocks
be sure the trailer bulbs are still under the trailer wheels.
working. Engine Overheating on page 10-35.
Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in
Driving on Grades place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb the load.
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
{ Warning 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
steep downgrade. If the Parking the vehicle on a hill with apply the parking brake and shift
transmission is not shifted down, the the trailer attached can be into P (Park) for vehicles with an
brakes might have to be used so dangerous. If something goes automatic transmission or into
much that they would get hot and no wrong, the rig could start to move. gear for vehicles with a manual
longer work well. People can be injured, and both transmission.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Release the brake pedal.
Use a lower gear if the transmission damaged. When possible, always
shifts too often. park the rig on a flat surface. Leaving After Parking on a Hill
When towing at high altitude on 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
steep uphill grades, engine coolant while you:
boils at a lower temperature than at . Start the engine.
normal altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing
. Shift into a gear.
at high altitude on steep uphill . Release the parking brake.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2. Let up on the brake pedal. Trailer Towing (ZL1 or a trailer are all important. It can
depend on any special equipment
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Z/28) on the vehicle, and the amount of
clear of the chocks.
The vehicle is neither designed nor tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
4. Stop and have someone pick up intended to tow a trailer. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
and store the chocks. later in this section.
Maintenance When Trailer Trailer Towing (Except Maximum trailer weight is calculated
Towing ZL1 or Z/28) assuming only the driver is in the
tow vehicle and it has all the
The vehicle needs service more Before pulling a trailer, three required trailering equipment. The
often when pulling a trailer. See the important considerations have to do weight of additional optional
Maintenance Schedule on with weight: equipment, passengers, and cargo
page 11-2. Things that are . Weight of the trailer. in the tow vehicle must be
especially important in trailer subtracted from the maximum trailer
operation are automatic . Weight of the trailer tongue.
weight.
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle . Total weight on your vehicle's
lubricant, belts, cooling system and tires. Ask your dealer for trailering
brake system. Inspect these before information or advice, or write us at
and during the trip. Weight of the Trailer our Customer Assistance Offices.
See Customer Assistance Offices
Check periodically to see that all How heavy can a trailer safely be?
on page 13-3.
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. It should never weigh more than
454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that can Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing be too heavy. The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
It depends on how the rig is used. an important weight to measure
The cooling system may temporarily because it affects the total gross
overheat during severe operating For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, and weight of the vehicle. The Gross
conditions. See Engine Overheating Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
on page 10-35. how much the vehicle is used to pull
curb weight of the vehicle, any
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
cargo carried in it, and the people After loading the trailer, weigh the bumper-type hitches to it. Use
who will be riding in the vehicle. trailer and then the tongue, only a frame-mounted hitch that
If there are a lot of options, separately, to see if the weights are does not attach to the bumper.
equipment, passengers, or cargo in proper. If they are not, adjustments . Will any holes be made in the
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue might be made by moving some body of the vehicle when the
weight the vehicle can carry, which items around in the trailer. trailer hitch is installed? If so,
will also reduce the trailer weight the seal the holes when the hitch is
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, Total Weight on Your Vehicle's
Tires removed. If the holes are not
the tongue load must be added to sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
the GVW because the vehicle will Be sure the vehicle's tires are carbon monoxide (CO) from the
be carrying that weight, too. See inflated to the upper limit for cold exhaust can get into the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-14. tires. These numbers can be found See Engine Exhaust on
on the Tire and Loading Information page 9-27.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-14. Make sure not to go over Safety Chains
the GVW limit for the vehicle, Always attach chains between the
including the weight of the trailer vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
tongue. safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
Towing Equipment from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Hitches Leave enough slack so the rig can
Use the correct hitch equipment. turn. Never allow safety chains to
See your dealer or a hitch dealer for drag on the ground.
assistance.
The trailer tongue (1) should weigh . The rear bumper on the vehicle
10 % of the total loaded trailer is not intended for hitches. Do
weight (2). not attach rental hitches or other
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Trailer Brakes Conversions and

Does the trailer have its own Add-Ons
brakes? Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and Add-On Electrical
maintained properly. Equipment
Because the vehicle has antilock
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's { Caution
brake system. If this is done, both
brake systems will not work well or Some electrical equipment can
at all. damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical
equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-27 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-27.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-1
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Park Brake and P (Park)

Vehicle Care (ZL1 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-42
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (Z/ Wiper Blade
28 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
General Information Cooling System (Except Windshield Replacement . . . 10-43
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 ZL1 and Z/28 Engines) . . . . 10-25
California Proposition Cooling System (ZL1 Headlamp Aiming
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Engine Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
California Perchlorate Cooling System
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Bulb Replacement
(Intercooler) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Accessories and Cooling System (Z/28
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Engine Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 High Intensity Discharge
Vehicle Checks Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Doing Your Own Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-35 Headlamps, Front Turn
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Power Steering Fluid (L99, Signal and Parking Lamps
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 LS3, ZL1 and Z/28) . . . . . . . 10-36 (Uplevel Vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Engine Compartment Power Steering Headlamps, Front Turn
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Fluid (LFX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 Signal and Parking Lamps
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 (Base Vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Taillamps, Turn Signal, and
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-19 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39 Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Automatic Transmission Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-47
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Manual Transmission Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-41
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Automatic Transmission Shift Electrical System
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Lock Control Function Electrical System
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
(Except ZL1 and Z/28)) . . . 10-21 Ignition Transmission Lock Fuses and Circuit
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-2 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Fuse Tire Pressure for High-Speed If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Tire Sealant and
Instrument Panel Fuse Tire Pressure Monitor Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66 Storing the Tire Sealant and
Rear Compartment Fuse Tire Pressure Monitor Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-94
Wheels and Tires Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 When It Is Time for New Jump Starting
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Towing the Vehicle
Different Size Tires and Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-97
Competition Oriented Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Recreational Vehicle
Uniform Tire Quality Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-58 Wheel Alignment and Tire Appearance Care
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98
Tire Terminology and Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-77 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-104
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-107
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-3
General Information cause cancer and birth defects or

other reproductive harm. Engine
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock
your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability
genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or
and supported service people. emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause
Genuine GM parts have one of malfunction or damage not covered
these marks: California Perchlorate by the vehicle warranty.
Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
Certain types of automotive
installation or use of non-GM
applications, such as airbag
certified parts, including control
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
module or software modifications, is
and lithium batteries contained in
not covered under the terms of the
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
vehicle warranty and may affect
may contain perchlorate materials.
remaining warranty coverage for
Special handling may be necessary.
affected parts.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to
perchlorate. complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
California Proposition Modifications installed by a dealer technician.
65 Warning Adding non-dealer accessories or Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Most motor vehicles, including this making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
one, contain and/or emit chemicals can affect vehicle performance and page 3-27.
known to the State of California to safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-4 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system.

{ Caution Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
If equipped with the 1LE, ZL1, Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
or Z/28 package, or any Service Work page 3-27.
accessory ground effects
package, use care when Keep a record with all parts receipts
approaching curbs, ramps, and { Warning and list the mileage and the date of
other road obstructions due to any service work performed. See
It can be dangerous to work on Maintenance Records on
reduced ground clearance. your vehicle if you do not have page 11-16.
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
{ Caution
and consult the service manual Even small amounts of
for your vehicle before doing any contamination can cause damage
service work. to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
If doing some of your own service reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13-11.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-5
Hood
To open the hood:
2. Push the secondary hood

release to the right. The lever is
near the middle of the hood.
1. Pull the release handle below 3. Lift the hood.
the instrument panel to the left of Before closing the hood, be sure all
the steering wheel. filler caps are on properly. Then lift
the hood to relieve pressure. Pull
the hood down on the passenger
side to close it firmly.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
3.6L V6 Engine
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-7
1. Underhood Electrical Center. 5. Radiator Fill Cap (Out of View). 10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Engine Compartment Fuse See Engine Coolant on See Battery on page 10-40.
Block on page 10-49. page 10-30. 11. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
2. Engine Coolant Recovery Bottle 6. Power Steering Reservoir and (Except ZL1 and Z/28)) on
and Cap. See Engine Coolant Cap (Out of View). See Power page 10-21 or Engine Air
on page 10-30. Steering Fluid (L99, LS3, Cleaner/Filter (ZL1 Only) on
3. Engine Cover on page 10-13. ZL1 and Z/28) on page 10-36 or page 10-23 or Engine Air
Power Steering Fluid (LFX) on Cleaner/Filter (Z/28 Only) on
4. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of page 10-36. page 10-24.
View). See Cooling System
(Except ZL1 and Z/28 Engines) 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine 12. Windshield Washer Fluid
on page 10-25 or Cooling Oil on page 10-15. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
System (ZL1 Engine Only) on 8. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of on page 10-37.
page 10-27 or Cooling System View). See Engine Oil on
(Intercooler) on page 10-28 or page 10-15.
Cooling System (Z/28 Engine 9. Brake Fluid and Hydraulic Clutch
Only) on page 10-29. Reservoir (If Equipped with
Manual Transmission). See
Brakes on page 10-38 or
Hydraulic Clutch on page 10-21.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-8 Vehicle Care
6.2L V8 Engine (L99 Engine Shown, LS3 Similar)

7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-9
1. Underhood Electrical Center. 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of 9. Brake Fluid and Hydraulic Clutch
See Engine Compartment Fuse View). See Cooling System Reservoir (If Equipped with
Block on page 10-49. (Except ZL1 and Z/28 Engines) Manual Transmission). See
2. Engine Coolant Recovery Bottle on page 10-25 or Cooling Brakes on page 10-38 or
and Cap. See Engine Coolant System (ZL1 Engine Only) on Hydraulic Clutch on page 10-21.
on page 10-30. page 10-27 or Cooling System 10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
(Intercooler) on page 10-28 or See Battery on page 10-40.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Cooling System (Z/28 Engine
Oil on page 10-15. Only) on page 10-29. 11. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap (Out of (Except ZL1 and Z/28)) on
7. Radiator Fill Cap (Out of View). page 10-21 or Engine Air
View). See Engine Oil on See Engine Coolant on
page 10-15. Cleaner/Filter (ZL1 Only) on
page 10-30. page 10-23 or Engine Air
5. Engine Cover on page 10-13. 8. Power Steering Reservoir and Cleaner/Filter (Z/28 Only) on
Cap (Under Engine Cover) (if page 10-24.
equipped). See Power Steering 12. Windshield Washer Fluid
Fluid (L99, LS3, ZL1 and Z/28) Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
on page 10-36 or Power on page 10-37.
Steering Fluid (LFX) on
page 10-36.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-10 Vehicle Care
6.2L V8 Engine (ZL1)

7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-11
1. Engine Coolant Recovery Bottle 7. Intercooler Fill Cap (Out of 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (Except
and Cap. See Engine Coolant View). See Cooling System ZL1 and Z/28)) on page 10-21 or
on page 10-30. (Except ZL1 and Z/28 Engines) Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (ZL1
2. Underhood Electrical Center. on page 10-25 or Cooling Only) on page 10-23 or Engine
See Engine Compartment Fuse System (ZL1 Engine Only) on Air Cleaner/Filter (Z/28 Only) on
Block on page 10-49. page 10-27 or Cooling System page 10-24.
(Intercooler) on page 10-28 or 10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Cooling System (Z/28 Engine
Oil on page 10-15. See Battery on page 10-40.
Only) on page 10-29.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap (Out of 11. Brake Fluid and Hydraulic
8. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of Clutch Reservoir (If Equipped
View). See Engine Oil on View). See Cooling System
page 10-15. with Manual Transmission).
(Except ZL1 and Z/28 Engines) See Brakes on page 10-38 or
5. Engine Cover on page 10-13. on page 10-25 or Cooling Hydraulic Clutch on
System (ZL1 Engine Only) on page 10-21.
6. Radiator Fill Cap. See Engine page 10-27 or Cooling System
Coolant on page 10-30. (Intercooler) on page 10-28 or 12. Windshield Washer Fluid
Cooling System (Z/28 Engine Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
Only) on page 10-29. on page 10-37.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-12 Vehicle Care
7.0L V8 Engine (Z/28)

7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-13
1. Engine Coolant Recovery Bottle 9. Brake Fluid and Hydraulic Clutch Engine Cover
and Cap. See Engine Coolant Reservoir. See Brakes on
on page 10-30. page 10-38 or Hydraulic Clutch 3.6L V6 Engine Cover
2. Underhood Electrical Center. on page 10-21.
See Engine Compartment Fuse 10. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Block on page 10-49. (Except ZL1 and Z/28)) on
3. Engine Oil Reservoir and Oil Fill page 10-21 or Engine Air
Cap. See Engine Oil on Cleaner/Filter (ZL1 Only) on
page 10-15. page 10-23 or Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter (Z/28 Only) on
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine page 10-24.
Oil on page 10-15.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid
5. Radiator Fill Cap. See Engine Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
Coolant on page 10-30. on page 10-37.
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
(Except ZL1 and Z/28 Engines) 1. Engine Cover
on page 10-25 or Cooling 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap
System (ZL1 Engine Only) on To remove:
page 10-27 or Cooling System
1. Remove the engine oil
(Intercooler) on page 10-28 or
fill cap (2).
Cooling System (Z/28 Engine
Only) on page 10-29. 2. Lift the engine cover (1) to
disengage one front attachment
7. Engine Cover on page 10-13.
point.
8. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Battery on page 10-40.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-14 Vehicle Care
3. Pull the engine cover forward to 2. Lift the engine cover (2) to To remove:
disengage it from the two disengage the two front 1. Lift the engine cover to
rear tabs. attachment points. disengage from the five
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall 3. Pull the engine cover forward to attachment points.
the engine cover. disengage it from the horizontal 2. Pull the engine cover forward to
rear attachments. remove.
6.2L V8 Engine Cover (L99
Engine Shown, LS3 Similar) 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall 3. Reverse the steps to reinstall the
the engine cover. engine cover.
6.2L V8 Engine Cover 7.0L V8 Engine (Z/28)
(ZL1 Only)
1. Engine Oil Fill Cap

2. Engine Cover
To remove:
1. Remove the engine oil
fill cap (1).
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-15
To remove the engine covers:

. Check the engine oil level to drain back into the oil pan.
regularly and maintain the Checking the oil level too soon
1. Lift the outboard edge of each proper oil level. See “Checking
engine cover to disengage from after engine shutoff will not
Engine Oil” and “When to Add provide an accurate oil level
two of the four attachment Engine Oil” in this section.
points. reading.
. Change the engine oil at the
2. Lift the inboard edge of each
engine cover to disengage from
appropriate time. See Engine Oil { Warning
Life System on page 10-19.
two of the four attachment The engine oil dipstick handle
points.
. Always dispose of engine oil
may be hot; it could burn you.
properly. See “What to Do with
3. Pull each engine cover forward Used Oil” in this section. Use a towel or glove to touch the
to remove. dipstick handle.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall
Checking Engine Oil (Except
each engine cover. Z/28) 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
It is a good idea to check the engine with a clean paper towel or cloth,
Engine Oil oil level at each fuel fill. In order to then push it back in all the way.
get an accurate reading, the vehicle Remove it again, keeping the tip
To ensure proper engine down, and check the level.
must be on level ground. The
performance and long life, careful
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
attention must be paid to engine oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
Following these simple, but
on page 10-6 for the location of the
important steps will help protect
engine oil dipstick.
your investment:
Obtaining an accurate oil level
. Always use engine oil approved
reading is essential:
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See 1. If the engine has been running
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” recently, turn off the engine and
in this section. allow several minutes for the oil
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-16 Vehicle Care
When to Add Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil (Z/28)

(Except Z/28) Caution (Continued)
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain
area at the tip of the dipstick, add out the excess oil or limit driving
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil of the vehicle and seek a service
and then recheck the level. See professional to remove the
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in excess amount of oil.
this section for an explanation of 1. Engine Oil Dipstick
what kind of oil to use. For engine 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap
oil crankcase capacity, see See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-6 for the location of the It is a good idea to check the engine
Capacities and Specifications on
engine oil fill cap. oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
page 12-2.
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
Add enough oil to put the level must be on level ground.
{ Caution somewhere in the proper operating
The engine oil dipstick handle is a
range. Push the dipstick all the way
Do not add too much oil. Oil back in when through. loop. The dipstick is on the dry
levels above or below the sump engine oil tank. See Engine
acceptable operating range Compartment Overview on
shown on the dipstick are harmful page 10-6 for the location of the dry
sump engine oil tank.
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-17
These vehicles have a dry sump enough to reach normal operating 4. Remove the dipstick from the
engine lubrication system. This high temperature. Do not add engine oil external engine oil tank and wipe
performance system operates based on cold engine dipstick it with a clean lint-free paper
differently than a standard engine readings. The engine oil level on the towel or a cloth. Re-insert the
lubrication system and requires a dipstick will also be inaccurate if dipstick into the external oil tank,
special procedure when checking checked while the engine is running. pushing it all the way in until it
the engine oil level. Follow this 1. To obtain an accurate engine oil stops.
procedure closely. level reading, warm up the 5. Remove the dipstick from the oil
The engine oil level must be engine to at least 80°C (175°F). tank and read the level on the
checked when the engine is warm. Cold oil will not give a correct oil cross-hatched area.
Cold oil level in the dry sump tank level reading.
may not indicate the actual amount When to Add Engine Oil (Z/28)
2. Once the engine is warm, turn
of oil in the system. With this off the engine. Checking the oil
system, engine oil is contained in an while the engine is running will
external tank, separate from the result in an incorrect oil level
engine. Under normal operating reading.
conditions, the oil pan under the
engine does not store any oil. If the 3. Check the oil level between five
vehicle has been parked for an and 10 minutes after the engine
extended period without the engine is shut down.
being started, some oil will seep
back into the oil pan, reducing the { Warning If the oil is below the cross-hatched
amount of oil held in the dry sump
tank and there could be no engine The engine oil dipstick handle area at the tip of the dipstick, add
oil at all showing on the dipstick. may be hot; it could burn you. 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
This is normal since the dipstick is Use a towel or glove to touch the through the oil fill cap opening in the
designed to read the engine oil level dipstick handle. oil tank and then recheck the level.
only after the engine has run long See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-18 Vehicle Care
for an explanation of what kind of oil Add enough oil to put the level
to use. For engine oil crankcase somewhere in the proper operating
capacity, see Capacities and range. Push the dipstick all the way
Specifications on page 12-2. back into the oil tank when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
{ Caution Selecting the right engine oil
Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil { Caution
levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade.
acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and Failure to use the recommended
shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants on page 11-12. engine oil can result in engine
to the engine. If you find that you damage not covered by the
Specification
have an oil level above the vehicle warranty. Check with your
operating range, i.e., the engine Ask for and use engine oils that dealer or service provider on
has so much oil that the oil level meet the dexos1™ specification. whether the oil is approved to the
gets above the cross-hatched Engine oils that have been dexos1 specification.
approved by GM as meeting the
area that shows the proper
dexos1 specification are marked
operating range, the engine could Viscosity Grade
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
be damaged. You should drain www.gmdexos.com. GM Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
out the excess oil or limit driving recommends Mobil 1® engine oils engine oil.
of the vehicle and seek a service that show the dexos1 approved logo
professional to remove the for its dry sump equipped engines. Cold Temperature Operation: In an
excess amount of oil. area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
See Engine Compartment Overview used. An oil of this viscosity grade
on page 10-6 for the location of the will provide easier cold starting for
external engine oil tank and fill cap. the engine at extremely low
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-19
temperatures. When selecting an oil What to Do with Used Oil Engine Oil Life System
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
Used engine oil contains certain When to Change Engine Oil
always select an oil of the correct
elements that can be unhealthy for
specification. See “Specification” This vehicle has a computer system
your skin and could even cause
earlier in this section for more that indicates when to change the
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
information. engine oil and filter. This is based
your skin for very long. Clean your
On Z/28, for track events or skin and nails with soap and water, on a combination of factors which
competitive driving, use Mobil 1® or a good hand cleaner. Wash or include engine revolutions, engine
15W-50 engine oil. A warning properly dispose of clothing or rags temperature, and miles driven.
message will display at high oil containing used engine oil. See the Based on driving conditions, the
temperatures. See Engine Oil manufacturer's warnings about the mileage at which an oil change is
Messages on page 5-35. use and disposal of oil products. indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
Engine Oil Additives/Engine Used oil can be a threat to the
the system must be reset every time
Oil Flushes environment. If you change your the oil is changed.
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Do not add anything to the oil. The from the filter before disposal. Never When the system has calculated
recommended oils meeting the dispose of oil by putting it in the that oil life has been diminished, it
dexos1 specification are all that is trash or pouring it on the ground, indicates that an oil change is
needed for good performance and into sewers, or into streams or necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
engine protection. bodies of water. Recycle it by taking OIL SOON message comes on. See
Engine oil system flushes are not it to a place that collects used oil. Engine Oil Messages on page 5-35.
recommended and could cause Change the oil as soon as possible
engine damage not covered by the within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
vehicle warranty. It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-20 Vehicle Care
be changed at least once a year 2. Press and hold the SET/CLR Automatic Transmission
and, at this time, the system must button on the DIC while the Oil
be reset. Your dealer has trained Life display is active. The oil life
Fluid
service people who will perform this will change to 100%. How to Check Automatic
work and reset the system. It is also The oil life system can also be reset Transmission Fluid
important to check the oil regularly as follows:
over the course of an oil drain It is not necessary to check the
interval and keep it at the proper 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with transmission fluid level.
level. the engine off. A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
If the system is ever reset 2. Fully press and release the
occurs, take the vehicle to your
accidentally, the oil must be accelerator pedal three times
dealer and have it repaired as soon
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) within five seconds.
as possible.
since the last oil change. The system is reset when the
Remember to reset the oil life The vehicle is not equipped with a
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
system whenever the oil is changed. transmission fluid level dipstick.
message goes off.
There is a special procedure for
How to Reset the Engine Oil If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON checking and changing the
Life System message comes back on when the transmission fluid. Because this
vehicle is started, the engine oil life procedure is difficult, this should be
Reset the system whenever the
system has not been reset. Repeat done at the dealer. Contact the
engine oil is changed so that the
the procedure. dealer for additional information or
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the the procedure can be found in the
system: service manual. To purchase a
service manual, see Service
1. Display the REMAINING OIL Publications Ordering Information
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver on page 13-11.
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-24.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-21
Change the fluid and filter at the A fluid loss in this system could Do not remove the cap to check the
intervals listed in Maintenance indicate a problem. Have the fluid level or to top‐off the fluid level.
Schedule on page 11-2, and be sure system inspected and repaired. Remove the cap only when
to use the fluid listed in necessary to add the proper fluid
Recommended Fluids and When to Check and What until the level reaches the MIN line.
Lubricants on page 11-12. to Use
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Manual Transmission (Except ZL1 and Z/28))
Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview
It is not necessary to check the on page 10-6 for the location of the
manual transmission fluid level. engine air cleaner/filter.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid When to Inspect the Engine Air
occurs, take the vehicle to your reservoir cap has this symbol on it. Cleaner/Filter
dealer and have it repaired as soon The common hydraulic clutch and Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
as possible. See Recommended brake master cylinder fluid reservoir scheduled maintenance intervals
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-12 is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as and replace it at the appropriate
for the proper fluid to use. indicated on the reservoir cap. See interval. See Maintenance Schedule
Engine Compartment Overview on on page 11-2 for more information.
Hydraulic Clutch page 10-6 for reservoir location. If driving in dusty/dirty conditions,
For vehicles with a manual How to Check and Add Fluid inspect the filter at each engine oil
transmission, it is not necessary to change.
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
regularly check brake/clutch fluid reservoir to make sure the fluid level
unless there is a leak suspected. is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
Adding fluid will not correct a leak. side of the reservoir. The brake/
hydraulic clutch fluid system should
be closed and sealed.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-22 Vehicle Care
How to Inspect the Engine Air 3. Loosen the clamp at the duct of
Cleaner/Filter the air cleaner/filter housing.
To inspect the air cleaner/filter, 4. Unlatch the retaining clips on the
remove the filter from the vehicle air cleaner/filter housing.
and lightly shake the filter to release 5. Lift the cover at the retaining clip
loose dust and dirt. If the filter location high enough to clear the
remains covered with dirt, a new retaining clips and pull the cover
filter is required. outward to remove it from the air
To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter housing hinges.
cleaner/filter: 6. Pull straight up on the cover;
1. Open the hood. See Hood on while holding the cover, remove
page 10-5. the air filter.
2. Locate the air filter housing on 7. Inspect or replace the air filter.
the front of the driver side of the See Maintenance Replacement
engine compartment. See Parts on page 11-14.
Engine Compartment Overview 8. Reverse Steps 1–6 to reinstall
on page 10-6. the cover.
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
3.6L V6 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter others to be burned. The air
Housing Shown (6.2L V8 Engines cleaner not only cleans the air; it
Similar) (Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-23
loose dust and dirt. If the filter

Warning (Continued) { Caution remains covered with dirt, a new
filter is required.
helps to stop flames if the engine If water is sprayed and enters the
backfires. Use caution when engine air cleaner/filter intake and To inspect or replace the engine air
working on the engine and do not housing, the engine could be cleaner/filter:
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
{ Caution
When to Inspect the Engine Air
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt Cleaner/Filter
can easily get into the engine,
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
which could damage it. Always
scheduled maintenance intervals
have the air cleaner/filter in place
and replace it at the appropriate
when you are driving. interval. See Maintenance Schedule
on page 11-2 for more information.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter If driving in dusty/dirty conditions,
inspect the filter at each engine oil 1. Air Duct Clamp
(ZL1 Only) change. 2. Screws
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-6 for the location of the
How to Inspect the Engine Air 1. Open the hood. See Hood on
engine air cleaner/filter. Cleaner/Filter page 10-5.
To inspect the air cleaner/filter, 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by
remove the filter from the vehicle loosening the screw on the air
and lightly shake the filter to release duct clamp.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-24 Vehicle Care
3. Remove the two screws When to Inspect the Engine Air

securing the cover on the air { Caution Cleaner/Filter
cleaner/filter housing.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
4. Pull straight up on the cover; can easily get into the engine, scheduled maintenance intervals
while holding the cover, remove which could damage it. Always and replace it at the appropriate
the air filter. have the air cleaner/filter in place interval. See Maintenance Schedule
5. Inspect or replace the air filter. when you are driving. on page 11-2 for more information.
See Maintenance Replacement If driving in dusty/dirty conditions,
Parts on page 11-14. inspect the filter at each engine oil
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter change.
6. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
the cover. (Z/28 Only) How to Inspect the Engine Air
See Engine Compartment Overview Cleaner/Filter
{ Warning on page 10-6 for the location of the
engine air cleaner/filter.
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle
Operating the engine with the air and lightly shake the filter to release
others to be burned. The air
{ Caution loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
cleaner not only cleans the air; it If water is sprayed and enters the filter is required.
helps to stop flames if the engine engine air cleaner/filter intake and
backfires. Use caution when housing, the engine could be
working on the engine and do not damaged. The repairs would not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-25
To inspect or replace the engine air 4. Inspect or replace the air filter.
cleaner/filter: See Maintenance Replacement { Caution
Parts on page 11-14.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
5. Using the same air filter/cleaner can easily get into the engine,
clamp (1), install the air cleaner/ which could damage it. Always
filter. Make sure that the air have the air cleaner/filter in place
cleaner/filter alignment tabs (2) when you are driving.
are set properly, and tighten the
screw on the clamp.
Cooling System (Except
{ Warning ZL1 and Z/28 Engines)
Operating the engine with the air
others to be burned. The air
1. Air Cleaner/Filter Clamp cleaner not only cleans the air; it
2. Air Cleaner/Filter helps to stop flames if the engine
Alignment Tabs backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10-5. drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
2. Loosen the screw on the air

cleaner/filter clamp (1).
3. Remove the filter by moving it
3.6L V6 Engine
outward while tipping it upward
from the mass air flow sensor 1. Engine Coolant Recovery
air tube. Bottle
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-26 Vehicle Care
2. Electric Cooling Fans (Out

of View) { Warning { Warning
3. Radiator Cap (Under Engine
An electric engine cooling fan Heater and radiator hoses, and
Cover)
under the hood can start up even other engine parts, can be very
when the engine is not running hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
and can cause injury. Keep you can be burned.
hands, clothing, and tools away Do not run the engine if there is a
from any underhood electric fan. leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
If the coolant inside the engine cause an engine fire, and you
coolant recovery bottle is boiling, do could be burned. Get any leak
not do anything else until it cools fixed before you drive the vehicle.
down. The vehicle should be parked
on a level surface.
If there seems to be no leak, with
The coolant level should be the engine on, check to see if the
6.2L V8 Engines (L99 Shown, LS3 between the MIN and MAX lines. electric engine cooling fans are
Similar) If it is not, the vehicle may have a running. If the engine is
leak at the radiator hoses, heater overheating, the fans should be
1. Engine Coolant Recovery hoses, radiator, water pump, running. If it is not, the vehicle
Bottle or somewhere else in the cooling needs service. Turn off the engine.
2. Electric Cooling Fans (Out system.
of View)
3. Radiator Cap (Out of View)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-27
Cooling System (ZL1

{ Caution Engine Only)
{ Warning
Using coolant other than An electric engine cooling fan
DEX-COOL® can cause under the hood can start up even
premature engine, heater core, when the engine is not running
or radiator corrosion. In addition, and can cause injury. Keep
the engine coolant could require hands, clothing, and tools away
changing sooner. Any repairs from any underhood electric fan.
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use If the coolant inside the engine
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant coolant recovery bottle is boiling, do
in the vehicle. not do anything else until it cools
on a level surface.
6.2L V8 Engine The coolant level should be
1. Engine Coolant Recovery between the MIN and MAX lines.
Bottle If it is not, the vehicle may have a
leak at the radiator hoses, heater
hoses, radiator, water pump,
of View)
or somewhere else in the cooling
3. Radiator Cap system.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-28 Vehicle Care
{ Warning { Caution
Heater and radiator hoses, and Using coolant other than
other engine parts, can be very DEX-COOL® can cause
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, premature engine, heater core,
you can be burned. or radiator corrosion. In addition,
Do not run the engine if there is a the engine coolant could require
leak. If you run the engine, it changing sooner. Any repairs
could lose all coolant. That could would not be covered by the
cause an engine fire, and you vehicle warranty. Always use
could be burned. Get any leak DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
fixed before you drive the vehicle. in the vehicle.
1. Intercooler Fill Cap
2. Intercooler Fill Neck
If there seems to be no leak, with Cooling System 1. Open the hood and remove the
the engine on, check to see if the (Intercooler) engine cover. See Engine Cover
electric engine cooling fans are on page 10-13.
running. If the engine is Intercooler ZL1 Only
overheating, the fans should be 2. Turn the intercooler fill neck (2)
The 6.2L LSA supercharged to the vertical position.
running. If it is not, the vehicle V8 engine has an intercooler
needs service. Turn off the engine. cooling system. 3. Remove the intercooler
fill cap (1).
4. Check to see if coolant is visible
near the top of the opening.
5. If coolant is not visible, see
dealer for service.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-29
6. Reverse Steps 1–3 to install Cooling System (Z/28

intercooler fill cap and turn the
Engine Only)
{ Warning
intercooler fill neck.
An electric engine cooling fan
The intercooler cooling system has under the hood can start up even
a special procedure for draining and when the engine is not running
adding coolant. Because this and can cause injury. Keep
procedure is difficult, see the dealer hands, clothing, and tools away
for service if the intercooler is low from any underhood electric fan.
on coolant. The procedure can also
be found in the service manual. To
purchase a service manual, see If the coolant inside the engine
Service Publications Ordering coolant recovery bottle is boiling, do
Information on page 13-11. not do anything else until it cools
on a level surface.
7.0L V8 Engine The coolant level should be
1. Engine Coolant Recovery between the MIN and MAX lines.
Bottle If it is not, the vehicle may have a
leak at the radiator hoses, heater
hoses, radiator, water pump,
of View)
or somewhere else in the cooling
3. Radiator Cap system.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-30 Vehicle Care
What to Use
{ Warning { Caution
Heater and radiator hoses, and Using coolant other than { Warning
other engine parts, can be very DEX-COOL® can cause
Adding only plain water or some
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, premature engine, heater core,
other liquid to the cooling system
you can be burned. or radiator corrosion. In addition,
can be dangerous. Plain water
Do not run the engine if there is a the engine coolant could require
and other liquids, can boil before
leak. If you run the engine, it changing sooner. Any repairs
the proper coolant mixture will.
could lose all coolant. That could would not be covered by the
The coolant warning system is set
cause an engine fire, and you vehicle warranty. Always use
for the proper coolant mixture.
could be burned. Get any leak DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
With plain water or the wrong
fixed before you drive the vehicle. in the vehicle.
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
If there seems to be no leak, with Engine Coolant overheat warning. The engine
the engine on, check to see if the could catch fire and you or others
The cooling system in the vehicle is
electric engine cooling fans are could be burned. Use a 50/
filled with DEX-COOL® engine
running. If the engine is 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
coolant. This coolant is designed to
overheating, the fans should be remain in the vehicle for 5 years or water and DEX-COOL coolant.
running. If it is not, the vehicle 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
needs service. Turn off the engine. occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10-35.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-31
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Check coolant as follows:

drinkable water and DEX-COOL Caution (Continued)
1. Turn the ignition off.
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added. mixture can freeze and crack 2. Locate the engine coolant
This mixture: engine cooling parts. The repairs recovery bottle. See Engine
would not be covered by the Compartment Overview on
. Gives freezing protection down vehicle warranty. Use only the page 10-6.
to −37°C (−34°F), outside proper mixture of engine coolant
temperature. for the cooling system. See
. Gives boiling protection up to Recommended Fluids and
129°C (265°F), engine Lubricants on page 11-12.
temperature.
. Protects against rust and Never dispose of engine coolant by
corrosion. putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams, 3. Turn the coolant dipstick cap
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
or bodies of water. Have the coolant counterclockwise and slowly pull
. Helps keep the proper engine changed by an authorized service out the dipstick.
temperature. center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
{ Caution coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
If improper coolant mixture, health.
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the Checking Coolant
engine could overheat and be The vehicle must be on a level
damaged. Too much water in the surface when checking the coolant
(Continued) level.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-32 Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the 2. Pour the coolant into the engine
Coolant Recovery Bottle coolant recovery bottle.
3. When the level is correct,
{ Warning replace the dipstick and turn the
cap clockwise to secure.
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts. How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant contains ethylene glycol Radiator
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill { Warning
coolant on a hot engine.
You can be burned if you spill
4. There are maximum and coolant on hot engine parts.
minimum markings on the Coolant contains ethylene glycol
dipstick. When the engine is { Caution and it will burn if the engine parts
cold, the coolant level should be are hot enough. Do not spill
at or above the MIN mark on the This vehicle has a specific coolant on a hot engine.
dipstick. After the vehicle has coolant fill procedure. Failure to
been driven and the engine is at follow this procedure could cause
normal operating temperature, the engine to overheat and be
the level should be somewhere severely damaged. { Caution
between half full and the
maximum mark. This vehicle has a specific
Add coolant as follows: coolant fill procedure. Failure to
5. If the coolant level is correct, 1. Turn the engine coolant recovery follow this procedure could cause
replace the dipstick and turn the bottle dipstick cap the engine to overheat and be
cap clockwise to secure. counterclockwise and slowly pull severely damaged.
out the dipstick.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-33
If coolant is needed, add the proper 4. If there is no coolant visible or

{ Warning mixture directly to the radiator, but the level is low, slowly fill the
be sure the cooling system is cool system through the radiator cap
An electric engine cooling fan before this is done. opening with a 50/50 mixture of
under the hood can start up even DEX-COOL and clean drinkable
when the engine is not running If no coolant is visible in the engine
coolant recovery bottle, add coolant water.
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away as follows: Wait 30 seconds for coolant to
from any underhood electric fan. settle and continue filling if the
3.6L V6 Engine Fill Procedure level drops.
1. Locate the radiator cap. See Do not spill coolant on the
Engine Compartment Overview accessory drive belts.
{ Warning on page 10-6.
If a spill occurs, rinse the belt
2. Remove the engine cover to with fresh water.
Steam and scalding liquids from a access the radiator cap. See
hot cooling system can blow out Engine Cover on page 10-13. 5. Start the engine.
and burn you badly. They are
6. With the engine idling, continue
under pressure, and if you turn
to add coolant through the
the surge tank pressure
radiator cap opening until full.
cap — even a little — they can
come out at high speed. Never Wait 30 seconds for the coolant
turn the cap when the cooling to settle and top off, if the level
system, including the surge tank drops.
pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the 3. Cover the radiator cap with a 7. Once the system is full, put the
cooling system and surge tank thick cloth and turn it slowly radiator cap back on by turning
pressure cap to cool if you ever counterclockwise and remove. clockwise.
have to turn the pressure cap.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-34 Vehicle Care
8. With the engine still running, 13. Check the coolant level in the 3. If there is no coolant visible or
raise the engine to 2500 rpm for engine coolant recovery bottle the level is low, slowly fill the
30–40 seconds. and fill it until the level is at the system through the radiator cap
9. Turn the engine off. top symbol on the dipstick. opening with a 50/50 mixture of
clean, drinkable water and
10. Repeat Steps 2–7 then turn the 6.2L V8 and 7.0L V8 Engine Fill DEX-COOL coolant until full.
engine off. Procedure
Wait 30 seconds for coolant to
11. Allow engine to cool for 1. Locate the radiator cap. See
settle and top off if the level
45 minutes. Top off coolant Engine Compartment Overview drops.
through the radiator cap on page 10-6.
opening and reinstall the Do not spill coolant on the
radiator cap. accessory drive belts.
12. Reinstall the engine cover. See If a spill occurs, rinse the belt
Engine Cover on page 10-13. with fresh water.
4. Start the engine.
5. With the engine idling, top off the
2. Cover the radiator cap with a coolant through the radiator cap
thick cloth and turn it slowly opening until full.
counterclockwise and remove. Wait 30 seconds for the coolant
to settle and top off, if the level
drops.
6. Once the system is full, put the
radiator cap back on by turning
clockwise.
7. Turn the engine off.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-35
Engine Overheating
{ Caution
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of engine overheating. Running the engine without
coolant may cause damage or a
There is an engine coolant
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
temperature gauge on the vehicle
instrument panel. See Engine covered by the vehicle warranty.
Coolant Temperature Gauge on
page 5-12. If Steam Is Coming from the
If the decision is made not to lift the Engine Compartment
hood when this warning appears,
but instead get service help right
away. See Roadside Assistance
{ Warning
8. Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant recovery bottle Program on page 13-5. Steam from an overheated engine
and fill it until the level is at the If the decision is made to lift the can burn you badly, even if you
top mark on the dipstick. hood, make sure the vehicle is just open the hood. Stay away
parked on a level surface. from the engine if you see or hear
{ Caution Then check to see if the engine
steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from
If the pressure cap is not tightly cooling fans are running. If the the vehicle until it cools down.
installed, coolant loss and engine is overheating, both fans
Wait until there is no sign of
possible engine damage may should be running. If they are not,
steam or coolant before you open
occur. Be sure the cap is properly do not continue to run the engine
and have the vehicle serviced. the hood.
and tightly secured. (Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-36 Vehicle Care
If the overheat warning is displayed If there is no sign of steam, idle the

Warning (Continued) with no sign of steam: engine for three minutes while
1. Turn the air conditioning off. parked. If the warning is still
If you keep driving when the displayed, turn off the engine until it
engine is overheated, the liquids 2. Turn the heater on to the highest cools down.
in it can catch fire. You or others temperature and to the highest
could be badly burned. Stop the fan speed. Open the windows as Power Steering Fluid
engine if it overheats, and get out necessary.
of the vehicle until the engine (L99, LS3, ZL1 and Z/28)
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
is cool. the road, shift to P (Park) or The vehicle has electric power
N (Neutral) and let the steering and does not use power
engine idle. steering fluid.
If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment If the temperature overheat gauge is Power Steering
If an engine overheat warning is no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer Fluid (LFX)
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be displays, the vehicle can be driven.
too serious. Sometimes the engine Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
can get a little too hot when the for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle: vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. back on, continue to drive normally
. Stops after high-speed driving. and have the cooling system
checked for proper fill and function. The power steering fluid reservoir is
. Idles for long periods in traffic.
If the warning continues, pull over, under the engine cover on the driver
. Tows a trailer. stop, and park the vehicle side toward the front of the engine
right away. compartment. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10-6.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-37
When to Check Power Steering 5. Wipe the dipstick with a Washer Fluid
Fluid clean rag.
6. Replace the cap and completely
What to Use
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless tighten it. When windshield washer fluid is
you suspect there is a leak in the needed, be sure to read the
7. Remove the cap again and look
system or an unusual noise is at the fluid level on the dipstick. manufacturer's instructions before
heard. A fluid loss in this system use. If operating the vehicle in an
could indicate a problem. Have the area where the temperature can fall
system inspected and repaired. below freezing, use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against
How to Check Power Steering freezing.
Fluid
Adding Washer Fluid
Check the level after the vehicle has
been driven for at least 20 minutes When the engine is hot, the level
so the fluid is warm. should be at the hot MAX level.
To check the power steering fluid: When the engine is cold, the
fluid level should be between
1. Turn the ignition key to LOCK/ MIN and MAX on the dipstick.
OFF and let the engine
compartment cool down. What to Use
Open the cap with the washer
2. Remove the engine cover. See To determine what kind of fluid to symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
Engine Cover on page 10-13. use, see Recommended Fluids and the reservoir is full. See Engine
Lubricants on page 11-12. Always Compartment Overview on
3. Wipe the cap and the top of the
use the proper fluid. page 10-6 for reservoir location.
reservoir clean.
4. Turn the cap counterclockwise
and pull it straight up.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-38 Vehicle Care
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates

{ Caution can cause a brake squeal when the
Disc brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly
. Do not use engine coolant indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean
(antifreeze) in the windshield warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes.
washer. It can damage the are worn and new pads are needed.
windshield washer system The sound can come and go or be Properly torqued wheel nuts are
and paint. heard all the time when the vehicle necessary to help prevent brake
is moving, except when applying the pulsation. When tires are rotated,
. Do not mix water with inspect brake pads for wear and
ready-to-use washer fluid. brake pedal firmly.
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
Water can cause the solution proper sequence to torque
to freeze and damage the { Warning specifications. See Capacities and
washer fluid tank and other Specifications on page 12-2.
parts of the washer system. The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as
. When using concentrated complete sets.
not work well. That could lead to
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for a crash. When the brake wear
Brake Pedal Travel
adding water. warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal
. Fill the washer fluid tank only does not return to normal height,
three-quarters full when it is or if there is a rapid increase in
very cold. This allows for fluid pedal travel. This could be a sign
expansion if freezing occurs, { Caution that brake service may be required.
which could damage the tank
if it is completely full. Continuing to drive with worn-out Replacing Brake System Parts
brake pads could result in costly Always replace brake system parts
brake repair. with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-39
performance expected can change

. In addition, brake pad inspection There are only two reasons why the
in many other ways if the wrong is required any time the tires are fluid level in the reservoir might
replacement brake parts are removed. go down:
installed or parts are improperly The Z/28 has ceramic brake rotors. . The fluid level goes down
installed. Rotors should be visually inspected because of normal brake lining
Z/28 Brake Pad and when the brake pads are replaced. wear. When new linings are
The rotor can be reused if it is within installed, the fluid level goes
Rotor Wear specification. Rotor inspection and back up.
The Z/28 has electronic brake pad measuring methods can be found in
wear sensors. When the pads are the service manual. See Service
. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch
worn, a message displays in the Publications Ordering Information hydraulic system can also cause
Driver Information Center. See on page 13-11. a low fluid level. Have the brake/
Brake System Messages on clutch hydraulic system fixed,
since a leak means that sooner
page 5-33. Brake Fluid or later the brakes and/or clutch
Visual Inspection will not work well.
Periodic visual inspection of the Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.
brake pads is required to determine Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
when to replace the brake pads. If fluid is added when the linings are
. Brake pads can be visually worn, there will be too much fluid
inspected through the wheel by when new brake linings are
inspecting the outer brake pads installed. Add or remove brake fluid,
The brake/clutch master cylinder
at each wheel. as necessary, only when work is
reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
done on the brake/clutch hydraulic
. Brake pads should be replaced fluid as indicated on the reservoir
system.
when the pad lining is worn to cap. See Engine Compartment
2 mm of pad thickness. New Overview on page 10-6 for the
pads are 10 mm thick. location of the reservoir.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-40 Vehicle Care
{ Warning { Warning Caution (Continued)

If too much brake fluid is added, it With the wrong kind of fluid in the . If brake fluid is spilled on the
can spill on the engine and burn, brake/clutch hydraulic system, the vehicle's painted surfaces,
if the engine is hot enough. You brakes might not work well. This the paint finish can be
or others could be burned, and could cause a crash. Always use damaged. Be careful not to
the vehicle could be damaged. the proper brake/clutch fluid. spill brake fluid on the
Add brake fluid only when work is vehicle. If you do, wash it off
done on the brake/clutch immediately.
hydraulic system.
{ Caution Battery
. Using the wrong fluid can
When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a The original equipment battery is
low level, the brake warning light badly damage brake/clutch maintenance free. Do not remove
comes on. See Brake System hydraulic system parts. For the cap and do not add fluid.
Warning Light on page 5-19. example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as The battery is in the trunk, under the
What to Add engine oil, in the brake floor panel. Refer to the
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid hydraulic system can damage replacement number shown on the
from a sealed container. See brake hydraulic system parts original battery label when a new
Recommended Fluids and so badly that they will have to battery is needed.
Lubricants on page 11-12. be replaced. Do not let
someone put in the wrong
Always clean the brake/clutch fluid
kind of fluid.
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This (Continued)
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-41
Extended Storage: Remove the 1. Before starting this check, be

{ Warning black, negative (−) cable from the sure there is enough room
battery or use a battery trickle around the vehicle.
Battery posts, terminals, and charger.
related accessories contain lead 2. Apply both the parking brake
and lead compounds, chemicals and the regular brake.
Rear Axle
known to the State of California to Do not use the accelerator
cause cancer and reproductive When to Check Lubricant pedal, and be ready to turn off
harm. Wash hands after handling. the engine immediately if it
It is not necessary to regularly
starts.
check the rear axle fluid, unless a
Vehicle Storage leak is suspected or an unusual 3. For automatic transmission
noise is heard. A fluid loss could vehicles, try to start the engine
{ Warning indicate a problem. Have it
inspected and repaired by your
in each gear. The vehicle should
start only in P (Park) or
Batteries have acid that can burn dealer. N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
you and gas that can explode. in any other position, contact
You can be badly hurt if you are Starter Switch Check your dealer for service.
not careful. See Jump Starting on For manual transmission
page 10-95 for tips on working { Warning vehicles, put the shift lever in
around a battery without Neutral, push the clutch pedal
getting hurt. When you are doing this down halfway, and try to start
inspection, the vehicle could the engine. The vehicle should
move suddenly. If the vehicle start only when the clutch pedal
Infrequent Usage: Remove the moves, you or others could be is pushed down all the way to
black, negative (−) cable from the the floor. If the vehicle starts
injured.
battery to keep the battery from when the clutch pedal is not
running down. pushed all the way down,
contact your dealer for service.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-42 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission normal effort. If the shift lever Park Brake and P (Park)
moves out of P (Park), contact
Shift Lock Control your dealer for service.
Mechanism Check
Function Check
Ignition Transmission { Warning
{ Warning Lock Check When you are doing this check,
When you are doing this While parked and with the parking the vehicle could begin to move.
inspection, the vehicle could brake set, try to turn the ignition to You or others could be injured
move suddenly. If the vehicle LOCK/OFF in each shift lever and property could be damaged.
moves, you or others could be position. Make sure there is room in front
injured. . The ignition should turn to of the vehicle in case it begins to
LOCK/OFF only when the shift roll. Be ready to apply the regular
lever is in P (Park). brake at once should the vehicle
1. Before starting this check, be begin to move.
sure there is enough room . The ignition key should come
around the vehicle. It should be out only in LOCK/OFF.
parked on a level surface. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
Contact your dealer if service is vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
2. Apply the parking brake. Be required. your foot on the regular brake, set
ready to apply the regular brake
the parking brake.
immediately if the vehicle begins
to move. . To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
3. With the engine off, turn the
running and the transmission in
ignition on, but do not start the
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
engine. Without applying the
pressure from the regular brake
regular brake, try to move the
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
shift lever out of P (Park) with
held by the parking brake only.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-43

. To check the P (Park) warranty. Do not allow the wiper
mechanism's holding ability: blade arm to touch the
With the engine running, shift to windshield.
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
regular brake. blade replacement.
Contact your dealer if service is Windshield Replacement
required.
If the Head-Up display (HUD)
Wiper Blade Replacement system and the windshield need to
be replaced, get one that is
Windshield wiper blades should be designed for HUD or the HUD
inspected for wear and cracking. image may look out of focus.
See Maintenance Schedule on 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle
page 11-2 for more information. of the wiper blade where the
wiper arm attaches.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in 3. With the latch open, pull the
different ways. For proper type and wiper blade down toward the
length, see Maintenance windshield far enough to release
Replacement Parts on page 11-14. it from the J-hooked end of the
wiper arm.
To replace the windshield wiper
blade: 4. Remove the wiper blade.
1. Pull the windshield wiper Allowing the wiper blade arm to
assembly away from the touch the windshield when no
windshield. wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not
be covered by the vehicle
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-44 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10-47. { Warning
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb‐changing procedure The high intensity discharge
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact lighting system operates at a very
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
Halogen Bulbs you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
{ Warning technician service them.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you After an HID headlamp bulb has
drop or scratch the bulb. You or been replaced, the beam might be a
others could be injured. Be sure slightly different shade than it was
to read and follow the instructions originally. This is normal.
on the bulb package.
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal and Parking
Lamps (Uplevel Vehicle)
The uplevel model vehicle has an
HID headlamp and a turn signal
lamp on the headlamp assembly.
The parking lamp is also the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-45
function of the HID headlamp. See 7. Pull the duct back out of the air
High Intensity Discharge (HID) cleaner/filter housing until the
Lighting on page 10-44. tabs snap the duct back into
To replace the turn signal bulb: position.
1. Open the hood. See Hood on Headlamps, Front Turn

page 10-5.
Signal and Parking
Lamps (Base Vehicle)
The base model vehicle has a
halogen headlamp and a turn
signal/parking lamp on the
3. Disconnect the wiring harness headlamp assembly.
and turn the bulb socket To replace one of these bulbs:
counterclockwise to remove it
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
from the headlamp assembly.
page 10-5.
4. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
5. Push the new bulb into the
2. Press in on the tabs on the sides socket and reinstall the socket
of the duct, and then push the into the headlamp assembly by
duct rearward into the air turning it clockwise.
cleaner/filter housing. 6. Reconnect the electrical
connector.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-46 Vehicle Care
6. Reconnect the electrical 2. Remove the close out panel

connector. retainers to gain access to the
7. Pull the duct back out of the air bulb socket connectors.
cleaner/filter housing until the 3. Turn the bulb socket
tabs snap the duct back into counterclockwise to remove it.
position. 4. Pull the old bulb straight out of
the bulb socket.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
5. Push the new bulb straight into
and Stoplamps the bulb socket until it clicks.
To replace a taillamp, turn signal, 6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise
or stoplamp bulb: to reinstall.
2. Press in on the tabs on the sides 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
of the duct, and then push the page 2-10.
duct rearward into the air
cleaner/filter housing.
3. Disconnect the wiring harness
and turn the bulb socket
from the headlamp assembly.
4. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
5. Push the new bulb into the
socket and reinstall the socket
into the headlamp assembly by
turning it clockwise.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-47
License Plate Lamp 5. Push the bulb straight into the Bulb
socket and turn clockwise to Exterior Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs: Number
reinstall.
Rear Turn W21/5W
6. Reinstall the license plate lamp
Signal Lamp
by lifting it through the fascia
opening until the clip is in place.
For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.
Replacement Bulbs
Bulb
Exterior Lamp
Number
Front Parking and T20
Turn Signal Lamp
(Except ZL1)
Front Park and Turn 3457NAK
1. Unclip the license plate lamp Signal Lamp (ZL1)
from the fascia opening. Low-Beam H11LL
2. Pull the license plate lamp down Headlamp
through the fascia opening. High-Beam H9LL
3. Turn the bulb socket Headlamp
counterclockwise and pull the
License Plate Lamp W5WLL
bulb straight out of the lamp
socket. Rear Stoplamps T20
4. Install the new bulb. Rear Taillamp 7444LL
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-48 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit

An electrical overload may cause Breakers
Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away
The vehicle has fuses and circuit combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers to protect against an breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
electrical system overload. chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the
and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse.
until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted,
normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
greatly reduces the chance of circuit a bad fuse with a new one of the
Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating.
overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload
electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage can
Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. be temporarily borrowed from
power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes
from the windshield before using the out. Replace the fuse as soon as
Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. possible.
of the identical size and rating.
If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit
If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, see Engine
a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on
same amperage fuse can be page 10-49, Instrument Panel Fuse
borrowed. Choose some feature of Block on page 10-51, and Rear
the vehicle that is not needed to use Compartment Fuse Block on
and replace it as soon as possible. page 10-53.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-49
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
To remove the hinged fuse block

cover, press the clip at the front of
the cover, and swing it up.
{ Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
The vehicle may not be equipped
component. with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-50 Vehicle Care
J-Case Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

Fuses
5 Engine Control 19 Transmission
6 Wiper Module Main Control Module/
Ignition
12 Starter 7 Pre-Catalytic
Converter Oxygen 20 Engine Control
22 Brake
Sensor Module/Ignition
Vacuum Pump
8 Post-Catalytic 31 Outside Rearview
25 Power
Converter Oxygen Mirror
Windows Rear
Sensor
32 Canister Vent
26 Power Windows
9 Fuel Injectors Solenoid
Front
– Even
33 Body Control
27 Rear Defog
10 Fuel Injectors – Odd Module 6
41 Cooling Fan High
11 Cooling Fan Relay 34 Sunroof
43 Antilock Brake
14 Manifold Air Flow/ 35 Front Heated Seats
System Pump
Chassis Control
38 Washer Pump Front
44 Cooling Fan Low
15 Ignition
40 Antilock Brake
Mini Fuses Usage 16 Run/Crank IP System Valves
1 Air Conditioning 17 Sensing Diagnostic 46 HID Headlamp –

Compressor Clutch Module/Ignition Left Front
2 Transmission 18 Run/Crank Body 47 HID Headlamp –

Control Module Right Front
3 Intercooler Pump 50 Fog Lamps

7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-51
Mini Fuses Usage Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

51 Horn
Relays Block
K69 Wiper Control
52 Spare
K613 Cooling Fan Low
55 High-Beam
Headlamp – Right K617 Air Conditioning
Front Compressor Clutch
56 High-Beam K619 Wiper Speed
Headlamp – Left
K627 High Intensity
Front
Discharge
61 Heated Mirror Headlamps
K632 Brake
Mini Relays Usage Vacuum Pump
K26 Powertrain K641 Intercooler Pump The instrument panel fuse block is
K50 Run/Crank on the end of the instrument panel,
K55 Rear Defog on the driver side of the vehicle. To
access the fuses, open the fuse
K612 Cooling Fan High panel door by pulling out.
K614 Cooling Fan Control To reinstall the door, push the door
back into its original location.
Micro Usage
Relays
K61 Starter
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-52 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F6 Body Control
Module 2
F8 Battery
F9 Spare
F10 Spare
F11 Spare
F12 Spare
F13 Display
F14 OnStar® Universal
Hands-Free Phone
(If Equipped)
F15 Body Control
Module 3
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and F16 Body Control
features shown. F3 Airbag Module 4
Fuses Usage F4 Cluster F17 Power Outlet 1
F1 Discrete Logic F5 Heating Ventilation F18 Power Outlet 2
Ignition Switch Air Conditioning F19 Steering Wheel
Controller Controls Backlight
F2 Diagnostic Link
Connector F20 Spare
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-53
Fuses Usage Relays Usage net retainers, the rear sill plate, and
the passenger side trim retainers,
F21 Spare K10 Retained Accessory then swing the trim out of the way.
Power
F22 Spare
K609 Trunk
F23 Trunk
SPARE SPARE
F24 Automatic Occupant
Sensing
Rear Compartment Fuse
F25 Body Control
Module 1 Block
F27 Body Control
Module 8
F28 Front Heater,
Ventilation, and Air
Conditioning
F29 Spare
F30 Body Control
Module 7
Circuit Usage
Breakers
The rear compartment fuse block is
CB7 Passenger Seat
on the right side of the trunk behind
CB26 Driver Seat a cover. Remove the convenience
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-54 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F7 Real Time Damping
F8 Active Exhaust
Flapper
F9 Spare 4
F10 Engine Control
Module/Battery
F11 Regulated Voltage
Control
F12 Fuel System Control
Module
Relays Usage
R1 Spare
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage R2 Active Exhaust
with all of the fuses, relays, and Flapper
features shown. F2 Amplifier
Fuses Usage F3 Radio
F1 Universal Remote F4 Convertible Top 1
System/Rear F5 Convertible Top 2
Parking Assist/
Inside Rearview F6 Spare 1
Mirror
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-55
Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Tires and a serious crash. See . Worn or old tires can
Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on cause a crash. If the tread
high-quality tires made by a page 9-14. is badly worn,
leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose replace them.
the warranty manual for the same danger as . Replace any tires that
information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The have been damaged by
warranty and where to get resulting crash could impacts with potholes,
service. For additional cause serious injury. curbs, etc.
information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently . Improperly repaired tires
manufacturer. to maintain the can cause a crash. Only
recommended pressure. the dealer or an
{ Warning Tire pressure should be authorized tire service
checked when the tires center should repair,
. Poorly maintained and are cold.
improperly used tires are replace, dismount, and
dangerous.
. Overinflated tires are more mount the tires.
likely to be cut, punctured, . Do not spin the tires in
. Overloading the tires can or broken by a sudden
cause overheating as a excess of 56 km/h
impact — such as when (35 mph) on slippery
result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep
There could be a blowout surfaces such as snow,
tires at the recommended mud, ice, etc. Excessive
(Continued) pressure. spinning may cause the
(Continued) tires to explode.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-56 Vehicle Care

. Use only radial ply tires of the
All-Season Tires Winter Tires same size, load range, and
This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally speed rating as the original
all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter equipment tires.
designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased
Winter tires with the same speed
performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered
rating as the original equipment tires
and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered
tires with a lower speed rating are
have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer
chosen, never exceed the tire's
molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire
maximum speed capability.
equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection.
identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires on
of this TPC code, which will page 10-73. Low-Profile Tires
be “MS.” With winter tires, there may be If the vehicle has 305/30ZR19
Consider installing winter tires on decreased dry road traction, size tires, they are classified as
the vehicle if frequent driving on increased road noise, and shorter low-profile tires.
snow or ice-covered roads is tread life. After changing to winter
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
{ Caution
winter driving conditions, but they If using winter tires: Low-profile tires are more
may not offer the same level of susceptible to damage from road
traction or performance as winter . Use tires of the same brand and hazards or curb impact than
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. tread type on all four wheel standard profile tires. Tire and/or
See Winter Tires on page 10-56. positions. wheel assembly damage can
occur when coming into contact
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-57
cold climates, heavy rain, and

Caution (Continued) standing water. We recommend Warning (Continued)
installing winter tires on the vehicle
with road hazards like potholes, when driving at temperatures below driven on snow, ice, or road
or sharp edged objects, or when approximately 10°C (50°F) or on ice surfaces below 10°C (50°F). Do
sliding into a curb. The warranty or snow covered roads. See Winter not drive a vehicle with
does not cover this type of Tires on page 10-56. competition oriented tires in these
damage. Keep tires set to the conditions.
correct inflation pressure and
when possible, avoid contact with
{ Warning
curbs, potholes, and other road Driving on wet roads, in heavy
hazards. rain, or through standing water
{ Caution
with competition oriented tires Competition oriented tires have
may cause hydroplaning and loss rubber compounds that lose
Competition Oriented of control. Use extreme caution flexibility and may develop
Tires and drive slowly on wet roads. surface cracks in the tread area
This vehicle may come with 305/ at temperatures below -7°C (20°
30ZR19 competition oriented tires F). Always store competition
that are DOT approved for street
use. Competition oriented tires use { Warning oriented tires indoors and at
temperatures above -7°C (20°F)
a special tread pattern and Driving with competition oriented when not in use. If the tires have
compound that provide more grip tires on snow, ice, or cold road been subjected to -7°C (20°F) or
than normal road tires. The less, let them warm up in a
surfaces can cause loss of control
minimum tread depth will be heated space to at least 10°C
or an accident. Competition
reached earlier than typical tires, (50°F) for 24 hours or more
resulting in reduced tire life. This oriented tires are summer season
tires and are not intended to be before being installed or driving a
special tread pattern and compound
will have decreased performance in (Continued) (Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-58 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
on ice or snow covered roads is Tire Sidewall Labeling
expected. See Winter Tires on
page 10-56. Useful information about a tire is
vehicle on which they are molded into its sidewall. The
installed. Do not apply heat or
blow heated air directly on the { Caution examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
tires. Always inspect tires before High performance summer tires compact spare tire sidewall.
use. See Tire Inspection on have rubber compounds that lose
page 10-70. flexibility and may develop
surface cracks in the tread area
Summer Tires at temperatures below -7°C (20°
F). Always store high
High Performance Summer Tires performance summer tires
This vehicle may come with 245/ indoors and at temperatures
45ZR20 and 275/40ZR20, 245/ above -7°C (20°F) when not in
40ZR21 and 275/35ZR21, or 285/ use. If the tires have been
35ZR20 and 305/35ZR20 high subjected to -7°C (20°F) or less,
performance summer tires. These let them warm up in a heated
tires have a special tread and space to at least 5°C (40°F) for
compound that are optimized for 24 hours or more before being Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
maximum dry and wet road installed or driving a vehicle on
performance. This special tread and which they are installed. Do not (1) Tire Size: The tire size is a
compound will have decreased apply heat or blow heated air combination of letters and
performance in cold climates, and directly on the tires. Always numbers used to define a
on ice and snow. We recommend inspect tires before use. See Tire particular tire's width, height,
installing winter tires on the vehicle Inspection on page 10-70. aspect ratio, construction type,
if frequent driving at temperatures
below approximately 5°C (40°F) or
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-59
and service description. See the digits represent the week (01– performance factors: treadwear,
“Tire Size” illustration later in this 52) and the last two digits, the traction, and temperature
section. year. For example, the third resistance. For more information
(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would see Uniform Tire Quality
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date Grading on page 10-75.
Specification): Original of 0310. (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load that
GM's specific tire performance (TIN): The letters and numbers can be carried and the
criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed to
code molded onto the sidewall. of Transportation) code are the support that load.
GM's TPC specifications meet or Tire Identification Number (TIN).
exceed all federal safety The TIN shows the
guidelines. manufacturer and plant code,
(3) DOT (Department of tire size, and date the tire was
Transportation): The manufactured. The TIN is
Department of Transportation molded onto both sides of the
(DOT) code indicates that the tire, although only one side may
tire is in compliance with the have the date of manufacture.
U.S. Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
Transportation Motor Vehicle of cord and number of plies in
Safety Standards. the sidewall and under the tread.
DOT Tire Date of (6) Uniform Tire Quality Compact Spare Tire Example
Manufacture: The last four Grading (UTQG): Tire (1) Tire Ply Material : The type
digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufacturers are required to of cord and number of plies in
manufactured date. The first two grade tires based on three the sidewall and under the tread.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-60 Vehicle Care
(2) Temporary Use Only: The (4) Maximum Cold Inflation criteria have a TPC specification
compact spare tire or temporary Load Limit: Maximum load that code molded onto the sidewall.
use tire should not be driven at can be carried and the GM's TPC specifications meet or
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). maximum pressure needed to exceed all federal safety
The compact spare tire is for support that load. guidelines.
emergency use when a regular (5) Tire Inflation: The
road tire has lost air and gone temporary use tire or compact Tire Designations
flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size
spare tire, see Compact Spare 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
Tire on page 10-94 and If a Tire The following is an example of a
information on tire pressure and
Goes Flat on page 10-78. typical passenger vehicle
inflation see Tire Pressure on
tire size.
(3) Tire Identification Number page 10-64.
(TIN): The letters and numbers (6) Tire Size: A combination of
following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a
of Transportation) code are the tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
Tire Identification Number (TIN). construction type, and service
The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the
manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size
tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
manufactured. The TIN is use only. The United States version of a
molded onto both sides of the metric tire sizing system. The
tire, although only one side may (7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in
have the date of manufacture. Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger
Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-61
vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of automatic transmission, power
standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air
and Rim Association. (6) Service Description: These conditioning.
(2) Tire Width: The three-digit characters represent the load Aspect Ratio: The relationship
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width.
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents Belt: A rubber coated layer of
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire cords between the plies and the
(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed tread. Cords may be made from
number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a steel or other reinforcing
height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. materials.
For example, if the tire size Bead: The tire bead contains
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Tire Terminology and
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel
item 3 of the illustration, it would cords that hold the tire onto
mean that the tire's sidewall is Air Pressure: The amount of the rim.
60 percent as high as it is wide. air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire
(4) Construction Code: A letter in which the plies are laid at
code is used to indicate the type the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
of ply construction in the tire. 90 degrees to the centerline of
The letter R means radial ply or psi (pounds per square inch).
the tread.
construction; the letter D means Accessory Weight: The
diagonal or bias ply combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The
construction; and the letter B accessories. Some examples of amount of air pressure in a tire,
means belted-bias ply optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
construction. or psi (pounds per square inch)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-62 Vehicle Care
before a tire has built up heat GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure:
from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to
on page 10-64. Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated.
Curb Weight: The weight of a page 9-14. The maximum air pressure is
motor vehicle with standard and GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall.
optional equipment including the Rating for the rear axle. See Maximum Load Rating: The
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Vehicle Load Limits on load rating for a tire at the
and coolant, but without page 9-14. maximum permissible inflation
passengers and cargo. Intended Outboard Sidewall : pressure for that tire.
DOT Markings: A code molded The side of an asymmetrical tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle
into the sidewall of a tire that must always face outward Weight: The sum of curb
signifying that the tire is in when mounted on a vehicle. weight, accessory weight,
compliance with the U.S. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric vehicle capacity weight, and
Department of Transportation unit for air pressure. production options weight.
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Normal Occupant Weight: The
Standards. The DOT code Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle
includes the Tire Identification is designed to seat multiplied by
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric some multipurpose passenger
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
designator which can also Limits on page 9-14.
identify the tire manufacturer, Load Index: An assigned
production plant, brand, and number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution :
date of production. that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall: The
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits side of an asymmetrical tire that
on page 9-14. has a particular side that faces
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-63
outward when mounted on a Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm
vehicle. The side of the tire that tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
contains a whitewall, bears extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires
white lettering, or bears 90 degrees to the centerline of on page 10-72.
manufacturer, brand, and/or the tread. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
model name molding that is Rim: A metal support for a tire Grading Standards): A tire
higher or deeper than the same and upon which the tire beads information system that provides
moldings on the other sidewall are seated. consumers with ratings for a
of the tire. tire's traction, temperature, and
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A between the tread and the bead. treadwear. Ratings are
tire used on passenger cars and determined by tire
some light duty trucks and Speed Rating: An manufacturers using
multipurpose vehicles. alphanumeric code assigned to government testing procedures.
a tire indicating the maximum The ratings are molded into the
Recommended Inflation speed at which a tire can
Pressure: Vehicle sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
operate. Tire Quality Grading on
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown Traction: The friction between page 10-75.
on the tire placard. See Tire the tire and the road surface. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The
Pressure on page 10-64 and The amount of grip provided. number of designated seating
Vehicle Load Limits on Tread: The portion of a tire that positions multiplied by
page 9-14. comes into contact with 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
the road. cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-64 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Maximum Load on the The Tire and Loading

Tire: Load on an individual tire { Caution Information label on the vehicle
due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment
weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire
cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The
Vehicle Placard: A label that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the
permanently attached to a can result in: minimum air pressure needed to
vehicle showing the vehicle support the vehicle's maximum
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See
capacity weight and the original overheating which could
equipment tire size and Vehicle Load Limits on
lead to a blowout. page 9-14.
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
. Premature or How the vehicle is loaded
Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear. affects vehicle handling and ride
Load Limits on page 9-14. . Poor handling. comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
Tire Pressure
. Reduced fuel economy. designed to carry.
Overinflated tires, or tires that
Tires need the correct amount of When to Check
have too much air, can
air pressure to operate
result in: Check the tires once a month or
effectively.
. Unusual wear. more. Do not forget the compact
spare, if the vehicle has one.
. Poor handling. The cold compact spare tire
. Rough ride. pressure should be at 420 kPa
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
. Needless damage from Tire on page 10-94.
road hazards.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-65
How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with

the tire gauge. Warning (Continued)
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the the tires are rated for high-speed
Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to prevent leaks operation, in excellent condition,
determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture. and set to the correct cold tire
Check the tire inflation pressure inflation pressure for the
when the tires are cold, meaning Tire Pressure for vehicle load.
the vehicle has not been driven High-Speed Operation
for at least three hours or no Vehicles with 245/45ZR20 103Y,
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). { Warning P245/50ZR19 104W, 275/
40ZR20 106Y, 285/35ZR20 (100Y),
Remove the valve cap from the and 305/35ZR20 (104Y) size tires,
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
tire valve stem. Press the tire have tires capable of high
(100 mph) or higher, puts an
gauge firmly onto the valve to speed use.
additional strain on tires.
get a pressure measurement. Sustained high-speed driving Make sure vehicles with 245/
If the cold tire inflation pressure causes excessive heat buildup 45ZR20 103Y, P245/50ZR19 104W
matches the recommended and can cause sudden tire failure. and 275/40ZR20 106Y size tires are
pressure on the Tire and You could have a crash and you inflated to the recommended cold
Loading Information label, no or others could be killed. Some inflation pressures before operating
further adjustment is necessary. high-speed rated tires require the vehicle at speeds over 160 km/h
If the inflation pressure is low, inflation pressure adjustment for (100 mph). See Vehicle Load Limits
add air until the recommended high-speed operation. When on page 9-14 and Tire Pressure on
pressure is reached. If the speed limits and road conditions page 10-64.
inflation pressure is high, press are such that a vehicle can be Make sure vehicles with 285/
on the metal stem in the center driven at high speeds, make sure 35ZR20 (100Y), and 305/35ZR20
of the tire valve to release air. (Continued) (104Y) size tires are inflated to
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-66 Vehicle Care
300 kPa (44 psi) before operating Each tire, including the spare (if tread life, and may affect the
the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h provided), should be checked vehicle's handling and stopping
(100 mph) or higher. monthly when cold and inflated to ability.
Make sure vehicles with 305/ the inflation pressure recommended Please note that the TPMS is not a
30ZR19 (102Y) size tires are by the vehicle manufacturer on the substitute for proper tire
inflated to 340 kPa (50 psi) before vehicle placard or tire inflation maintenance, and it is the driver's
operating the vehicle at speeds of pressure label. (If your vehicle has responsibility to maintain correct tire
160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. tires of a different size than the size pressure, even if under-inflation has
indicated on the vehicle placard or not reached the level to trigger
Return the tires to the tire inflation pressure label, you
recommended cold tire inflation illumination of the TPMS low tire
should determine the proper tire pressure telltale.
pressure when high-speed driving inflation pressure for those tires.)
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits Your vehicle has also been
on page 9-14 and Tire Pressure on As an added safety feature, your equipped with a TPMS malfunction
page 10-64. vehicle has been equipped with a indicator to indicate when the
tire pressure monitoring system system is not operating properly.
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
System of your tires is significantly telltale. When the system detects a
The Tire Pressure Monitor System under-inflated. malfunction, the telltale will flash for
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor Accordingly, when the low tire approximately one minute and then
technology to check tire pressure pressure telltale illuminates, you remain continuously illuminated.
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor should stop and check your tires as This sequence will continue upon
the air pressure in your tires and soon as possible, and inflate them subsequent vehicle start-ups as
transmit tire pressure readings to a to the proper pressure. Driving on a long as the malfunction exists.
receiver located in the vehicle. significantly under-inflated tire When the malfunction indicator is
causes the tire to overheat and can illuminated, the system may not be
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation able to detect or signal low tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-67
pressure as intended. TPMS and wheel assembly. The TPMS tires are inflated to the correct
malfunctions may occur for a variety sensors monitor the air pressure in inflation pressure. Using the DIC,
of reasons, including the installation the tires and transmit the tire tire pressure levels can be viewed.
of replacement or alternate tires or pressure readings to a receiver For additional information and
wheels on the vehicle that prevent located in the vehicle. details about the DIC operation and
the TPMS from functioning properly. displays see Driver Information
Always check the TPMS malfunction Center (DIC) on page 5-24.
telltale after replacing one or more The low tire pressure warning light
tires or wheels on your vehicle to may come on in cool weather when
ensure that the replacement or the vehicle is first started, and then
alternate tires and wheels allow the turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
TPMS to continue to function could be an early indicator that the
properly. When a low tire pressure condition air pressure is getting low and must
See Tire Pressure Monitor is detected, the TPMS illuminates be inflated to the proper pressure.
Operation on page 10-67. the low tire pressure warning light
A Tire and Loading Information label
located on the instrument cluster.
See Radio Frequency Statement on shows the size of the original
If the warning light comes on, stop
page 13-12. equipment tires and the correct
as soon as possible and inflate the
inflation pressure for the tires when
tires to the recommended pressure
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14, for an example
Operation Information label. See Vehicle Load
of the Tire and Loading Information
Limits on page 9-14.
This vehicle may have a Tire label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in Pressure on page 10-64.
The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver
driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC) display.
condition exists. TPMS sensors are The low tire pressure warning light
mounted onto each tire and wheel and the DIC warning message come
assembly, excluding the spare tire on at each ignition cycle until the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-68 Vehicle Care
The TPMS can warn about a low sensors. See Tire Sealant and matching process is performed
tire pressure condition but it does Compressor Kit on page 10-80 for successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
not replace normal tire information regarding the inflator kit Matching Process" later in this
maintenance. See Tire Inspection materials and instructions. section.
on page 10-70, Tire Rotation on . The TPMS sensor matching
page 10-70 and Tires on TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message process was not done or not
page 10-55. completed successfully after
The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The
{ Caution if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
Tire sealant materials are not all system detects a malfunction, the successfully completing the
the same. A non-approved tire low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. See
sealant could damage the TPMS about one minute and then stays on "TPMS Sensor Matching
sensors. TPMS sensor damage for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section.
caused by using an incorrect tire cycle. A DIC warning message also
displays. The malfunction light and
. One or more TPMS sensors are
sealant is not covered by the
DIC warning message come on at missing or damaged. The DIC
vehicle warranty. Always use only
each ignition cycle until the problem message and the malfunction
the GM approved tire sealant light should go off when the
available through your dealer or is corrected. Some of the conditions
that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and
included in the vehicle. the sensor matching process is
on are:
performed successfully. See
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
. One of the road tires has been your dealer for service.
use a GM-approved liquid tire replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
. Replacement tires or wheels do
sealant. Using non-approved tire not match the original equipment
sealants could damage the TPMS TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
go off after the road tire is other than those recommended
replaced and the sensor
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-69
could prevent the TPMS from at the next ignition cycle. The 3. Use the MENU button to select
functioning properly. See Buying sensors are matched to the tire/ the Vehicle Information menu in
New Tires on page 10-73. wheel positions, using a TPMS the Driver Information
. Operating electronic devices or relearn tool, in the following order: Center (DIC).
being near facilities using radio driver side front tire, passenger side 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to
wave frequencies similar to the front tire, passenger side rear tire, the Tire Pressure Menu item
TPMS could cause the TPMS and driver side rear. See your screen.
sensors to malfunction. dealer for service or to purchase a
relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool 5. Press the SET/CLR button to
If the TPMS is not functioning can also be purchased. See Tire begin the sensor matching
properly, it cannot detect or signal a Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation process.
low tire condition. See your dealer Tool at A message requesting
for service if the TPMS malfunction www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or acceptance of the process
light and DIC message come on call 1-800-GM TOOLS should display.
and stay on. (1-800-468-6657).
6. Press the SET/CLR button again
TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the to confirm the selection.
Process first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four The horn sounds twice to signal
Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes the receiver is in relearn mode
identification code. The identification longer, the matching process stops and the TIRE LEARNING
code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted. ACTIVE message displays on
tire/wheel position after rotating the the DIC screen.
tires or replacing one or more of the The TPMS sensor matching
process is: 7. Start with the driver side
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
front tire.
matching process should also be 1. Set the parking brake.
performed after replacing a spare 8. Place the relearn tool against
tire with a road tire containing the 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the tire sidewall, near the valve
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light the engine off. stem. Then press the button to
and the DIC message should go off activate the TPMS sensor.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-70 Vehicle Care
A horn chirp confirms that the Tire Inspection

. The tire has a puncture, cut,
sensor identification code has or other damage that cannot
been matched to this tire and We recommend that the tires, be repaired well because of
wheel position. including the spare tire, if the the size or location of the
9. Proceed to the passenger side vehicle has one, be inspected damage.
front tire, and repeat the for signs of wear or damage at
procedure in Step 8. least once a month. Tire Rotation
10. Proceed to the passenger side Replace the tire if: If the vehicle has non-directional
rear tire, and repeat the . The indicators at three or tires, they should be rotated
procedure in Step 8. every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. See
more places around the tire
11. Proceed to the driver side rear can be seen. Maintenance Schedule on
tire, and repeat the procedure page 11-2.
in Step 8. The horn sounds two
. There is cord or fabric
times to indicate the sensor showing through the tire's Tires are rotated to achieve a
identification code has been rubber. uniform wear for all tires. The
matched to the driver side rear first rotation is the most
. The tread or sidewall is important.
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or Anytime unusual wear is
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC fabric. noticed, rotate the tires as soon
display screen goes off. as possible, check for proper tire
. The tire has a bump, bulge, inflation pressure, and check for
12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. or split. damaged tires or wheels. If the
13. Set all four tires to the unusual wear continues after the
recommended air pressure rotation, check the wheel
level as indicated on the Tire alignment.
and Loading Information label.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-71
See When It Is Time for New Use this rotation pattern if the Adjust the front and rear tires to
Tires on page 10-72 and Wheel vehicle has different size tires the recommended inflation
Replacement on page 10-77. on the front and rear and they pressure on the Tire and
Directional tires should not be are non-directional. Loading Information label after
rotated. Each tire and wheel Different tire sizes should not be the tires have been rotated. See
should be used only in the rotated front to rear. Tire Pressure on page 10-64
position it is in. Directional tires and Vehicle Load Limits on
will have an arrow on the tire page 9-14.
indicating the proper direction of Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
rotation or will have “left” or System. See Tire Pressure
“right” molded on the sidewall. Monitor Operation on
page 10-67.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications on
page 12-2.
Use this rotation pattern when { Warning

rotating tires of the same size
installed on all four wheel Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
positions. parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
If the vehicle has a compact after time. The wheel could come
spare tire, do not include it in the (Continued)
tire rotation.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-72 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is
off and cause an accident. When Factors such as maintenance, never used. Multiple factors
changing a wheel, remove any temperatures, driving speeds, including temperatures, loading
rust or dirt from places where the vehicle loading, and road conditions conditions, and inflation pressure
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In affect the wear rate of the tires. maintenance affect how fast aging
an emergency, a cloth or a paper takes place. GM recommends that
towel can be used; however, use tires, including the spare if
a scraper or wire brush later to equipped, be replaced after six
remove all rust or dirt. years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Lightly coat the center of the Number (TIN) which is molded into
wheel hub with wheel bearing one side of the tire sidewall. The
grease after a wheel change or first two digits represent the week
tire rotation to prevent corrosion (01–52) and the last two digits, the
or rust build-up. Do not get year. For example, the third week of
grease on the flat wheel the year 2010 would have a
mounting surface or on the four-digit DOT date of 0310.
wheel nuts or bolts. Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage
tell when it is time for new tires. Tires age when stored normally
Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at
or less of tread remaining. See Tire least a month in a cool, dry, clean
Inspection on page 10-70 and Tire area away from direct sunlight to
Rotation on page 10-70. slow aging. This area should be free
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-73
of grease, gasoline, or other the overall performance of the replaced at the same time.
substances that can deteriorate vehicle, including brake system If proper rotation and
rubber. performance, ride and handling, maintenance have been done,
Parking for an extended period can traction control, and tire all four tires should wear out at
cause flat spots on the tires that pressure monitoring about the same time. See Tire
may result in vibrations while performance. GM's TPC Spec Rotation on page 10-70.
driving. When storing a vehicle for number is molded onto the tire's However, if it is necessary to
at least a month, remove the tires or sidewall near the tire size. If the replace only one axle set of
raise the vehicle to reduce the tires have an all-season tread worn tires, place the new tires
weight from the tires.
design, the TPC Spec number on the rear axle.
Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud Winter tires with the same speed
and snow. Although developed rating as the original equipment
GM has developed and matched to comply with GM's TPC Spec, tires may not be available for H,
specific tires for the vehicle. The vehicles equipped with 305/ V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
original equipment tires installed 30ZR19 tires will not have a tires. Never exceed the winter
were designed to meet General TPC Spec number molded onto tires’ maximum speed capability
Motors Tire Performance Criteria the sidewall. See Tire Sidewall when using winter tires with a
Specification (TPC Spec) Labeling on page 10-58. lower speed rating.
system rating. When
GM recommends replacing worn
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
tires in complete sets of four. { Warning
Uniform tread depth on all tires
buying tires with the same TPC Tires could explode during
will help to maintain the
Spec rating. improper service. Attempting
performance of the vehicle.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec Braking and handling to mount or dismount a tire
system considers over a dozen performance may be adversely (Continued)
critical specifications that impact affected if all the tires are not
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-74 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Information label indicates the
could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving. original equipment tires on the
Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash. on page 9-14.
mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle. Different Size Tires and
Wheels
{ Warning If the vehicle tires must be If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
replaced with a tire that does not
Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
brands, or types may cause performance, including its braking,
sure they are the same size,
loss of control of the vehicle, ride and handling characteristics,
load range, speed rating, and stability, and resistance to rollover
resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the may be affected. If the vehicle has
vehicle damage. Use the original tires. electronic systems such as antilock
correct size, brand, and type brakes, rollover airbags, traction
of tires on all wheels. Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
could give an inaccurate
of these systems can also be
low-pressure warning if non-TPC affected.
{ Warning Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Using bias-ply tires on the
System on page 10-66.
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-75
treadwear, traction, and Quality grades can be found

{ Warning temperature performance. This where applicable on the tire
If different sized wheels are used, applies only to vehicles sold in sidewall between tread shoulder
there may not be an acceptable the United States. The grades and maximum section width. For
level of performance and safety if are molded on the sidewalls of example:
tires not recommended for those most passenger car tires. The Treadwear 200 Traction AA
wheels are selected. This Uniform Tire Quality Grading Temperature A
increases the chance of a crash (UTQG) system does not apply
and serious injury. Only use GM to deep tread, winter tires, All Passenger Car Tires Must
specific wheel and tire systems compact spare tires, tires with Conform to Federal Safety
developed for the vehicle, and nominal rim diameters of Requirements In Addition To
have them properly installed by a 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), These Grades.
GM certified technician. or to some limited-production Treadwear
tires.
The treadwear grade is a
See Buying New Tires on While the tires available on
page 10-73 and Accessories and
comparative rating based on the
General Motors passenger cars wear rate of the tire when tested
Modifications on page 10-3.
and light trucks may vary with under controlled conditions on a
respect to these grades, they specified government test
Uniform Tire Quality must also conform to federal course. For example, a tire
Grading safety requirements and graded 150 would wear one and
The following information relates additional General Motors Tire one-half (1½) times as well on
to the system developed by the Performance Criteria (TPC) the government course as a tire
United States National Highway standards. graded 100. The relative
Traffic Safety Administration performance of tires depends
(NHTSA), which grades tires by upon the actual conditions of
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-76 Vehicle Care
their use, however, and may Temperature overloaded. Excessive speed,

depart significantly from the The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive
norm due to variations in driving (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in
habits, service practices and representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat
differences in road to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure.
characteristics and climate. ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled Wheel Alignment and Tire
Traction
conditions on a specified indoor Balance
The traction grades, from
laboratory test wheel. Sustained The tires and wheels were aligned
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
high temperature can cause the and balanced at the factory to
and C. Those grades represent
material of the tire to degenerate provide the longest tire life and best
the tire's ability to stop on wet overall performance. Adjustments to
and reduce tire life, and
pavement as measured under wheel alignment and tire balancing
excessive temperature can lead
controlled conditions on are not necessary on a regular
to sudden tire failure. The grade
specified government test basis. Consider an alignment check
C corresponds to a level of
surfaces of asphalt and if there is unusual tire wear or the
performance which all vehicle is significantly pulling to one
concrete. A tire marked C may
passenger car tires must meet side or the other. Some slight pull to
have poor traction performance.
under the Federal Motor Safety the left or right, depending on the
Warning: The traction grade
Standard No. 109. Grades B and crown of the road and/or other road
assigned to this tire is based on
A represent higher levels of surface variations such as troughs
straight-ahead braking traction
performance on the laboratory or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
tests, and does not include vibrating when driving on a smooth
test wheel than the minimum
acceleration, cornering, road, the tires and wheels may need
required by law. Warning: The
hydroplaning, or peak traction to be rebalanced. See your dealer
temperature grade for this tire is
characteristics. for proper diagnosis.
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-77
Wheel Replacement Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or Using the wrong replacement { Warning
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
Replacing a wheel with a used
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts can be dangerous. It could
one is dangerous. How it has
wheel nuts should be replaced. affect the braking and handling of
If the wheel leaks air, replace it. been used or how far it has been
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
Some aluminum wheels can be driven may be unknown. It could
and cause loss of control, causing
repaired. See your dealer if any of fail suddenly and cause a crash.
a crash. Always use the correct
these conditions exist. When replacing wheels, use a
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
new GM original equipment
Your dealer will know the kind of nuts for replacement.
wheel.
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity, { Caution Tire Chains
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning
replaces. problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or Do not use tire chains. There is
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
odometer calibration, headlamp not enough clearance. Tire chains
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new aim, rear differential, bumper used on a vehicle without the
GM original equipment parts. height, vehicle ground clearance, proper amount of clearance can
and tire or tire chain clearance to cause damage to the brakes,
the body and chassis. suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10-78 for more information. (Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-78 Vehicle Care
If a Tire Goes Flat

Warning (Continued) { Warning
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
control and a crash. Use another while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
type of traction device only if its are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire.
manufacturer recommends it for on page 10-55. If air goes out of a Re-inflating a tire after it has been
the vehicle's tire size combination tire, it is much more likely to leak driven on while severely
and road conditions. Follow that out slowly. But if there is ever a underinflated or flat may cause a
manufacturer's instructions. To blowout, here are a few tips about blowout and a serious crash.
avoid vehicle damage, drive what to expect and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
slowly and readjust or remove the If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while
traction device if it contacts the creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat.
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized
If traction devices are used, install the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or
them on the rear tires. steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as
maintain lane position, and then possible.
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
{ Warning
may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under
used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is
accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the
straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with
to a stop, well off the road,
the vehicle, it is designed only for
if possible.
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-79
and compressor kit, see Tire

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10-80.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
anything else, you or others could When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
2. Put an automatic use the following example as a
be badly injured or killed if the transmission in P (Park) or a
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack guide to assist you in the placement
manual transmission in of wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
is provided with the vehicle, only 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
use it for changing a flat tire.
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire is raised.
and wheel damage by driving slowly
4. Do not allow passengers to
to a level place, well off the road,
remain in the vehicle.
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard 5. Place wheel blocks,
Warning Flashers on page 6-4. if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
{ Warning corner of the tire being
changed.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip The following information explains
This vehicle may come with a jack
off the jack and roll over or fall how to repair or change a tire.
and spare tire or a tire sealant and
causing injury or death. Find a compressor kit. To use the jacking
level place to change the tire. To equipment to change a spare tire
help prevent the vehicle from safely, follow the instructions below.
moving: Then see Tire Changing on
(Continued) page 10-88. To use the tire sealant
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-80 Vehicle Care
Tire Sealant and Warning (Continued)

If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
compressor kit, there may not be a
Compressor Kit spare tire or tire changing
and compressor kit instructions equipment, and on some vehicles
{ Warning and inflate the tire to its
recommended pressure. Do not
there may not be a place to store
a tire.
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed exceed the recommended
area with poor ventilation is pressure. The tire sealant and compressor
dangerous. Engine exhaust may can be used to temporarily seal
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
the tread area of the tire. It can also
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled. { Warning be used to inflate an
underinflated tire.
It can cause unconsciousness Storing the tire sealant and
and even death. Never run the If the tire has been separated from
compressor kit or other the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
engine in an enclosed area that equipment in the passenger
has no fresh air ventilation. For or has a large puncture, the tire is
compartment of the vehicle could too severely damaged for the tire
more information, see Engine cause injury. In a sudden stop or
Exhaust on page 9-27. sealant and compressor kit to be
collision, loose equipment could effective. See Roadside Assistance
strike someone. Store the tire Program on page 13-5.
sealant and compressor kit in its
Read and follow all of the tire
{ Warning original location.
sealant and compressor kit
instructions.
Overinflating a tire could cause Tire sealant may not completely
the tire to rupture and you or seal a 305/35ZR20 tire below –18°C
others could be injured. Be sure (0°F).
to read and follow the tire sealant
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-81
The kit includes: There is only enough sealant to seal

one tire. After usage, the tire sealant
canister must be replaced.
Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit to Temporarily
Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
9. Power Plug This will help to inflate the tire
10. Air Only Hose faster.
1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve Tire Sealant If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
2. Sealant/Air Hose Read and follow the safe handling and wheel damage by driving slowly
3. Base of Sealant Canister instructions on the label adhered to to a level place. Turn on the hazard
4. Tire Sealant Canister the tire sealant canister (4). warning flashers. See Hazard
5. On/Off Button Warning Flashers on page 6-4.
Check the tire sealant expiration
6. Slot on Top of Compressor date on the tire sealant canister. See If a Tire Goes Flat on
7. Pressure Deflation Button The tire sealant canister (4) should page 10-78 for other important
8. Pressure Gauge be replaced before its expiration safety warnings.
date. Replacement tire sealant Do not remove any objects that
canisters are available at your local have penetrated the tire.
dealer.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-82 Vehicle Care
1. Remove the tire sealant

canister (4) and compressor
from its storage location. See
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit on page 10-87.
2. Remove the air only hose (10)
and the power plug (9) from the
bottom of the compressor.
3. Place the compressor on the
ground near the flat tire.
5. Slide the base of the tire sealant 7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) to
canister (3) into the slot on the the tire valve stem by turning it
top of the compressor (6) to hold clockwise until tight.
it upright.
Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
6. Remove the valve stem cap from
the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
4. Attach the air only hose (10) to

the sealant canister inlet
valve (1) by turning it clockwise
until tight.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-83
8. Plug the power plug (9) into the pressure will quickly drop and
accessory power outlet in the start to rise again as the tire Caution (Continued)
vehicle. Unplug all items from inflates with air only.
other accessory power outlets. farther. The tire is too severely
11. Inflate the tire to the damaged and the tire sealant and
See Power Outlets on page 5-5. recommended inflation compressor kit cannot inflate the
If the vehicle has an accessory pressure using the pressure tire. Remove the power plug from
power outlet, do not use the gauge (8). The recommended the accessory power outlet and
cigarette lighter. inflation pressure can be found unscrew the inflating hose from
If the vehicle only has a cigarette on the Tire and Loading
the tire valve. See Roadside
lighter, use the cigarette lighter. Information label. See Tire
Assistance Program on
Pressure on page 10-64.
Do not pinch the power plug page 13-5.
cord in the door or window. The pressure gauge (8) may
read higher than the actual tire
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle pressure while the compressor 12. Press the on/off button (5) to
must be running while using the is on. Turn the compressor off turn the tire sealant and
air compressor. to get an accurate pressure compressor kit off.
10. Press the on/off button (5) to reading. The compressor may The tire is not sealed and will
turn the tire sealant and be turned on/off until the continue to leak air until the
compressor kit on. correct pressure is reached. vehicle is driven and the
sealant is distributed in the tire.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire. { Caution Therefore, Steps 13–21 must
be done immediately after
The pressure gauge (8) will If the recommended pressure Step 12.
initially show a high pressure cannot be reached after Be careful while handling the
while the compressor pushes approximately 25 minutes, the tire sealant and compressor kit
the sealant into the tire. Once vehicle should not be driven as it could be warm after
the sealant is completely (Continued) usage.
dispersed into the tire, the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-84 Vehicle Care
13. Unplug the power plug (9) from 23. Stop at a safe location and
the accessory power outlet in check the tire pressure. Refer
the vehicle. to Steps 1–10 under “Using the
14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) Tire Sealant and Compressor
counterclockwise to remove it Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
from the tire valve stem. Tire (Not Punctured).”
20. If the flat tire was able to inflate If the tire pressure has fallen
15. Replace the tire valve
to the recommended inflation more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
stem cap.
pressure, remove the below the recommended
16. Remove the tire sealant maximum speed label from the inflation pressure, stop driving
canister (4) from the slot on top sealant canister and place it in the vehicle. The tire is too
of the compressor (6). a highly visible location. severely damaged and the tire
17. Turn the air only hose (10) Do not exceed the speed on sealant cannot seal the tire.
counterclockwise to remove it this label until the damaged tire See Roadside Assistance
from the tire sealant canister is repaired or replaced. Program on page 13-5.
inlet valve (1). If the tire pressure has not
21. Return the equipment to its
18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) original storage location in the dropped more than 68 kPa
clockwise onto the sealant vehicle. (10 psi) from the recommended
canister inlet valve (1) to inflation pressure, inflate the
22. Immediately drive the vehicle tire to the recommended
prevent sealant leakage.
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the inflation pressure.
19. Return the air only hose (10) sealant in the tire.
and power plug (9) back to 24. Wipe off any sealant from the
their original storage location. wheel, tire, or vehicle.
25. Dispose of the used tire
sealant canister (4) at a local
dealer or in accordance with
local state codes and practices.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-85
26. Replace it with a new canister Using the Tire Sealant and
available from your dealer. Compressor Kit without
27. After temporarily sealing a tire Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
using the tire sealant and Punctured)
compressor kit, take the The kit includes:
vehicle to an authorized dealer
within 161 km (100 mi) of
driving to have the tire repaired
or replaced.
9. Power Plug
10. Air Only Hose
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6-4.
1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve See If a Tire Goes Flat on
2. Sealant/Air Hose page 10-78 for other important
3. Base of Sealant Canister safety warnings.
4. Tire Sealant Canister
1. Remove the compressor from its
5. On/Off Button storage location. See Storing the
6. Slot on Top of Compressor Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit
7. Pressure Deflation Button on page 10-87.
8. Pressure Gauge
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-86 Vehicle Care
2. Remove the air only hose (10) Do not pinch the power plug
and the power plug (9) from the cord in the door or window. { Caution
bottom of the compressor. 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle If the recommended pressure
3. Place the compressor on the must be running while using the cannot be reached after
ground near the flat tire. air compressor. approximately 25 minutes, the
Make sure the tire valve stem is 8. Press the on/off button (5) to vehicle should not be driven
positioned close to the ground turn the tire sealant and farther. The tire is too severely
so the hose will reach it. compressor kit on. damaged and the tire sealant and
4. Remove the valve stem cap from The compressor will inflate the compressor kit cannot inflate the
the flat tire by turning it tire with air only. tire. Remove the power plug from
counterclockwise. the accessory power outlet and
9. Inflate the tire to the unscrew the inflating hose from
5. Attach the air only hose (10) to recommended inflation pressure the tire valve. See Roadside
the tire valve stem by turning it using the pressure gauge (8). Assistance Program on
clockwise until tight. The recommended inflation
page 13-5.
6. Plug the power plug (9) into the pressure can be found on the
accessory power outlet in the Tire and Loading Information
vehicle. Unplug all items from label. See Tire Pressure on 10. Press the on/off button (5) to
other accessory power outlets. page 10-64. turn the tire sealant and
See Power Outlets on page 5-5. The pressure gauge (8) may compressor kit off.
If the vehicle has an accessory read higher than the actual tire Be careful while handling the
power outlet, do not use the pressure while the compressor is compressor as it could be
cigarette lighter. on. Turn the compressor off to warm after usage.
get an accurate pressure 11. Unplug the power plug (9) from
If the vehicle only has a cigarette reading. The compressor may
lighter, use the cigarette lighter. the accessory power outlet in
be turned on/off until the correct the vehicle.
pressure is reached.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-87
12. Turn the air only hose (10)

from the tire valve stem.
13. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
14. Return the air only hose (10)
and power plug (9) back to
their original storage location.
15. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the
vehicle.
The tire sealant and compressor kit 3. Turn the center retainer 4. Remove the tire sealant and
has accessory adapters located in a counterclockwise to remove the compressor kit case.
compartment on the bottom of its cover. 5. Open the case.
housing that can be used to inflate
air mattresses, balls, etc.
Storing the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit
The tire sealant and compressor kit
is in a case in the trunk.
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2-10.
2. Remove the carpet.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-88 Vehicle Care
6. Remove the compressor (1) and 3. Turn the center retainer Coin/Pierce Jack with Two-Piece
the sealant canister (2). counterclockwise to remove the Wrench
To store the tire sealant and spare tire cover.
1. Tool Container
compressor kit, reverse the steps. 4. Remove the spare tire and place 2. Two-Piece Wrench
it next to the tire being changed.
3. Strap
Tire Changing Tools 4. Jack Handle Extension
Removing the Spare Tire and The jack and tools are stored below 5. Coin/Pierce Jack
Tools the spare tire.
Spare Tire
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 2-10.
2. Remove the carpet.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-89
Removing the Flat Tire and

Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10-78 for more
information.
2. If the vehicle has wheel bolt
caps, remove the caps. Store
the caps with the wheel cover.
Hex-Head Jack with Three-Piece 1. Tool Container

Wrench 2. Jack
1. Tool Container 3. End of the Jack
2. Three-Piece Wrench 1. Turn the end of the jack (3)
3. Strap counterclockwise to loosen it.
4. Hex Head Jack Remove the jack (2) from the
retaining bracket.
2. Remove the tool container (1).
3. Remove the tools and tire strap
from the tool container.
3. Use the fully extended wheel
4. Place the tools next to the tire wrench to loosen all the wheel
being changed. nuts one-half turn
counterclockwise. Do not
remove them yet.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-90 Vehicle Care
4. Position the jack lift head at the

{ Caution jack location nearest the flat tire. Warning (Continued)
The location is indicated by a
Make sure that the jack lift head mark on the bottom edge of the appropriate safety equipment and
is in the correct position or you vehicle. The jack must not be training. If a jack is provided with
may damage your vehicle. The used in any other position. the vehicle, it is designed only for
repairs would not be covered by changing a flat tire. If it is used for
your warranty. Raise the jack until it engages anything else, you or others could
with the jacking point. be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
{ Warning is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or { Warning
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by Raising the vehicle with the jack
a jack. improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
{ Warning damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
before raising the vehicle.
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-91
5. If you have a coin/pierce jack, 6. Raise the vehicle by turning the

attach the jack handle extension wrench clockwise until the
to the jack by sliding the hook vehicle is far enough off the
through the end of the jack and ground to allow enough room for
insert the other end of the jack the compact spare tire to fit
handle into the wrench. under the vehicle.
If you have a hex head jack, Keep the hook parallel to the
place the hex tube end of the ground. The wrench may need
wrench over the hex head of to be removed and repositioned
the jack. to continue turning it.
Coin/Pierce Jack and Wrench
7. Remove all of the wheel nuts

and place them in a dry, clean
Hex Head Jack and Wrench place to avoid getting dirt in the
threads.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-92 Vehicle Care
10. Reinstall the wheel nuts with

{ Warning the rounded end of the nuts
toward the wheel. Tighten each
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the nut as much as possible using
parts to which it is fastened, can the wheel wrench until the
make wheel nuts become loose wheel is held firmly against
after time. The wheel could come the hub.
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any Use your free hand to prevent
the wheel from turning while
rust or dirt from places where the
you are tightening.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper 11. Lower the vehicle by turning
towel can be used; however, use the wrench counterclockwise.
8. Remove any rust or dirt from the Lower the jack completely.
a scraper or wire brush later to
wheel bolts, mounting surfaces,
remove all rust or dirt. and spare wheel.
9. Place the compact spare tire on
the wheel-mounting surface.
{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-93
12. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in To store a flat or spare tire and
a crisscross sequence, as { Caution tools:
shown. 1. Return the jack and tools as they
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and were originally stored in the
{ Warning rotor damage. To avoid expensive trunk.
Wheel nuts that are improperly or brake repairs, evenly tighten the 2. Return the spare tire cover as it
incorrectly tightened can cause wheel nuts in the proper was in the trunk.
the wheels to become loose or sequence and to the proper 3. Install the retainer nut and turn it
come off. The wheel nuts should torque specification. See clockwise until tight.
be tightened with a torque wrench Capacities and Specifications on
page 12-2 for the wheel nut 4. Return the rear trunk carpet.
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque torque specification. 5. Place the flat tire face up on the
specification supplied by the load floor.
aftermarket manufacturer when Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
using accessory locking wheel and Tools
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2 for
original equipment wheel nut
{ Warning
torque specifications. Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-94 Vehicle Care
6. Route the strap provided, as Stop as soon as possible and check

shown, to secure the flat tire. that the spare tire is correctly { Caution
The compact spare tire is for inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is When the compact spare is
temporary use only. Replace the installed, do not take the vehicle
compact spare with a full-size tire as designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently through an automatic car wash
soon as possible. with guide rails. The compact
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle spare can get caught on the rails
Compact Spare Tire speed be limited to 80 km/h which can damage the tire, wheel,
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of and other parts of the vehicle.
{ Warning the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as Do not use the compact spare on
Driving with more than one convenient and return the spare tire
compact spare tire at a time could other vehicles.
to the storage area.
result in loss of braking and Do not mix the compact spare tire or
When using a compact spare tire, wheel with other wheels or tires.
handling. This could lead to a
the ABS and Traction Control They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
crash and you or others could be
systems may engage until the spare and its wheel together.
injured. Use only one compact tire is recognized by the vehicle,
spare tire at a time. especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible { Caution
If this vehicle has a compact spare wheel slip.
Tire chains will not fit the compact
tire, it was fully inflated when new; spare. Using them can damage
however, it can lose air over time.
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
Check the inflation pressure
use tire chains on the compact
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi). spare.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-95
Jump Starting { Caution

The jump start remote positive (1)
and negative (2) terminals are in the
For more information about the engine compartment on the driver
vehicle battery, see Battery on Ignoring these steps could result side of the vehicle.
page 10-40. in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the These terminals are used instead of
If the battery has run down, try to vehicle warranty. Trying to start a direct connection to the battery.
use another vehicle and some the vehicle by pushing or pulling it The positive jump start connection
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
will not work, and it could damage is covered by a red cap. Remove to
Be sure to use the following steps to
the vehicle. expose the terminal.
do it safely.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
{ Warning have a 12-volt battery with a
negative ground system.
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because: { Caution
. They contain acid that can If the other vehicle does not have
burn you.
a 12-volt system with a negative
. They contain gas that can ground, both vehicles can be
explode or ignite. damaged. Only use a vehicle that
. They contain enough has a 12-volt system with a
electricity to burn you. negative ground for jump starting.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these 2. Position the two vehicles so that
1. Remote Positve (+) Terminal they are not touching.
things can hurt you.
2. Remote Negative (-) Terminal
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-96 Vehicle Care
3. Set the parking brake firmly.

Vehicles with an automatic { Warning { Warning
transmission should be in
P (Park). See Shifting Into Park An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine
on page 9-24. Vehicles with a when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
manual transmission should be and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
in Neutral. See Parking (Manual clothing and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
Transmission) on page 9-26. underhood electric fan.
5. Connect one end of the red
{ Caution positive (+) cable to the jump
If any accessories are left on or

{ Warning start positive (+) post.
6. Connect the other end of the red
plugged in during the jump Using a match near a battery can positive (+) cable to the
starting procedure, they could be cause battery gas to explode. positive (+) terminal of the good
damaged. The repairs would not People have been hurt doing this, battery.
be covered by the vehicle and some have been blinded.
warranty. Whenever possible, turn 7. Connect one end of the black
Use a flashlight if you need more
off or unplug all accessories on negative (–) cable to the
light.
either vehicle when jump starting. negative (–) terminal of the good
Battery fluid contains acid that battery.
can burn you. Do not get it on 8. Connect the other end of the
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF you. If you accidentally get it in
and switch off all lights and black negative (–) cable to the
your eyes or on your skin, flush negative (–) post.
accessories in both vehicles, the place with water and get
except the hazard warning medical help immediately. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle
flashers if needed. with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-97
10. Try to start the vehicle that had Towing the Vehicle Due to low ramp angles on the
the dead battery. If it will not ZL1 and Z/28, use care when
start after a few tries, it loading the vehicle onto a flatbed
probably needs service. { Caution carrier. Front spring spacers were
provided for lifting the front
Incorrectly towing a disabled
{ Caution vehicle may cause damage. The
suspension if more clearance is
necessary when towing.
If the jumper cables are damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Consult your dealer or a
connected or removed in the professional towing service if the
wrong order, electrical shorting disabled vehicle must be towed.
may occur and damage the Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
vehicle. The repairs would not be car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck To tow the vehicle behind another
could damage the vehicle. vehicle for recreational purposes,
such as behind a motor home, see
Always connect and remove the
“Recreational Vehicle Towing”
jumper cables in the correct order, following.
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-98 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle Appearance Care Caution (Continued)

Towing
Exterior Care products can be obtained from
{ Caution Locks
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
Dolly towing or dinghy towing the Locks are lubricated at the factory. correct product usage, necessary
vehicle may cause damage Use a de-icing agent only when safety precautions, and
because of reduced ground absolutely necessary, and have the appropriate disposal of any
clearance. Always put the vehicle locks greased after using. See vehicle care product.
on a flatbed truck or trailer. Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
The vehicle was neither designed
nor intended to be towed with any of
Washing the Vehicle { Caution
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
its wheels on the ground. If the Avoid using high-pressure
wash it often and out of direct
vehicle must be towed, see Towing washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
sunlight.
the Vehicle on page 10-97. to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
{ Caution 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
Do not use petroleum-based, in damage or removal of paint
acidic, or abrasive cleaning and decals.
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic This symbol e is on any
parts. If damage occurs, it would underhood compartment electrical
not be covered by the vehicle center that should not be power
warranty. Approved cleaning
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-99
washed. This could cause damage Rinse the vehicle well, before Occasional hand waxing or mild
that would not be covered by the washing and after, to remove all polishing should be done to remove
vehicle warranty. cleaning agents completely. If they residue from the paint finish. See
are allowed to dry on the surface, your dealer for approved cleaning
{ Caution they could stain. products.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean Do not apply waxes or polishes to
Vehicles equipped with the 1LE, chamois or an all-cotton towel to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
ZL1, or Z/28 package or any avoid surface scratches and water decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
accessory ground effects spotting. as damage can occur.
package have reduced ground
Finish Care
clearance. Damage can occur in
automatic car washes, when Application of aftermarket clearcoat
{ Caution
approaching curbs, or on steep sealant/wax materials is not Machine compounding or
inclines. Do not use automatic car recommended. If painted surfaces aggressive polishing on a
washes. Approach curbs and are damaged, see your dealer to basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
inclines with caution. have the damage assessed and may damage it. Use only
repaired. Foreign materials such as non-abrasive waxes and polishes
calcium chloride and other salts, ice that are made for a basecoat/
If using an automatic car wash,
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree clearcoat paint finish on the
comply with the car wash
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle.
instructions. The windshield wiper
industrial chimneys, etc., can
and rear window wiper, if equipped,
damage the vehicle's finish if they
must be off. Remove any To keep the paint finish looking new,
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
accessories that may be damaged keep the vehicle garaged or
the vehicle as soon as possible.
or interfere with the car wash covered whenever possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
equipment.
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-100 Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal

. Always dilute a concentrated
Moldings cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
{ Caution . Do not use chrome cleaners.
. Do not use cleaners that are not
Failure to clean and protect the
intended for automotive use.
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
This damage would not be vehicle after washing to protect
covered by the vehicle warranty. and extend the molding finish.
Hood Air Extractor
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum or stainless SS, 1LE Shown, Z/28 Similar
steel. To prevent damage always It is not recommended that the air
follow these cleaning instructions: extractor on the ZL1, SS, 1LE, and
. Be sure the molding is cool to Z/28 Performance Packages be
the touch before applying any waxed, as it will change the gloss
cleaning solution. level of the surface. In addition, care
must be used when waxing around
. Use a cleaning solution the air extractor. If a small amount
approved for aluminum or of wax is applied to the extractor it
stainless steel. Some cleaners can create an irregular appearance
are highly acidic or contain in the surface of the panel. If wax,
alkaline substances and can debris, or other materials create
damage the moldings. ZL1 stains on the air extractor, see your
dealer for the recommended
cleaner.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-101
The air extractor may have vent Only lower the top when it is
. Washer fluids and other cleaning
screens in the openings. Keep completely dry and avoid leaving agents in higher concentrations
leaves or other debris out of the the top lowered for extended than suggested by the
vent screens. periods of time to prevent excessive manufacturer.
interior weathering. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
{ Caution Avoid leaving large amounts of or other harsh cleaners.
snow on the top for extended . Ice scrapers or other hard items.
Pushing on the vent screens periods of time as damage may also
could damage them. Do not push occur.
. Aftermarket appearance caps or
on the screens when clearing. covers while the lamps are
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ illuminated, due to excessive
Lenses, Emblems, Decals and heat generated.
There is a water deflector on the
underside of the air extractor. Do Stripes
not remove it. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a { Caution
soft cloth, and a car washing soap Failure to clean lamps properly
Convertible Top Care to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
can cause damage to the lamp
Frequently hand wash convertible emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
cover that would not be covered
tops with mild car wash soap. Never instructions under "Washing the
Vehicle" previously in this section. by the vehicle warranty.
use a stiff brush, steam, bleach,
or aggressive cleaners. Lamp covers are made of plastic,
If necessary, a soft brush can be and some have a UV protective
used to remove dirt. When finished
cleaning, thoroughly rinse the fabric.
coating. Do not clean or wipe them { Caution
when dry.
Avoid automatic car washes with Using wax on low gloss black
overhead brushes or very high Do not use any of the following on finish stripes can increase the
pressure sprays as they can cause lamp covers: gloss level and create a
damage and leaking. . Abrasive or caustic agents. (Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-102 Vehicle Care
Replace the wiper blades if they are

Caution (Continued) worn or damaged. Damage can be { Caution
caused by extreme dusty
non-uniform finish. Clean low conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, Using petroleum-based tire
gloss stripes with soap and snow, and ice. dressing products on the vehicle
water only. may damage the paint finish and/
Weatherstrips or tires. When applying a tire
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on dressing, always wipe off any
Air Intakes
weatherstrips to make them last overspray from all painted
Clear debris from the air intakes, longer, seal better, and not stick or surfaces on the vehicle.
between the hood and windshield, squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
when washing the vehicle. least once a year. Hot, dry climates Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
Windshield and Wiper Blades may require more frequent
or Chrome
application. Black marks from
Clean the outside of the windshield rubber material on painted surfaces Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
with glass cleaner. can be removed by rubbing with a soap and water to clean the wheels.
Clean rubber blades using lint-free clean cloth. See Recommended After rinsing thoroughly with clean
cloth or paper towel soaked with Fluids and Lubricants on water and dry with a soft, clean
windshield washer fluid or a mild page 11-12. towel. A wax may then be applied.
detergent. Wash the windshield
Tires
thoroughly when cleaning the { Caution
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax clean the tires. Chrome wheels and other chrome
treatments may cause wiper trim may be damaged if the
streaking. vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
(Continued)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-103
Steering, Suspension, and underbody. Take care to thoroughly

Caution (Continued) Chassis Components clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
or sodium chloride. These Visually inspect steering,
chlorides are used on roads for suspension, and chassis Sheet Metal Damage
conditions such as ice and dust. components for damaged, loose,
If the vehicle is damaged and
Always wash the chrome with or missing parts or signs of wear at
requires sheet metal repair or
soap and water after exposure. least once a year.
replacement, make sure the body
Inspect power steering for proper repair shop applies anti-corrosion
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, material to parts repaired or
chafing, etc. replaced to restore corrosion
{ Caution protection.
Visually check constant velocity joint
To avoid surface damage, do not boots and axle seals for leaks. Original manufacturer replacement
use strong soaps, chemicals, parts will provide the corrosion
abrasive polishes, cleaners, Body Component Lubrication protection while maintaining the
brushes, or cleaners that contain Lubricate all key lock cylinders, vehicle warranty.
acid on aluminum or hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and
chrome-plated wheels. Use only steel fuel door hinge unless the Finish Damage
approved cleaners. Also, never components are plastic. Applying Quickly repair minor chips and
drive a vehicle with aluminum or silicone grease on weatherstrips scratches with touch-up materials
chrome-plated wheels through an with a clean cloth will make them available from your dealer to avoid
automatic car wash that uses last longer, seal better, and not stick corrosion. Larger areas of finish
silicone carbide tire cleaning or squeak. damage can be corrected in your
brushes. Damage could occur dealer's body and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. At least twice a year, spring and fall
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-104 Vehicle Care
Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer may have products for

. Never use a brush with stiff
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners bristles.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
specifically designed for the . Never rub any surface
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
surfaces being cleaned to prevent aggressively or with excessive
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
permanent damage. Apply all pressure.
discolorations, and small, irregular
cleaners directly to the cleaning
dark spots etched into the paint . Do not use laundry detergents or
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
surface. See “Finish Care” dishwashing soaps with
on any switches or controls.
previously in this section. degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
Cleaners should be removed
quickly. Never allow cleaners to use approximately 20 drops per
Interior Care remain on the surface being 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
cleaned for extended periods A concentrated soap solution will
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, leave a residue that creates
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. of time.
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
Immediately remove any soils. Note Cleaners may contain solvents that use solutions that contain strong
that newspapers or dark garments can become concentrated in the or caustic soap.
that can transfer color to home interior. Before using cleaners, read
furnishings can also permanently and adhere to all safety instructions
. Do not heavily saturate the
transfer color to the vehicle's on the label. While cleaning the upholstery when cleaning.
interior. interior, maintain adequate . Do not use solvents or cleaners
Use a soft bristle brush to remove ventilation by opening the doors and containing solvents.
dust from knobs and crevices on the windows.
instrument cluster. Using a mild
Interior Glass
To prevent damage, do not clean
soap solution, immediately remove the interior using the following To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect cleaners or techniques: dampened with water. Wipe droplets
repellent from all interior surfaces or left behind with a clean dry cloth.
permanent damage may result.
. Never use a razor or any other Commercial glass cleaners may be
sharp object to remove a soil used, if necessary, after cleaning
from any interior surface. the interior glass with plain water.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-105
Fabric/Carpet/Suede 3. Start on the outside edge of the

{ Caution Start by vacuuming the surface
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to
To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a
a clean area frequently to
abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating brush attachment is being
prevent forcing the soil in to the
glass. Abrasive cleaners or used during vacuuming, only use it
fabric.
aggressive cleaning may damage on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
the rear window defogger. gently remove as much of the soil 4. Continue gently rubbing the
as possible using one of the soiled area until there is no
following techniques: longer any color transfer from
Cleaning the windshield with water the soil to the cleaning cloth.
during the first three to six months
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no 5. If the soil is not completely
to fog. more soil can be removed. removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
. For solid soils, remove as much
Speaker Covers water.
as possible prior to vacuuming.
Vacuum around a speaker cover If the soil is not completely
To clean:
gently, so that the speaker will not removed, it may be necessary to
be damaged. Clean spots with just 1. Saturate a clean lint-free use a commercial upholstery
water and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
Microfiber cloth is recommended hidden area for colorfastness before
Coated Moldings to prevent lint transfer to the using a commercial upholstery
Coated moldings should be cleaned. fabric or carpet. cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
2. Remove excess moisture by formation occurs, clean the entire
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a fabric or carpet.
sponge or soft lint-free cloth gently wringing until water does
dampened with water. not drip from the cleaning cloth. Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
. When heavily soiled, use warm excess moisture.
soapy water.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-106 Vehicle Care
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,

and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued)
Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and solvents can permanently change
For vehicles with high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood the appearance and feel of
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a Surfaces leather or soft trim, and are not
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Use a soft microfiber cloth recommended.
Before wiping the surface with the dampened with water to remove
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle dust and loose dirt. For a more Do not use cleaners that increase
brush to remove dirt that could thorough cleaning, use a soft gloss, especially on the instrument
scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth dampened with a panel. Reflected glare can decrease
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to mild soap solution. visibility through the windshield
clean. Never use window cleaners
under certain conditions.
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
{ Caution
using mild soap. Do not use bleach Soaking or saturating leather, { Caution
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly especially perforated leather, as
and air dry before next use. Use of air fresheners may cause
well as other interior surfaces, permanent damage to plastics
may cause permanent damage. and painted surfaces. If an air
{ Caution Wipe excess moisture from these freshener comes in contact with
surfaces after cleaning and allow any plastic or painted surface in
Do not attach a device with a
them to dry naturally. Never use the vehicle, blot immediately and
suction cup to the display. This
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do clean with a soft cloth dampened
may cause damage and would
not use cleaners that contain with a mild soap solution.
not be covered by the vehicle
silicone or wax-based products. Damage caused by air fresheners
warranty.
Cleaners containing these would not be covered by the
(Continued) vehicle warranty.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Care 10-107

. Do not use a floor mat if the
Cargo Cover and Floor Mats vehicle is not equipped with a
Convenience Net
floor mat retainer on the driver
Wash with warm water and mild { Warning side floor.
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn
interfere with the pedals. it over.
Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of
Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping . Use only a single floor mat on
{ Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
the driver side.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. mat does not interfere with the
. Do not place one floor mat on
It may severely weaken them. In pedals. top of another.
a crash, they might not be able to Both floor mats are held in place by
provide adequate protection. two hook-type retainers.
Use the following guidelines for
Clean safety belts only with mild proper floor mat usage.
soap and lukewarm water.
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interefere with the pedals.
Always check that the floor mats
do not interfere with the pedals.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
10-108 Vehicle Care
Removing and Replacing the

Floor Mats
1. Pull up on the rear of the mat to
remove it from the hooks.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and hook into
position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured and verify that
it does not interfere with the
pedals.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information technicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oil
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help blades.
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair
Maintenance Schedule
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
{ Caution
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 also help to maintain the value of Damage caused by improper
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the maintenance can lead to costly
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application repairs and may not be covered
all required maintenance performed. by the vehicle warranty.
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Your dealer has trained technicians Maintenance intervals, checks,
Additional Maintenance who can perform required inspections, recommended fluids,
and Care maintenance using genuine and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have keep the vehicle in good working
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 up-to-date tools and equipment for condition.
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 scheduling to assist with service vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Maintenance Replacement needs. have your dealer perform these
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Your dealer recognizes the Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Maintenance Records importance of providing keep the vehicle in good working
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-16 competitively priced maintenance condition, improves fuel economy,
and repair services. With trained and reduces vehicle emissions.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use

. Frequently towing a trailer.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
Maintenance
. Used for high speed or
There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services -
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery Owner Checks and Services
Normal are for vehicles that: service.
At Each Fuel Stop
. Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Check the engine oil level. See
within recommended limits on Engine Oil on page 10-15.
the Tire and Loading Information Required Services - Severe chart.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month
on page 9-14. { Warning . Check the tire inflation
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can pressures. See Tire Pressure on
surfaces within legal driving page 10-64.
be dangerous and can cause
limits. serious injury. Perform . Inspect the tires for wear. See
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection on page 10-70.
Fuel on page 9-52. required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer
Refer to the information in the and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
Maintenance Schedule Additional If they are not, see your dealer to page 10-37.
Required Services - Normal chart. have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own Engine Oil Change
The Additional Required Services -
Service Work on page 10-4. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
Severe are for vehicles that are:
SOON message displays, have the
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic engine oil and filter changed within
in hot weather. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Mainly driven in hilly or under the best conditions, the
mountainous terrain. engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
for up to a year. The engine oil and

. Check engine coolant level. See . Inspect brake system.
filter must be changed at least once Engine Coolant on page 10-30. . Visually inspect steering,
a year and the oil life system must . Check windshield washer fluid suspension, and chassis
be reset. Your trained dealer level. See Washer Fluid on components for damaged, loose,
technician can perform this work. page 10-37. or missing parts or signs of
If the engine oil life system is reset wear. See Exterior Care on
accidentally, service the vehicle
. Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking, page 10-98.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life or contamination. See Exterior . Check restraint system
system when the oil is changed. Care on page 10-98. Replace components. See Safety System
See Engine Oil Life System on worn or damaged wiper blades. Check on page 3-14.
page 10-19. See Wiper Blade Replacement . Visually inspect fuel system for
on page 10-43. damage or leaks.
Tire Rotation and Required . Check tire inflation pressures.
Services Every 12 000 km/
. Visually inspect exhaust system
See Tire Pressure on and nearby heat shields for
7,500 mi page 10-64. loose or damaged parts.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
the vehicle, and perform the
. Lubricate body components. See
Inspection on page 10-70. Exterior Care on page 10-98.
following services. See Tire .
Rotation on page 10-70. Visually check for fluid leaks. . Check starter switch. See Starter
. Check engine oil level and oil
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Switch Check on page 10-41.
life percentage. If needed, See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . Check automatic transmission
change engine oil and filter, and (Except ZL1 and Z/28)) on shift lock control function. See
reset oil life system. See Engine page 10-21 or Engine Air Automatic Transmission Shift
Oil on page 10-15 and Engine Cleaner/Filter (ZL1 Only) on Lock Control Function Check on
Oil Life System on page 10-19. page 10-23 or Engine Air page 10-42.
Cleaner/Filter (Z/28 Only) on
page 10-24.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check on page 10-42.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10-42.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Check tire sealant expiration
date, if equipped. See Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10-80.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof on
page 2-18.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Except ZL1, Z/28: Replace engine air cleaner
filter. (3)
@ @ @
ZL1, Z/28 Only: Replace engine air cleaner filter. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Except ZL1: Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark
plug wires.
@
ZL1 Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark
plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid, if equipped with limited
slip differential.
@ @ @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @
Replace clutch fluid, if equipped with manual
transmission. (6)
@ @ @
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent (6) Or every three years, whichever
replacement may be needed if the comes first.
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
(Except ZL1 and Z/28 Engines) on
page 10-25 or Cooling System (ZL1
Engine Only) on page 10-27 or
Cooling System (Intercooler) on
page 10-28 or Cooling System (Z/28
Engine Only) on page 10-29.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Except ZL1, Z/28: Replace engine air cleaner
filter. (3)
@ @ @
ZL1, Z/28 Only: Replace engine air cleaner filter. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Except ZL1: Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark
plug wires.
@
ZL1 Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark
plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid. @ @ @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @
Replace clutch fluid, if equipped with manual
transmission. (6)
@ @ @
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever Special Application

Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Severe excessive cracking, or damage; Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed. . Severe Commercial Use
comes first. More frequent (6) Or every three years, whichever Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
replacement may be needed if the comes first. components every 5 000 km/
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 3,000 mi.
traffic, areas with poor air quality, . Have underbody flushing service
or areas with high dust levels.
performed. See "Underbody
Replacement may also be needed if
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
there is a reduction in air flow,
on page 10-98.
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
(Except ZL1 and Z/28 Engines) on
page 10-25 or Cooling System (ZL1
Engine Only) on page 10-27 or
Cooling System (Intercooler) on
page 10-28 or Cooling System (Z/28
Engine Only) on page 10-29.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Additional Battery Brakes

The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are
Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving.
Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include
investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing
may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping.
repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. . Trained dealer technicians have
performance, additional
maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment
required. the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and
the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts
It is recommended that your dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle.
perform these services — their corrosion-free.
trained dealer technicians know Fluids
your vehicle best. Your dealer can Belts Proper fluid levels and approved
also perform a thorough . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
assessment with a multi-point squeak or show signs of and components. See
inspection to recommend when your cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and
vehicle may need attention. Lubricants on page 11-12 for GM
. Trained dealer technicians have
The following list is intended to access to tools and equipment approved fluids.
explain the services and conditions to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield
to look for that may indicate recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be
services are required. replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Hoses Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the

Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. split in the tire.
that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of wear may include
. Trained dealer technicians can
With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right
dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also
advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing
tire wear. services to ensure smooth
Lamps vehicle operation at all speeds.
Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi-point Your dealer sells and services
taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer name brand tires.
important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect
the road. the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care
of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like
. Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise
attention include dimming, failure new, vehicle care products are
when service is needed. available from your dealer. For
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be Tires information on how to clean and
checked periodically to ensure protect the vehicle’s interior and
Tires need to be properly inflated, exterior, see Interior Care on
that they light when braking. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10-104 and Exterior Care on
. With a multi-point inspection, the tires can save money and fuel, page 10-98.
your dealer can check the lamps and can reduce the risk of tire
and note any concerns. failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Wheel Alignment Wiper Blades

Wheel alignment is critical for Wiper blades need to be cleaned
ensuring that the tires deliver and kept in good condition to
optimal wear and performance. provide a clear view.
. Signs that the alignment may . Signs of wear include streaking,
need to be adjusted include skipping across the windshield,
pulling, improper vehicle and worn or split rubber.
handling, or unusual tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians can
. Your dealer has the required check the wiper blades and
equipment to ensure proper replace them when needed.
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved
engine oil. See Engine Oil on page 10-15.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ®
Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 10-30.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Hydraulic Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Hydraulic Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. U.S. 89020661, in
Canada 89021186).
Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Manual Transmission (V6 Engine) SAE 75W-90 GL5 Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88862475, in
Canada 88862476).
Manual Transmission (V8 Engine) Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88861800, in
Canada 88861801).
Rear Axle (V6 Engine with Automatic Rear Differential Fluid 75W-90 (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Transmission) Canada 89021678).
Rear Axle (V6 Engine with Manual Rear Differential Fluid 75W-90 Limited Slip (GM Part No. 88900401 and
Transmission) Limited Slip Additive 88900330, in Canada 89021678 and Limited Slip
Additive 00992694).
Rear Axle (V8 Except ZL1 and Z/28) Rear Differential Fluid 75W-90 Limited Slip (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Add Limited Slip Additive GM Part No. 88900330, in Canada 00992694
Rear Axle (ZL1) Rear Differential Fluid Dexron LS Gear 75W-90 (GM Part No. 88862624,
in Canada 88862625).
Rear Axle (Z/28) Rear Differential Fluid 75W-90 Limited Slip (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (except ZL1 or Z/28) 92196275 A3137C
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (ZL1) 23116124 A3177C
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter (Z/28) 23164564 A3194C
Engine Oil Filter
3.6L V6 Engine 25177917 PF2129
6.2L V8 Engine 89017524 PF48
7.0L V8 Engine 12626224 UPF–48R
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 92234714 CF178
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs
3.6L V6 Engine 12622561 41-109
6.2L V8 Engine (L99 or LS3) 12621258 41-110
6.2L V8 Engine (LSA) 12571165 41-104
7.0L V8 Engine (LS7) 12571165 41-104
Wiper Blades
Driver Side 92231676 —
Passenger Side 92231677 —
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-5 Identification Label
This label, in the trunk, has the
following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information.
corner of the instrument panel, on .
the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special
seen through the windshield from equipment.
outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the
the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle.
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System
3.6L V6 Engine (LFX) Automatic Transmission 10.2 L 10.8 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LFX) Manual Transmission 10.6 L 11.2 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (L99) Automatic Transmission 10.9 L 11.5 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LS3) Manual Transmission 10.9 L 11.5 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LSA) 10.9 L 11.5 qt
7.0L V8 Engine (LS7) 12.0 L 12.7 qt
Cooling System — Intercooler (ZL1) 2.3 L 2.4 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt
6.2L V8 Engine 7.6 L 8.0 qt
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities
Application
Metric English
7.0L V8 Engine 9.5 L 10.0 qt
Fuel Tank 71.0 L 18.8 gal
Rear Axle Fluid
V6 Engine 6–Speed Automatic 0.9 L 1.0 qt
V6 Engine 6–Speed Manual* 0.9 L 1.0 qt
V8 Engine* (L99, LS3, or LS7) 0.9 L 1.0 qt
V8 Engine (LSA) 2.0 L 2.1 qt
Transmission Fluid
Automatic — V6 and V8 (Pan Removal and Filter 6.3 L 6.7 qt
Replacement)**
V6 Engine 6–Speed Manual 1.8 L 1.9 qt
V8 Engine SS 6–Speed Manual 3.9 L 4.2 qt
V8 Engine Z/28 6–Speed Manual 4.3 L 4.5 qt
V8 Engine ZL1 6–Speed Manual 4.4 L 4.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 lb ft
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
12-4 Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric English
*Add 3.3 oz. (98 mL) of friction modifier to the specified quantity of axle lubricant.
**See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10-20 for information on checking fluid level.
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
3.6L V6 (LFX) 3 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
Manual 0.043 in)
6.2L V8 (L99) J Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
6.2L V8 (LS3) W Manual 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
6.2L V8 (LSA) P Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
Manual 0.043 in)
7.0L V8 (LS7) E Manual 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Technical Data 12-5
Engine Drive Belt Routing
6.2L V8 Engine (LSA)

3.6L V6 Engine
7.0L V8 Engine (LS7)

6.2L V8 Engines (L99 or LS3)
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
12-6 Technical Data
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-8 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-12 of your dealership or the general
Radio Frequency manager.
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you.
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program
if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Inc.
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard
inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business Suite 800
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights.
representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
. Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered
Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility
. Dealership name and location. limitations and/or discontinue its
dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
present mileage. program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance
factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170
the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170
an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance:
decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872
about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands:
impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY user in I (Service History): View and
the U.S. can communicate with print dealer-recorded service
General Motors of Canada Limited
Chevrolet by dialing: records and self-recorded service
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in records.
CA1-163-005
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Information): Select a dealer and
www.gm.ca Online Owner Center view locations, maps, phone
1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience numbers, and hours.
1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Information): Track the vehicle’s
The Chevrolet online owner
Telephone devices (TTYs)) warranty information.
experience allows interaction with
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Chevrolet and keeps important J (Recall Information): View
vehicle-specific information in one active recalls by Vehicle
Overseas place. Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Please contact the local General Membership Benefits
on page 12-1.
Motors Business Unit. E (Vehicle Information):
Download owner manuals and view
H (Other Account Information):
Customer Assistance for View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
radio (if equipped), and OnStar
Text Telephone (TTY) G (Maintenance Information): account information.
Users View maintenance schedules,
F (Live Chat Support): Chat with
alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle
To assist customers who are deaf, online help representatives.
diagnostic information. Schedule
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired See my.chevrolet.com to register
service appointments.
and who use Text Telephones
your vehicle.
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has

(Canada) chevroletowner.ca a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
Reimbursement Program or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre: for details. TTY users call
. Chat live with online help 1-800-263-3830.
representatives.
. Locate owner resources such as Roadside Assistance
lease-end, financing, and Program
warranty information.
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
. Retrieve your favorite articles, 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
This program is available to
quizzes, tips, and multimedia qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
galleries organized into the reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
Featured Articles and Auto Care aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800.
Sections. required for the vehicle, such as
Service is available 24 hours a day,
. Download owner manuals. hand controls or a wheelchair/
365 days a year.
scooter lift for the vehicle.
. Find the
Chevrolet-recommended For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance
maintenance services. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance,
call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready:
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
. Telephone number of your
location.
. Location of the vehicle.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14

. Model, year, color, and license driver if they decide the claims are must be in good condition and
plate number of the vehicle. made too often, or the same type of properly inflated. It is the owner's
. Odometer reading, Vehicle claim is made many times. responsibility for the repair or
Identification Number (VIN), and replacement of the tire if it is not
Services Provided covered by the warranty.
delivery date of the vehicle.
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Battery Jump Start: Service to
. Description of the problem.
Delivery of enough fuel for the jump start a dead battery.
Coverage vehicle to get to the nearest
service station. Services Not Included in
Services are provided up to 5 years/
. Lock-Out Service: Service to Roadside Assistance
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first. unlock the vehicle if you are . Impound towing caused by
locked out. A remote unlock may violation of any laws.
In the U.S., anyone driving the be available if you have OnStar.
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a . Legal fines.
For security reasons, the driver
person driving the vehicle without must present identification . Mounting, dismounting,
permission from the owner is not before this service is given. or changing of snow tires,
covered. chains, or other traction devices.
. Emergency Tow from a Public
Roadside Assistance is not a part of Road or Highway: Tow to the Service is not provided if a vehicle
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. nearest Chevrolet dealer for is in an area that is not accessible
General Motors North America and warranty service, or if the vehicle to the service vehicle or is not a
Chevrolet reserve the right to make was in a crash and cannot be regularly traveled or maintained
any changes or discontinue the driven. Assistance is not given public road, which includes ice and
Roadside Assistance program at when the vehicle is stuck in the winter roads. Off-road use is not
any time without notification. sand, mud, or snow. covered.
General Motors North America and . Flat Tire Change: Service to
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit change a flat tire with the spare
services or payment to an owner or tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Services Specific to permission to get local safety related. If it is, please call
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles emergency road service. You will your dealership, let them know this,
receive payment, up to $100, and ask for instructions.
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement after sending the original receipt
is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel If your dealer requests you to bring
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are
delivery may be restricted. Mechanical failures may be
Propane and other fuels are not urged to do so as early in the work
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
provided through this service. parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair.
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle covered by the warranty are the
registration is required. owner responsibility.
Courtesy Transportation
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Program
Assistance: Must be over Scheduling Service
150 kilometers from where your Appointments To enhance your ownership
trip was started to qualify. experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
General Motors of Canada
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support
Limited requires
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the
pre-authorization, original
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
detailed receipts, and a copy of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada),
the repair orders. Once
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
authorization has been received,
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both
the Roadside Assistance advisor
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada.
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation
payment. into the service department options are available to assist in
. immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when
Alternative Service: If
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required.
assistance cannot be provided
unless, of course, the problem is
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. It may not be possible to provide a
part of the New Vehicle Limited customers arrange their own like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel Additional Program
Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim Information
furnished with each new vehicle amounts should reflect actual costs All program options, such as shuttle
provides detailed warranty coverage and be supported by original service, may not be available at
information. receipts. See your dealer for every dealer. Contact your dealer
information. for specific availability.
Transportation Options
Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to
Warranty service can generally be
For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change,
completed while you wait. However,
dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy
if you are unable to do so, your
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to
dealer may offer the following
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim
transportation options:
Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and
Shuttle Service be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its
well as a signed and completed sole discretion.
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable rental agreement and meet state/
time and distance parameters of provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair
your dealer's area. provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a
Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the
Public Transportation or Fuel minimum age requirements,
Reimbursement damage repaired by a qualified
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper
If overnight warranty repairs are Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement
needed, and public transportation is charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision
used, the expense must be excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale
supported by original receipts and beyond the completion of the repair
within the maximum amount allowed are also your responsibility.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts center that has GM-trained
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New technicians and comparable
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment.
related failures are not covered by
Collision Parts that warranty. Insuring the Vehicle
Genuine GM Collision parts are new Aftermarket collision parts are also Protect your investment in the GM
parts made with the same materials available. These are made by vehicle with comprehensive and
and construction methods as the companies other than GM and may collision insurance coverage. There
parts with which the vehicle was not have been tested for the vehicle. are significant differences in the
originally built. Genuine GM As a result, these parts may fit quality of coverage afforded by
Collision parts are the best choice to poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms.
ensure that the vehicle's designed corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide
appearance, durability, and safety perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM
are preserved. The use of Genuine collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for
GM parts can help maintain the GM covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs through the use of
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some
Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not
may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts.
parts are typically removed from When purchasing insurance, we
vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility recommend that you ensure that the
prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM
parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts.
undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever If such insurance coverage is not
A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer available from your current
part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center insurance carrier, consider switching
maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier.
designed appearance and safety state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
performance; however, the history of able to recommend a collision repair
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: Managing the Vehicle Damage
company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and Repair Process
insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number.
Genuine GM Original Equipment In the event that the vehicle requires
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. damage repairs, GM recommends
Genuine Manufacturer replacement .
that you take an active role in its
Owner name, address, and repair. If you have a pre-determined
parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number.
you may be charged at the end of repair facility of choice, take the
the lease for poor quality repairs.
. Vehicle license plate number. vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
. Vehicle make, model, and
If a Crash Occurs model year.
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification new Genuine GM parts or recycled
emergency services for help. Do not
Number (VIN). original GM parts. Remember,
leave the scene of a crash until all
. Insurance company and policy recycled parts will not be covered by
matters have been taken care of.
number. the GM vehicle warranty.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle. but you must live with the repair.
officer. Depending on your policy limits,
Choose a reputable repair facility your insurance company may
Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts. initially value the repair using
to police and other parties involved See “Collision Parts” earlier in this aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
in the crash. section. the repair professional, and insist on
For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What Genuine GM parts. Remember,
Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See after an Airbag if the vehicle is leased, you may be
page 13-5. Inflates? on page 3-21. obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions Current and Past Models
company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and
Technical Service Bulletins and
you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle.
Manuals are available for current
repair valuation based on that
Owner Information and past model GM vehicles.
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written ORDER TOLL FREE:
contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. The For Credit Card Orders Only
long as the cost stays within Owner Manual includes the (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
models.
Service Publications Or write to:
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Incorporated
Manual. Attention: Customer Service
Service Manuals 47911 Halyard Drive
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – Plymouth, MI 48170
Service Manuals have the diagnosis $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
and repair information on the shipping fees. Prices are subject to change without
engines, transmission, axle, notice and without incurring
suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. obligation. Allow ample time for
steering, body, etc. RETAIL SELL PRICE: delivery.
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
Service Bulletins
shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
Service Bulletins give additional funds.
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Identification (RFID) Statement Defects
RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that
vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
pressure monitoring and ignition complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
system security, as well as in Federal Communications
to the United States
connection with conveniences such Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
transmitters for remote door locking/ RSS-GEN/210/220/310, ICES‐001.
has a defect which could cause
unlocking and starting, and Operation is subject to the following
in-vehicle transmitters for garage a crash or could cause injury or
two conditions: death, you should immediately
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause inform the National Highway
personal information or link with any harmful interference. Traffic Safety Administration
other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
personal information. interference received, including General Motors.
interference that may cause If NHTSA receives similar
undesired operation of the complaints, it may open an
device.
investigation, and if it finds that
Changes or modifications to any of a safety defect exists in a group
these systems by other than an of vehicles, it may order a recall
authorized service facility could void and remedy campaign.
authorization to use this equipment.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
the Vehicle Safety Hotline to the Canadian Chevrolet Motor Division
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Chevrolet Customer Assistance
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
Government Center
http://www.safercar.gov; or If you live in Canada, and you P.O. Box 33170
write to: believe that the vehicle has a safety Detroit, MI 48232-5170
defect, notify Transport Canada
Administrator, NHTSA In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
immediately, and notify General
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. (English) or 1-800-263-7854
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Washington, D.C. 20590 (French), or write:
Transport Canada at
You can also obtain other 1-800-333-0510 or write to: General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
information about motor Transport Canada
CA1-163-005
vehicle safety from Road Safety Branch
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
http://www.safercar.gov. 80 rue Noel
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects

to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to recorded by your vehicle only if a
The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air data are recorded by the EDR under
about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road normal driving conditions and no
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in personal data (e.g., name, gender,
vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s age, and crash location) are
monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is recorded. However, other parties,
transmission performance, to designed to record data related to such as law enforcement, could
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety combine the EDR data with the type
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time, of personally identifying data
crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The routinely acquired during a crash
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to investigation.
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as:
To read data recorded by an EDR,
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your special equipment is required, and
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating; access to the vehicle or the EDR is
Some modules may also store data needed. In addition to the vehicle
about how the vehicle is operated,
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were manufacturer, other parties, such as
such as rate of fuel consumption or law enforcement, that have the
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
.
special equipment, can read the
retain personal preferences, such as How far (if at all) the driver was information if they have access to
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ the vehicle or the EDR.
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
GM will not access this data or
. How fast the vehicle was share it with others except: with the
traveling. consent of the vehicle owner or,
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
if the vehicle is leased, with the OnStar Terms and Conditions and
consent of the lessee; in response Privacy Statement on the OnStar
to an official request by police or website.
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM If the vehicle is equipped with a
collects or receives may also be navigation system as part of the
used for GM research needs or may infotainment system, use of the
be made available to others for system may result in the storage of
research purposes, where a need is destinations, addresses, telephone
shown and the data is not tied to a numbers, and other trip information.
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
OnStar®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar® and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview services may require a paid

subscription. OnStar requires the
vehicle battery and electrical
system, cellular service, and GPS
OnStar Overview
satellite signals to be available and
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
OnStar Services existing public emergency service
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 providers. OnStar may collect
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Manual Rearview Mirror information about you and your
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 vehicle, including location
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 information. See OnStar’s Terms
Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 and Conditions and Privacy
Statement for more details including
OnStar Additional Information system limitations at
OnStar Additional www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror Manual and Automatic
Dimming Rearview Mirrors
Q Voice Command Button . Press the mirror controls.
| Blue OnStar Button If OnStar does not respond,
U Emergency Button adjust finger position or remove
any gloves.
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system . Avoid touching the controls while
that can connect to a live OnStar adjusting the mirror. To cancel a
Advisor for Emergency, Security, command press Q.
Navigation, Connection, and
Diagnostic Services. OnStar
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
14-2 OnStar
. Clean the mirror while the . Blinking: Button has been
Press | to connect to a live
vehicle is off to avoid making pressed.
Advisor to:
calls. . Solid: On a call. . Verify account information or
Status Indicator . ~ (Fault Icon On): Indicates a update contact information.
The OnStar system status light is problem. . Get driving directions. Requires
next to the OnStar controls on the the available Requires a specific
manual rearview mirror. OnStar Commands
OnStar subscription plan.
If the status light is: Press | or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR . Receive On-Demand
. Solid Green: System is on. (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Diagnostics for a check of the
Advisor. vehicle’s key operating systems.
. Flashing Green: On a call.
Press Q to: . Receive Roadside Assistance.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
. Make a call, end a call, . Manage WiFi Settings (if
. Off: System is off. Press the blue
or answer an incoming call. equipped).
OnStar button twice to speak
with an OnStar Advisor. . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling Press the OnStar Emergency
voice commands. button U to get a priority
For the automatic dimming rearview
mirror, the status is provided . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn connection to an Emergency
through the Display on Demand Navigation voice commands. Advisor available 24/7 to:
Icons. Requires a specific OnStar . Get help for an emergency.
subscription plan.
. Three Color Icons: The system . Be a Good Samaritan or
is enabled and active. . Obtain the WiFi network name, respond to an AMBER Alert.
or Service Set Identifier or SSID,
. No Icons: The vehicle is in . Get assistance in severe
and passphrase (if equipped).
motion or the OnStar weather or other crisis and get
subscription is inactive evacuation routes.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
OnStar 14-3
OnStar Services Security 4. Follow the voice-guided

commands.
OnStar provides services including
Emergency Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote Using Voice Commands
With Automatic Crash Response, Ignition Block, and Roadside During a Planned Route
the OnStar system can Assistance, if equipped. OnStar can
unlock the vehicle doors remotely, Cancel Route
automatically connect to an OnStar
Emergency Advisor. The built-in if equipped with automatic door 1. Press Q. System responds:
system can automatically connect to locks, and can help police locate the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say
help in certain crashes. vehicle if it is stolen. “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
Press U to connect to an OnStar Navigation cancel directions?”
Emergency Advisor. GPS
OnStar navigation requires a 2. Say “Yes.” System responds:
technology is used to identify the
specific OnStar subscription plan. “OK, request completed, thank
vehicle location and can provide
you, goodbye.”
important information to emergency Press | to receive directions or
personnel. OnStar Emergency have them sent to the vehicle Route Preview
Advisors are trained to provide navigation screen, if equipped.
assistance and link to existing Destinations can also be forwarded 1. Press Q. System responds:
public emergency service providers to the vehicle from MapQuest.com. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
in emergency situations. 2. Say “Route preview.” System
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Crisis Advisors are available 1. Press | to connect to a live maneuvers.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to Advisor. Repeat
provide a central point of contact,
2. Request directions.
assistance, and information if a 1. Press Q. System responds:
crisis occurs. 3. Directions are downloaded to the “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
vehicle.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
14-4 OnStar
2. Say “Repeat.” System responds navigation system in the vehicle (if WiFi Connectivity (If Equipped)
with the last direction given, then equipped). After the call ends, press The vehicle has a WiFi hotspot that
responds with “OnStar ready,” the “Go” button on the navigation provides a high-speed, wireless
then a tone. screen to begin driving directions. Internet connection to connect
Get My Destination If directions are downloaded to the multiple mobile devices (data plan
navigation system, the route can required).
1. Press Q. System responds: only be canceled through the
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. To retrieve WiFi hotspot
navigation system.
information, press Q and select
2. Say “Get my destination.” Destinations can also be or say “WiFi settings.”
System responds with the downloaded on the go. For
address and the distance to the information about eNav and 2. The WiFi settings will display the
destination, then responds with Destination Download, see WiFi network name/SSID,
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or passphrase, and level of
www.onstar.ca (Canada). encryption.
Other Navigation Services
3. To change the SSID or
Available from OnStar
Connections passphrase, press | or call
OnStar eNav: Subscribers can 1-888-4-ONSTAR to connect
send destinations from The required specific Onstar
subscription plan includes the with an Advisor.
MapQuest.com to the vehicle
Turn-by-Turn Navigation or services that follow to help OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App
screen-based navigation system (if customers stay connected. (If Equipped)
equipped). When ready, the For coverage maps, see Download the OnStar RemoteLink
directions will be downloaded to the www.onstar.com (U.S.) or mobile app to select Apple®,
vehicle. www.onstar.ca (Canada). Android™, and BlackBerry® or
Destination Download: Press |, Windows 7 or 8 mobile devices.
then request the Advisor to From the mobile device, check the
download directions to the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
OnStar 14-5
pressure (if the vehicle is equipped OnStar Hands-Free Calling 4. Say “Call.” System responds:
with the tire pressure monitoring “OK, dialing 911.”
This service allows calls to be made
system); or activate remote horn
and received from the vehicle. Retrieve My Number
and lights. Also remote start the
vehicle (if factory equipped) or To Make a Call 1. Press Q. System responds:
unlock the doors from anywhere “OnStar ready.”
with a wireless connection (if 1. Press Q. System responds:
equipped with automatic locks). “OnStar ready.” 2. Say “My number.” System
With the required specific OnStar 2. Say “Call.” System responds: responds: “Your OnStar
service plan, a destination can be “Call. Please say the name or Hands-Free Calling number is,”
sent to the vehicle. For OnStar number to call.” then says the number.
RemoteLink information and
3. Say the entire number without End a Call
compatibility, see www.onstar.com
pausing, including a “1” and the
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Press Q. System responds: “Call
area code. System responds:
®
OnStar RemoteLink Key Fob “OK calling.” ended.”
Services Store a Name Tag for Speed
Calling 911 Emergency
This feature is included for five Dialing
years and allows for remote door 1. Press Q. System responds:
lock/unlock (if equipped with “OnStar Ready,” followed by 1. Press Q. System responds:
automatic locks), remote start (if a tone. “OnStar ready.”
factory equipped), or activation of 2. Say “Store.” System responds:
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
horn and lights from anywhere with “Please say the number you
“Call. Please say the name or
a wireless signal. Download the app would like to store.”
number to call.”
and start using it any time during the
trial period to get started. 3. Say “911” without pausing. 3. Say the entire number without
System responds: “911.” pausing. System responds:
“Please say the name tag.”
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
14-6 OnStar
4. Pick a name tag. System Vehicle Diagnostics OnStar Additional

responds: “About to store <name
tag>. Does that sound OK?” OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics can Information
perform a vehicle check every
5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again. month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service
System responds: “OK, storing transmission, antilock brakes, and
<name tag>.” other major vehicle systems. It also Press | to request account transfer
checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor
Place a Call Using a Stored can assist in canceling or removing
Number vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System. If an account information.
1. Press Q. System responds: On-Demand Diagnostics check is Selling/Transferring the
“OnStar ready.” needed, press |, and an Advisor Vehicle
2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System can run a check.
Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR immediately
responds: “OK, calling to terminate your OnStar services if
<name tag>.” the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
Verify Minutes and Expiration transferred, or if the lease ends.
Press Q and say “Minutes” then Reactivation for Subsequent

“Verify” to check how many minutes Owners
remain and their expiration date. Press | and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain the
OnStar service options available.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
OnStar 14-7
How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service Services for People with
provider must also have coverage, Disabilities
Automatic Crash Response,
network capacity, reception, and
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Advisors provide services to help
technology compatible with OnStar
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle subscribers with physical disabilities
services. Service involving location
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, and medical conditions.
information about the vehicle cannot
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
work unless GPS signals are Press | for help with:
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
available, unobstructed, and
are available on most vehicles. Not . Locating a gas station with an
compatible with the OnStar
all OnStar services are available attendant to pump gas.
hardware. OnStar services may not
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
work if the OnStar equipment is not . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
more information, a full description
properly installed or it has not been that meets accessibility needs.
of OnStar services, system
properly maintained. If equipment or
limitations, and OnStar terms and . Providing directions to the
software is added, connected,
conditions: closest hospital or pharmacy in
or modified, OnStar services may
. Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR. not work. Other problems beyond urgent situations.
(1-888-466-7827). the control of OnStar may prevent TTY Users
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.). service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system OnStar has the ability to
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada). design and architecture of the communicate to deaf,
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
crash, or wireless phone network customers while in the vehicle. The
. Press | to speak with an congestion or jamming. available dealer-installed TTY
Advisor. system can provide in-vehicle
See Radio Frequency Statement on access to all of the OnStar services,
OnStar services cannot work unless page 13-12. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
the vehicle is in a place where Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
14-8 OnStar
OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues

. In emergency situations, OnStar
Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS
OnStar cannot perform Remote location to send to emergency
A PIN is needed to access some of Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle responders.
the OnStar services, like Remote Assistance after the vehicle has
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle been off continuously for five days. A temporary loss of GPS can cause
Assistance. The PIN will need to be After five days, OnStar can contact loss of the ability to send a
changed the first time when Roadside Assistance and a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
speaking with an Advisor. To locksmith to help gain access to the Advisor may give a verbal route or
change the OnStar PIN contact an vehicle. may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.
OnStar Advisor by pressing | or Global Positioning
calling 1-888-4-ONSTAR. System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas
Warranty . Obstruction of the GPS can Do not place items over or near the
occur in a large city with tall antenna to prevent blocking cellular
OnStar equipment may be and GPS signal reception. Cellular
warranted as part of the vehicle buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels, reception is required for OnStar to
warranty. send remote signals to the vehicle.
underpasses, or parking
Languages garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar
The vehicle can be programmed to dense trees. If GPS signals are Message
respond in multiple languages. not available, the OnStar system
should still operate to call If there is limited cellular coverage
Press | and ask for an Advisor. OnStar. However, OnStar could or the cellular network has reached
Advisors are available in English, have difficulty identifying the maximum capacity, this message
Spanish, and French. Available exact location. may come on. Press | to try the
languages may vary by country. call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
OnStar 14-9
Vehicle and Power Issues Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify,
communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any
OnStar services require a vehicle
the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is
electrical system, wireless service,
via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the
and GPS satellite technologies to be
cannot be assured. Third parties above copyright notice and this
available and operating for features
may unlawfully intercept or access permission notice appear in all
to function properly. These systems
transmissions and private copies.
may not operate if the battery is
communications without consent. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
discharged or disconnected.
OnStar - software “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
Add-on Electrical Equipment ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
acknowledgements
The OnStar system is integrated IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
into the electrical architecture of the Certain OnStar components include LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
vehicle. Do not add any electrical libcurl and unzip software and other OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
equipment. See Add-On Electrical third party software. Below are the FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
Equipment on page 9-61. Added notices and licenses associated with AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
electrical equipment may interfere libcurl and unzip and for other third THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
with the operation of the OnStar party software please see http:// EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
system and cause it to not operate. www.lg.com/global/support/ COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
opensource/index and https:// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
Privacy www.onstar.com/web/portal/ DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
getdocuments WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at libcurl: CONTRACT, TORT OR
www.onstar.com (U.S.), OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
NOTICE WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. THE SOFTWARE.
or press | to speak with an All rights reserved.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
14-10 OnStar
Except as contained in this notice, Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, 2. Redistributions in binary form
the name of a copyright holder shall Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, (compiled executables) must
not be used in advertising or Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, reproduce the above copyright
otherwise to promote the sale, use George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai notice, definition, disclaimer, and
or other dealings in this Software Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, this list of conditions in
without prior written authorization of Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other
the copyright holder. Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception
unzip: Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a
definitive version of this document express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is
should be available at ftp:// Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the
license.html indefinitely. incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or
rights reserved. inability to use this software. disabled.
For the purposes of this copyright Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new
the following set of individuals: including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports
and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces,
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, and dynamic, shared, or static
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, freely, subject to the following
restrictions: library versions–must be plainly
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed marked as such and must not be
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris 1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, this list of conditions. misrepresented as being
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
OnStar 14-11
Info-ZIP releases–including, but

not limited to, labeling of the
altered versions with the names
“Info-ZIP” (or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited
to, different capitalizations),
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
“MacZip” without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP. Such
altered versions are further
prohibited from
misrepresentative use of the
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own source
and binary releases.
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
14-12 OnStar
2 NOTES
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont'd) Assistance Program,

What Will You See after an Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Accessories and
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
When Should an Airbag CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Audio System
Active Fuel Management® . . . . . 9-26
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-17 Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Add-On Electrical
Airbags Diversity Antenna System . . . .7-12
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61
Adding Equipment to the Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Additional Information
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-15 Automatic
Additional Maintenance
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Air Cleaner/Filter,
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21,
10-23, 10-24 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Air Filter, Passenger Alarm Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Automatic Transmission
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Airbag System AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Shift Lock Control
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28 Antenna Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
How Does an Airbag Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12 Auxiliary
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Antilock Brake Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Passenger Sensing System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-104
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Carbon Monoxide

Headlamps, Front Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Turn Signal, and Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Parking Lamps . . . . . 10-44, 10-45 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
High Intensity Discharge Cautions, Danger, and
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-47 CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Voltage and Charging
and Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-16
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-43
Check
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . 7-20, 7-21, 7-25 C Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Ignition
Brake
California Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-42
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-19
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-53 Child Restraints
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Perchlorate Materials Infants and Young
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Lower Anchors and
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Camera Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-36
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42, 3-44
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Capacities and Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Cleaning
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-104
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
INDEX i-3
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1 Coolant D

Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-8
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Engine Temperature
Danger, Warnings, and
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Cooling System . . . . 10-25,
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 10-27–10-29
Daytime Running
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-8 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-94 Courtesy Transportation
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Compartments Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Cover
Devices
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33 Tonneau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Competition Oriented Tires . . . 10-57 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . 9-40 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Door
Compressor Kit, Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Connections Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4 Text Telephone (TTY)
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Control Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-5
Traction and Electronic Customer Information
Driver Information
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38 Service Publications
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11
Driving
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Customer Satisfaction
Characteristics and
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
i-4 INDEX
Driving (cont'd) Electrical System (cont'd) Engine (cont'd)

For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-19 Instrument Panel Fuse Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-11 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-13 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Rear Compartment Fuse Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Track Events and Emergency Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-28
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Engine Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Air Cleaner/ Engine Oil
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21, Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Driving Mode 10-23, 10-24 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40 Check and Service Engine Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14
E Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Electrical Equipment,
Coolant Temperature Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Exterior Lighting Battery
Electrical System
Cooling System . . 10-25, Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Engine Compartment
10-27–10-29
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Cooling System Messages . . .5-35
Fuses and Circuit
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-5
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
INDEX i-5
F Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52 G
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-53
Filter, Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Engine Air Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
Filling a Portable Fuel
Cleaner . . . . . . . . 10-21, Gauges
10-23, 10-24 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-55
Engine Coolant
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-53
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Engine Oil Temperature . . . . . . . 5-11
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88 Management, Active . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-107 Requirements, California . . . . .9-53
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Fluid System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-20 Fuses
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39 Engine Compartment
Transmission Temperature . . . .5-13
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Fuses and Circuit
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Fog Lamps Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Warning Lights and
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Instrument Panel Fuse
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Frequency Statement Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
General Information
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Rear Compartment Fuse
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Front Fog Lamp Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Front Seats Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 GM Mobility Reimbursement
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
i-6 INDEX
H Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 K
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-36
How to Wear Safety Belts
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4 Keyless Entry
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 I L
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-58
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Ignition Transmission Lock
Lamps
Daytime Running Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
High Intensity Discharge Infants and Young Children,
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Headlamps, Front
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Turn Signal, and
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-15
Parking Lamps . . . . . 10-44, 10-45
Heater Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-16
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 J Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-65 LATCH System
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-11 Replacing Parts after a
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-38 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
INDEX i-7
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Lights (cont'd) Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . 11-2

Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Traction Control OFF/ Recommended Fluids
Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Lighting Traction Control System Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-16
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . 9-44 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Locks Messages
Lights Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Battery Voltage and
Antilock Brake System Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-19 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Lower Anchors and Tethers Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-35
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 for Children (LATCH Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2 M Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Maintenance Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-14 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16 Object Detection System . . . . .5-37
Taillamp Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Maintenance and Care Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
i-8 INDEX
Messages (cont'd) O OnStar® Vehicle

Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Object Detection System
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Operation, Infotainment
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42 Ordering
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42 Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11
Off-Road
Mirrors Outlets
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Oil
Automatic Dimming Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Overview, Infotainment
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-19
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Engine Oil Pressure
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35 P
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Park
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-15 Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-29
Monitor System, Tire Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
OnStar® Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Brake and P (Park)
N OnStar® Additional Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-42
Navigation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-26
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Passenger Airbag Status
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Passenger Compartment Air
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
INDEX i-9
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-22 R Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

Perchlorate Materials System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Radio Frequency
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Personalization Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Radio Frequency
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43 Replacement Parts
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Phone Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Radios
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-20, 7-21, 7-25 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Power Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-28
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Replacing LATCH System
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Replacing Safety Belt
Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-15
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-23 Reporting Safety Defects
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-49
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Pregnancy, Using Safety Restraints
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Recommended Fluids and
Privacy Retained Accessory
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . 13-14 Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Records
Program Ride Control Systems
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7 Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-44
Recreational Vehicle
Proposition 65 Warning, Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
Reimbursement Program,
Roads
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
i-10 INDEX
Roadside Assistance Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Service (cont'd)

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Publications Ordering
Roof Seats Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-5 Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Services
Running the Vehicle While Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Shift Lock Control Function
S Securing Child Check, Automatic
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42, 3-44 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15 Security Shifting
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
How to Wear Safety Belts OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Signals, Turn and
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . . 9-44 Spare Tire
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-15 Service Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-94
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-14 Accessories and Special Application Services . . . 11-8
Safety Defects Reporting Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Specifications and
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-16 StabiliTrak
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Maintenance, General OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-41
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
INDEX i-11
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 T Tires (cont'd)

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-66
Taillamp Indicator Light . . . . . . . . 5-23
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Taillamps
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Sealant and
Turn Signal and
Storage Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Sealant and Compressor
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Storage Areas Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-13
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Terminology and
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Uniform Tire Quality
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Storing the Tire Sealant Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-87 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-77
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 When It Is Time for New
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-94
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Competition Oriented . . . . . . . 10-57
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
System Tonneau Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1, 13-15 Towing
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-56
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-67
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-98
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
i-12 INDEX
Track Events and U Vehicle Care

Competitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Storing the Tire Sealant
Uniform Tire Quality
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-87
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Control OFF/StabiliTrak Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-48
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Vehicle Data Recording
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51
Control System (TCS)/ and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Vehicle Diagnostics
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-44 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . .9-44 V Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Traction Control/Electronic Vehicle Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Trailer
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
W
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59 Warning
Transmission Identification
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28 Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Transportation Program, Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Wheels
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Alignment and Tire
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-97
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Turn and Lane-Change Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
INDEX i-13
When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-35
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-43
7695163) - 2015 - crc - 9/4/14
i-14 INDEX
2 NOTES

2k15camaro Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2k15camaro Owners Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2k15_chev_camaro_23121192B.

2015 Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2015 Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual M

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warnings, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

j : LATCH System Child

In Brief Vehicle Features

Initial Drive Press and release 7 to initiate

High Performance Seat Shown, High Performance Seat Shown,

Heated Seats Head Restraint

Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on the

Climate Controls Transmission

1. Fan Control 6. Defrost Electronic Range Select

instrument cluster. When using the Manual Transmission Vehicle Features

Driver Information See Driver Information Center (DIC)

Convertible Performance and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The combination and size of the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

The key can be used for the ignition

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Canceling a Remote Start

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Only the driver door has a key Power Door Locks

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks Lockout Protection

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors Warning (Continued)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Emergency Trunk Release 4. Remove the key. There is an emergency trunk

If the trunk lid cannot be opened

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security On Solid: Vehicle is secured

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Disarming the System How to Detect a Tamper The system is automatically

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Turn Signal Indicator Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming

If the vehicle is equipped with an Manual Rearview Mirror

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows Power Windows the front of the switch down to open

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

the top of the window inward while Express Window Anti-Pinch

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

If the sunshade is closed, it opens Convertible Top

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To operate the convertible top use 4. Remove all objects on or above

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

Center (DIC) may display a 3. Move any objects that have

{ Caution 5. Start the engine.

Raising the top without removing

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-23

2-24 Keys, Doors, and Windows